WO2010126129A1 - Medical manipulator - Google Patents

Medical manipulator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010126129A1
WO2010126129A1 PCT/JP2010/057673 JP2010057673W WO2010126129A1 WO 2010126129 A1 WO2010126129 A1 WO 2010126129A1 JP 2010057673 W JP2010057673 W JP 2010057673W WO 2010126129 A1 WO2010126129 A1 WO 2010126129A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
unit
engagement
shaft
engaging
trigger lever
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/057673
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
神野誠
大森繁
上之原秀一
Original Assignee
テルモ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by テルモ株式会社 filed Critical テルモ株式会社
Priority to JP2011511468A priority Critical patent/JP5886043B2/en
Publication of WO2010126129A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010126129A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots
    • A61B34/37Master-slave robots
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/70Manipulators specially adapted for use in surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/70Manipulators specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/71Manipulators operated by drive cable mechanisms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00367Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like
    • A61B2017/00398Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like using powered actuators, e.g. stepper motors, solenoids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/0046Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets with a releasable handle; with handle and operating part separable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2911Handles rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • A61B2017/2913Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means
    • A61B2017/2916Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means pins in guiding slots
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2925Pistol grips
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2926Details of heads or jaws
    • A61B2017/2927Details of heads or jaws the angular position of the head being adjustable with respect to the shaft
    • A61B2017/2929Details of heads or jaws the angular position of the head being adjustable with respect to the shaft with a head rotatable about the longitudinal axis of the shaft
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2926Details of heads or jaws
    • A61B2017/2932Transmission of forces to jaw members
    • A61B2017/2939Details of linkages or pivot points

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a medical manipulator having a base portion having a handle gripped by a hand and a working portion detachable from the base portion.
  • manipulators used in laparoscopic surgery are desired to be capable of quick and appropriate procedures depending on the position and size of the affected area, and various techniques such as excision of the affected area, suturing and ligation are required. Done.
  • a manipulator that has a high degree of freedom in operation and can be easily operated (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-104854).
  • a manipulator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-104854 is configured such that a working part having a tip operating part and an operation part (base part) having a motor and a handle are detachable. This makes it possible to easily configure a manipulator having various tip operation parts according to the procedure by exchanging a predetermined working part provided with various tip action parts such as scissors and grippers with respect to the operation part. it can.
  • this manipulator when the operating portion and the working portion are mounted, the cross-shaped convex portion and the concave portion formed at the tip of the driving shaft and the driven shaft are engaged with each other, and thereby the rotational driving force of the motor is transmitted to the driving portion. Can be transmitted to the working unit to operate the tip working unit.
  • the opening / closing operation is configured to be mechanically operable by an operation of a trigger lever or the like, it is more intuitive than the case of opening / closing by an electric mechanism such as a motor. Operation becomes possible.
  • a trigger lever as an input unit is provided on the base side, and the base and the working unit are configured to be detachable. For this reason, when a mechanism that mechanically transmits the operation of the trigger lever to the distal end working unit side is applied, the mechanical transmission mechanism must also be configured to be detachable in the middle, and the configuration is complicated. Is likely to be.
  • the present invention has been made in connection with such a conventional technique, and includes a base portion having a handle that is gripped by a human hand and a working portion that can be attached to and detached from the base portion.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a medical manipulator capable of simply configuring a mechanism for mechanically transmitting an operation to a distal end working unit.
  • a medical manipulator includes a base portion having a handle that is gripped by a hand, and a working portion that can be attached to and detached from the base portion.
  • the working portion includes a working portion side input portion that is manually operated.
  • a tip operating unit that operates by operating the working unit side input unit, a shaft provided with the tip operating unit at the tip, and an input operation to the working unit side input unit through the shaft.
  • an operation transmission unit that mechanically transmits the unit.
  • the working unit side input unit is a trigger lever
  • the operation transmission unit includes a rod-shaped or linear transmission member that moves forward and backward in the axial direction of the shaft when the trigger lever is rotated. It is possible to configure. If it does so, since it is not necessary to provide a detachable structure in the said transmission member, the structure of the said medical manipulator becomes simple.
  • the latch mechanism When the latch mechanism has a claw portion and an engagement portion with which the claw portion can be engaged, the latch mechanism can be configured with a simple structure.
  • the latch state can be easily released.
  • the claw part or the engaging part is provided on the trigger lever and is elastically swingably supported, and the trigger lever is supported by the elastically swingable claw. If the stopper member for restricting the swinging of the engagement portion or the engagement portion in the engagement direction at a predetermined position is provided, the engagement state between the claw portion and the engagement portion by the latch mechanism is maintained in the predetermined state. Therefore, even if the base portion and the working portion are separated in the latched state, the engagement state between the claw portion and the engagement portion is not firmly maintained, and the claw portion and the engagement portion are not maintained. It is possible to effectively avoid an excessive load on the part.
  • the latch mechanism may be provided in the working unit. If it does so, even if it is a latched state, a base part and a working part can be attached or detached easily.
  • One of the claw portion and the engaging portion may be provided on the trigger lever, and the other may be provided on the handle.
  • the base includes a drive shaft that is rotated by an actuator and a base side input unit that drives the actuator, and the working unit is driven to rotate by the drive shaft and is moved to the distal end working unit by the work unit side input unit.
  • a driven shaft that imparts an operation different from the input operation according to, and a flexible member that transmits the rotation of the driven shaft to the distal end working unit.
  • a structure for transmitting the rotation of the drive shaft on the base side to the driven shaft on the working unit side is required, but such a structure is relatively easy to adopt a detachable structure compared to the mechanical structure described above. Since it is easy, it becomes possible to give various operation
  • the drive shaft and the driven shaft are each provided with an engaging convex portion at one tip, and an engaging concave portion that can be engaged with the engaging convex portion at the other tip.
  • the engaging recess engages with each other in a state where the base and the working part are mounted and the rotation of the drive shaft can be transmitted to the driven shaft, the attachment / detachment structure between the base and the working part can be simplified. It is preferable because
  • FIG. 6 is a partially omitted perspective view of an operation unit. It is a partially-omission perspective view of a working part.
  • FIG. 5 is a partially omitted perspective view of a composite input unit and its peripheral part. It is a front view of a composite input part. It is a partially omitted exploded side view of the operation unit and the working unit.
  • FIG. 5 is a partially omitted perspective view of the drive unit and its peripheral part in a state where the operation unit and the working unit are mounted.
  • FIG. 6 is a partially omitted plan view of the drive unit and its peripheral part in a state where the operation unit and the working unit are mounted.
  • FIG. 3 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view of a drive unit and its peripheral part.
  • FIG. 4 is a partially omitted cross-sectional front view of a drive unit and its peripheral part. It is a partially omitted plan view of a working unit.
  • FIG. 12 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. 11. It is a cross-sectional perspective view of a pulley box.
  • 14A is a partially omitted bottom view for explaining the allowable rotation range of the pulley
  • FIG. 14B is a partially omitted bottom view showing a state in which the pulley is rotated from the state shown in FIG. 14A.
  • FIG. 15A is a partially omitted side view showing a modified example of the cleaning liquid injection port and the cap in a state where the operation unit and the working unit are separated
  • FIG. 15B shows the operation unit and the working unit from the state shown in FIG. 15A.
  • It is a partially omitted side view showing a mounted state.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVI-XVI in FIG. 12. It is a partially omitted cross-sectional perspective view of the trigger lever.
  • 18A is a partially omitted sectional side view of the trigger lever
  • FIG. 18B is a partially omitted sectional side view in a state where the lever is operated from the state shown in FIG. 18A.
  • FIG. 10 is a partially omitted plan view showing a modified example of a structure for restricting an allowable rotation range of a pulley.
  • FIG. 24A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are in a phase in which engagement is not possible
  • FIG. 24B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged. is there.
  • FIG. 25A is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the operation portion and the working portion are mounted and the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion are not engaged
  • FIG. 25B is a diagram from the state shown in FIG. 25A. It is a partially-omitted cross-sectional side view which shows the state which the joint convex part and the engagement recessed part engaged.
  • FIG. 25A is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the joint convex part and the engagement recessed part engaged.
  • FIG. 26A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a first example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion
  • FIG. 26B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a second example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion
  • FIG. 26C is an explanatory diagram showing a third example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion
  • FIG. 26D is an explanatory diagram showing a fourth example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion.
  • FIG. 27A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the first example illustrated in FIG. 26A
  • FIG. 27B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engaging convex portion is rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 27A.
  • FIG. 27C is an explanatory view showing a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged from the state shown in FIG. 27B
  • FIG. 27D is an illustration in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state by which the motor was set to the origin.
  • 28A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the second example illustrated in FIG. 26B
  • FIG. 28B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 28A.
  • FIG. 28C is an explanatory view showing a state where the motor has overrun the origin from the state shown in FIG. 28B
  • FIG. 28D is an explanatory view showing a state where the motor is set to the origin.
  • FIG. 29A is an explanatory diagram showing a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the third example shown in FIG. 26C
  • FIG. 29B shows that the engaging convex portion is rotated from the state shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 29C is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is overrun from the state illustrated in FIG. 29B and then set to the origin.
  • FIG. 30A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the fourth example illustrated in FIG. 26D
  • FIG. 30B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engagement convex portion is rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 30A.
  • FIG. 30C is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is set to the origin after the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion are engaged from the state illustrated in FIG. 30B.
  • FIG. 31A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 180 ° phase shape
  • FIG. 31B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 31A. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which engaged the engagement recessed part.
  • FIG. 31A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 180 ° phase shape
  • FIG. 31B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 31A. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which engaged
  • FIG. 32A is an explanatory view showing another configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 180 ° phase shape
  • FIG. 32B is engaged from the state shown in FIG. 32A.
  • FIG. 33A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 120 ° phase shape
  • FIG. 33B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 33A.
  • FIG. 33B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 33A.
  • FIG. 33B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 33A.
  • FIG. 34A is an explanatory view showing another configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 120 ° phase shape
  • FIG. 34B is engaged from the state shown in FIG. 34A.
  • It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which made the convex part and the engagement recessed part engage.
  • It is a top view which shows the modification of the detection piece which is a sensor dog of an origin detection sensor.
  • FIG. 34A is an explanatory drawing which shows the state which made the convex part and the engagement recessed part engage.
  • It is a top view which shows the modification of the detection piece which is a sensor dog of an origin
  • FIG. 39 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view illustrating a state where the trigger lever illustrated in FIG. 38 is fully pulled.
  • FIG. 39 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 38 is latched. It is a partially-omitted cross-sectional side view which shows the 2nd example of the modification of a trigger lever.
  • FIG. 42 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 41 is latched.
  • 43A is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a third example of a modification of the trigger lever
  • FIG. 43B is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing the unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 43A is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 43A is latched.
  • FIG. 45A is a partially omitted sectional side view showing a fourth example of a modified example of the trigger lever, and
  • FIG. 45B is a partially omitted sectional side view showing an unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 45A.
  • FIG. 45B is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 45A is latched.
  • 47A is a partially omitted sectional side view showing a fifth example of a modification of the trigger lever, and FIG.
  • FIG. 47B is a partially omitted sectional side view showing the unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 47A.
  • 48A is a partially omitted sectional side view showing a sixth example of a modification of the trigger lever
  • FIG. 48B is a partially omitted sectional side view showing the unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 48A.
  • FIG. 47A is a partially omitted perspective view showing a seventh example of the modification of the trigger lever.
  • FIG. 50A is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are in an initial phase in another method of the origin search operation
  • FIG. 50B is a diagram showing a state where the motor is rotated forward from the state shown in FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 50C is a diagram illustrating a state in which the contact portion is in contact with one stopper
  • FIG. 50C illustrates a state in which the motor is reversely rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 50B and the contact portion is in contact with the other stopper.
  • FIG. 50D is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is set as the origin from the state illustrated in FIG. 50C. It is a model side view of a front-end
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic perspective view of a surgical robot system in which a base part to which a working part can be attached and detached is connected to a tip of a robot arm.
  • the manipulator (medical manipulator) 10 grips a predetermined part of a living body or a curved needle or the like on a distal end working unit 12 provided at the distal end of a connecting shaft 18. It is a medical instrument for performing treatment, and is usually called a grasping forceps or a needle driver (needle holder).
  • the width direction in FIG. 1 is defined as the X direction
  • the height direction is defined as the Y direction
  • the extending direction of the connecting shaft 18 is defined as the Z direction.
  • the right side is defined as the X1 direction, the left side as the X2 direction, the upward direction as the Y1 direction, the downward direction as the Y2 direction, the forward direction as the Z1 direction, and the backward direction as the Z2 direction.
  • the description of these directions is based on the case where the manipulator 10 is in a neutral posture. These directions are for convenience of explanation, and it is needless to say that the manipulator 10 can be used in any direction (for example, upside down).
  • the manipulator 10 includes an operation unit (base unit) 14 that is manually held and operated, and a work unit 16 that is detachable from the operation unit 14, and a controller 514 that is detachable from the operation unit 14 via a connector 520. It is comprised as a manipulator system which has.
  • the operation unit 14 is provided with a drive unit (actuator unit) 30 that electrically drives the working unit 16 side.
  • the separated operation unit 14 is shown in FIG. 2, and the separated operation unit 16 is shown in FIG.
  • the controller 514 is a control unit that comprehensively controls the manipulator 10, and is connected to the cable 61 extending from the lower end of the grip handle (handle) 26 via the connector 520. A part or all of the functions of the controller 514 can be integrally mounted on the operation unit 14, for example.
  • the controller 514 includes, for example, a first port 515a, a second port 515b, and a third port 515c, and can control three manipulators 10 independently at the same time.
  • Reference numeral 516 in FIG. 1 is a power switch of the controller 514.
  • the controller 514 can be connected to a host computer 502 which is a usage history management unit via a communication unit such as a LAN.
  • the host computer 502 records a usage history table in an internal recording means (not shown), and transmits / receives usage history data corresponding to the requested individual number to the controller 514 or a plurality of controllers connected by the LAN. And manage.
  • the host computer 502 is not limited to a configuration independent of the controller 514, and the function may be provided in the controller 514.
  • Such a manipulator 10 and a system including the manipulator 10 can selectively adopt various configurations.
  • the working unit 16 applies various end effectors such as a gripper and scissors as the distal end working unit 12 to obtain a desired configuration. The action can be performed.
  • the operation unit 14 is configured in a substantially L shape extending in the Z1 direction and the Y2 direction, and a pair of upper covers 25a and 25b (substantially divided in the Z direction).
  • the drive unit 30 and the camera 224 (see FIG. 6) and the like are housed in the housing, and the portion extending in the Y2 direction on the base end side is also referred to as the “upper cover 25”.
  • the grip handle 26 is configured to be gripped by a hand.
  • the upper cover 25 may be formed of a resinous material, for example, and may have an integral configuration that cannot be divided.
  • the grip handle 26 has a length suitable for being manually gripped, and has the composite input portion 24 on the upper inclined surface 26a.
  • the grip handle 26 extends in an approximately Y2 direction from an inclined surface 26a formed in a bent portion of the upper cover 25.
  • the grip handle 26 has an angle of about 75 ° (degrees) with respect to the axis of the connecting shaft 18. It extends to. By making such an angle, it has been confirmed that the operability when moving the entire manipulator 10 is enhanced and the operability of the composite input unit 24 is enhanced.
  • a master switch (main switch) 34 is provided in the vicinity of the top of the operation unit 14 in the Y1 direction so as to be exposed from the upper cover 25. Is provided.
  • the working unit 16 includes a distal end working unit 12 for performing work, a long and hollow connecting shaft (shaft) 18 provided with the distal end working unit 12 at the tip, and a lower bracket to which the proximal end side of the connecting shaft 18 is fixed. 32 and a trigger lever 36 pivotally supported at the end of the lower bracket 32 in the Z2 direction.
  • the working unit 16 has a pair of lower covers 37a and 37b (hereinafter, collectively referred to as “lower cover 37”) divided substantially symmetrically in the Z direction as a housing, and houses the lower bracket 32 therein. .
  • the lower cover 37 may be formed of a resinous material, for example, and may have an integral configuration that cannot be divided.
  • Such a working unit 16 is fixed to the operation unit 14 by a pair of left and right attachment / detachment levers 400 and 400 provided in the operation unit 14 (drive unit 30), and from the operation unit 14 by an opening operation of the attachment / detachment lever 400. It is separable and can be easily replaced at the surgical site without using a special instrument.
  • the upper surface (Y1 surface) of the lower bracket 32 is provided with a cleaning liquid injection port 39 used for cleaning the internal space in order to reuse the lower bracket 32.
  • the distal end working unit 12 and the connecting shaft 18 are configured to have a small diameter, and can be inserted into a body cavity 22 from a cylindrical trocar 20 provided in a patient's abdomen or the like.
  • various procedures such as excision of the affected part, grasping, suturing and ligation can be performed in the body cavity 22.
  • the tip operation unit 12 that operates based on the operation of the composite input unit 24 and the trigger lever 36 can be operated in three axes. That is, a yaw axis operation that tilts with respect to the Y axis, a roll axis operation that rotates with respect to an axis pointing at the tip (Z axis in the neutral posture), and a gripper axis operation that can be opened and closed.
  • the yaw axis and the roll axis are electrically driven based on the operation of the composite input unit 24, and the gripper axis is mechanically driven based on the operation of the trigger lever 36.
  • mechanical is a method of driving through wires, chains, timing belts, links, rods, gears, etc., and is mainly a method of driving through solid mechanical parts that are inelastic in the power transmission direction. is there.
  • Wires, chains, and the like may have some inevitable elongation due to tension, but these are inelastic solid mechanical parts.
  • a load limiter 212 (see FIG. 19), which will be described later, is substantially an inelastic part with almost no elastic deformation during normal operation.
  • the driving unit 30 converts two motors (actuators) 100 and 102, an upper bracket 104 that supports the motors 100 and 102, and a rotation direction of the motors 100 and 102. And a gear mechanism unit 106 that transmits to the working unit 16 side.
  • the motors 100 and 102 and the gear mechanism 106 are supported by the upper bracket 104 fixed to the inner surface of one upper cover 25b with two screws 103 and 103 (see FIG. 6).
  • the motors 100 and 102 have a cylindrical shape with a diameter: length of about 1: 4, and are decelerated by the speed reducers 100a and 102a provided on the Z1 direction side, and the speed reducers 100a and 102a.
  • the motors 100 and 102 are, for example, DC motors.
  • the reduction gears 100a and 102a are, for example, planetary gear types, and the reduction ratio is about 1: 100 to 1: 300.
  • a rotary encoder is used as the angle sensors 100 c and 102 c, and the detected angle signal is supplied to the controller 514.
  • the motor 100 and the motor 102 or the speed reducer 100a and the speed reducer 102a are not necessarily the same, and may be selected as appropriate.
  • the motor 100 and the motor 102 are arranged symmetrically in the X direction with almost no gap.
  • the Z2 direction ends of the motors 100 and 102 are substantially equal to the Z1 direction end of the grip handle 26 (see FIG. 6).
  • the cables 100 d and 102 d (including the connection lines of the angle sensors 100 c and 102 c) of the motors 100 and 102 respectively extend from the Z2 direction end side and are pulled into the grip handle 26. Yes.
  • the upper bracket 104 includes a first plate 108 that is an XY plane to which the motors 100 and 102 are fixed, a second plate 110 and a third plate 112 that extend in the Z1 direction from the upper and lower ends of the first plate 108, and a first plate. 108, and a fourth plate 114 that partitions the space surrounded by the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 into the X1 side and the X2 side, and is formed by cutting or welding molding.
  • a block-shaped sensor support portion 109 protruding in the Y1 direction is formed.
  • an O-ring 105 is fitted in a groove that makes a round (see FIG. 7). ).
  • the first plate 108 has a height of about 1.5 times the outer diameter of the motors 100 and 102.
  • the motors 100 and 102 are supported on the first plate 108 in parallel with the X direction by a plurality of screws 111 in directions extending in the Z2 direction, and the output shafts 100b and 102b pass through the holes 113 and are Z1. Projects to the direction side.
  • the second plate 110 protrudes from the upper end of the first plate 108 in the Z1 direction.
  • the third plate 112 slightly protrudes in parallel with the second plate 110 and at the end in the Z1 direction, and the sensor support 109 is provided on the protruding portion.
  • Three sides of the fourth plate 114 are connected to the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112, and form a YZ plane at the central portion in the X direction.
  • the fourth plate 114 acts as a reinforcing plate, and the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112 are stabilized.
  • the corners of the fourth plate 114 in the Z1 direction and the Y1 direction are formed to project to the Z1 side, and one of the screws 103 for fixing the upper bracket 104 to the inner surface of the upper cover 25b is disposed here (FIG. 6). And FIG. 9).
  • the sensor support 109 includes a pair of holes 300 and 302 on the extension line (Z direction) of the motors 100 and 102, and a hole 304 located therebetween. A total of three through holes in the Y direction are arranged in the X direction.
  • Detection shafts (detection shafts) 310 and 312 that function as sensor dogs (detected members) of the coupling sensors 306 and 308 are inserted into the holes 300 and 302, respectively.
  • a detection shaft (detection shaft) 316 that functions as a sensor dog of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 is inserted through the hole 304.
  • the coupling sensors 306 and 308 and the attachment / detachment sensor 314 are substantially U-shaped in a plan view (see FIG. 8) opened in the Y direction, and can detect the detection shafts 310, 312, and 316 inside the U-shape.
  • the coupling sensors 306 and 308 and the attachment / detachment sensor 314 are provided on a sensor substrate 317 fixed to the Z1 surface of the sensor support portion 109 along the XY plane (see FIGS. 6, 8, and 9).
  • the detection shaft 316 of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 is a stepped rod-like member that extends in the Y direction and has a narrow Y1 side.
  • the detection shaft 316 is urged toward the Y2 direction (downward) by a coil spring 318 externally fitted to the small diameter portion at the center in the height direction, and the E ring 320 is fitted near the end in the Y1 direction. Therefore, the hole 304 is prevented from coming off.
  • the upper part of the coil spring 318 is seated on a flange 304a having a reduced diameter formed at the end of the hole 304 in the Y1 direction, and the lower part is seated and held on a flange 316a formed substantially at the center of the detection shaft 316.
  • the flange 316a constitutes one side wall of an annular groove into which the O-ring 320 is fitted.
  • the detection shafts 310 and 312 of the coupling sensors 306 and 308 are also rod-shaped members with a step extending in the Y direction and having a narrow Y1 side.
  • the detection shafts 310 and 312 are urged toward the Y2 direction (downward) by coil springs 322 and 324 that are externally fitted to the narrow diameter portion on the Y1 side.
  • Flange 310b, 312b is diameter-expanded at the Y2 direction end (lower end) of detection shafts 310, 312.
  • the flanges 310b and 312b are engaged with annular groove portions 139 and 140 formed on engagement convex portions 137 and 138 that are externally fitted in the vicinity of the Y2 direction ends of the drive shafts 115 and 116 that receive the outputs of the motors 100 and 102, respectively. Accordingly, the detection shafts 310 and 312 are prevented from coming off.
  • the upper portions of the coil springs 322 and 324 are seated on flanges 300a and 302a formed with reduced diameters at the ends of the holes 300 and 302 in the Y1 direction, and the flanges 310a and 312a formed slightly below the center of the detection shafts 310 and 312.
  • the lower part is seated and held.
  • the flanges 310a and 312a constitute one side wall of an annular groove into which the O-rings 326 and 328 are fitted.
  • Detection heads 310c and 312c corresponding to the coupling sensors 306 and 308 are provided at the ends (upper ends) of the detection shafts 310 and 312 in the Y1 direction.
  • the gear mechanism unit 106 is a space surrounded by the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112, and the X direction with respect to the fourth plate 114.
  • the gear mechanism unit 106 includes two drive shafts (drive shafts) 115 and 116, two drive bevel gears 117 and 118, and two driven bevel gears 119 and 120.
  • the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 constituting the upper bracket 104 have shaft holes 126 and 128 corresponding to the drive shafts 115 and 116, respectively, in which bearings 122 and 124 are arranged.
  • a pair is provided.
  • the bearings 122 and 124 are positioned by a part of the outer ring abutting against the end surfaces of the second plate 110 and the third plate 112.
  • a stop plate 130 for stopping the outer ring of the bearing 122 is fixed to the upper surface of the second plate 110 by a plurality of screws 129 (see FIGS. 7 and 8).
  • the stop plate 130 is provided with a pair of holes 130a and 130a (see FIGS. 8 and 9) through which the Y1 direction ends (upper ends) of the drive shafts 115 and 116 are inserted.
  • the output shaft 100b (102b) of the motor 100 (102) extends through the hole 113 to the vicinity of the drive shaft 115 (116) in the Z direction, and the drive bevel gear 117 (118). Is fixed by a push screw 134.
  • a driven bevel gear 119 (120) is fixed to the drive shaft 115 (116) by a push screw 136 (see FIG. 9).
  • the drive bevel gear 117 (118) and the driven bevel gear 119 (120) mesh with each other, and the rotation of the output shaft 100b (102b) can be converted by 90 ° and transmitted to the drive shaft 115 (116).
  • a detection piece 333 (334) having a substantially semicircular disk portion in plan view (see FIG. 8) is fixed to the tip of the drive shaft 115 (116) protruding from the stop plate 130.
  • the detection piece 333 (334) rotates together with the drive shaft 115 (116), and functions as a sensor dog of the substantially U-shaped origin detection sensor 331 (332) in a side view (see FIG. 9).
  • the origin detection sensors 331 and 332 are provided on the Z1 side surface of the sensor substrate 335 erected on the upper surface of the second plate 110 constituting the upper bracket 104.
  • the lower end side (Y2 side) of the drive shaft 115 (116) has a stepped shape below the portion pivotally supported by the bearing 124, and the O-ring 131 is sequentially fitted on the lower side.
  • a flange 115 a (116 a), a short cylindrical flange seat 115 b (116 b) having a larger diameter than the flange 115 a (116 a) and on which the upper portion of the coil spring 121 is seated, and the coil spring 121 are externally fitted and the engaging projection 137.
  • a corrugated portion 115c (116c) (see FIG. 22A) having a hexagonal cross-sectional shape through which (138) is inserted so as to be able to advance and retreat.
  • the engagement convex portion 137 (138) is fitted in the vicinity of the Y2 direction end of the drive shaft 115 (116) passing through the engagement convex portion 137 (138) while being urged in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 121.
  • the E-ring 123 prevents it from coming off. That is, the engaging convex portion 137 (138) is elastically supported so as not to rotate and to advance and retreat in the Y direction (axial direction) with respect to the corrugated portion 115c (116c) of the drive shaft 115 (116).
  • the lower end portion of the coil spring 121 may be disposed so as to form an annular recess (not shown) on the upper surface side of the engaging projection 137 (138) and to be inserted into the annular recess.
  • the upper end of the central portion 115d (116d) is in contact with the inner ring of the bearing 122, and the upper end of the flange 115a (116b) continuous to the lower portion of the central portion 115d (116d) is the inner ring of the bearing 124. It is positioned by abutting.
  • the drive shafts 115 and 116 are disposed on an extension line (Z direction) of the motors 100 and 102 in a plan view (see FIG. 8).
  • the motors 100 and 102 have a larger diameter than the connection shaft 18.
  • parallel arrangement becomes possible and the degree of freedom of motor arrangement increases.
  • the motor 100 and the motor 102 and the drive shaft 115 and the drive shaft 116 are provided at symmetrical positions with respect to the Y direction with respect to the connecting shaft 18, and thus have a good balance.
  • the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 act as pivot support members that pivotally support the drive shafts 115 and 116 with the driven bevel gears 119 and 120 interposed therebetween, and the first plate 108 serves as the motors 100 and 102.
  • the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 are connected to each other, and high rigidity is obtained while being simple, and the motors 100 and 102 and the drive shafts 115 and 116 can be stably provided. Can be held. Further, by providing the fourth plate 114 connecting the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112 between the drive shafts 115, 116, higher rigidity can be obtained.
  • the lower bracket 32 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape (see FIG. 6) in side view extending in the Z direction, and the Z1 side constitutes a pulley box 32a having a box structure.
  • the trigger lever attaching part 32b which consists of a pair of plate structure with which Z2 side of the box 32a was parallel is comprised.
  • the pulley box 32a is detachably connected to the gear mechanism unit 106 of the drive unit 30 so that the rotation of the drive shafts 115 and 116 is transferred from the coupling shaft 18 to the distal end working unit 12.
  • the trigger lever 36 is pivotally supported by the trigger lever mounting portion 32b, and the operation of the trigger lever 36 is relayed from the connecting shaft 18 to the distal end working portion 12.
  • 3 has a function of maintaining an airtight state in the connecting shaft 18.
  • the pulley box 32a includes a hollow portion 152 that is open on both sides in the X direction, a shaft support portion 154 on the Z1 side of the hollow portion 152, a rod hole 156a on the Z2 side of the hollow portion 152, 156b, pulleys (driven shafts) 158a and 158b and wire guide portions 160a and 160b housed in the cavity 152.
  • a pair of pin holes 161 and 161 symmetrical with respect to the Z direction are formed in the vicinity of the connecting portion between the pulley box 32a and the trigger lever mounting portion 32b.
  • a pair of guide pins 163 and 163 projecting from the upper bracket 104 in the Y1 direction are inserted into the pin holes 161 and 161 when the working unit 16 and the operation unit 14 are attached and detached (see FIGS. 2 and 6).
  • the hollow portion 152 is a hole that communicates both sides of the pulley box 32a in the X direction, and is provided slightly closer to the Z2 direction of the pulley box 32a in a side view (see FIG. 12), and both ends in the Z direction are semicircular. ing.
  • O-rings 164 and 164 surrounding the cavity 152 are provided on both sides in the X direction of the pulley box 32a (see FIGS. 6 and 13), and the O-ring 164 is formed by lower covers 37a and 37b attached from the outer surface. It is compressed moderately.
  • the shaft support portion 154 is a hole that communicates from the cavity portion 152 to the end surface in the Z1 direction of the pulley box 32a, and supports the proximal end side of the connecting shaft 18 that extends in the Z direction.
  • a cylindrical coupler 165 is provided at the end of the connecting shaft 18 in the Z2 direction (see FIGS. 12 and 13), and the shaft support portion 154 supports the connecting shaft 18 via the coupler 165.
  • Two O-rings 166 and 166 are provided between the coupler 165 and the connecting shaft 18, and an O-ring 168 is provided between the coupler 165 and the shaft support portion 154.
  • the connecting shaft 18 is fixed by fastening a clamp member 170 from the Y1 side to a notch formed at the upper end of the pulley box 32a in the Z1 direction (see FIGS. 11 and 12).
  • the pulleys 158a and 158b are coaxial with the drive shafts 115 and 116 (see FIGS. 6 and 7). Engagement projections 137 and 138 (see FIGS. 9 and 10) provided at the Y2 direction ends of the drive shafts 115 and 116 are engaged with the Y1 direction ends of the pulleys 158a and 158b protruding upward from the coaxial hole 172a. Engaging recesses 176a and 176b are provided (see FIGS. 11 and 12).
  • Such engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and engagement concave portions 176a and 176b have a predetermined phase described later (in this case, one location, but a plurality of n locations depending on the allowable rotation range ⁇ of the pulleys 158a and 158b). (See FIGS. 22A and 22B, etc.). By engaging these, the rotational driving force from the drive shafts 115 and 116 that are drive shafts is transmitted to the pulleys 158a and 158b that are driven shafts.
  • the inter-axis distance between the pulley 158a and the pulley 158b is equal to the inter-axis distance between the drive shaft 115 and the drive shaft 116 (see FIG. 10), and the clearance between the pulley 158a and the pulley 158b is larger than the diameter of the connecting shaft 18 ( (See FIG. 13).
  • the pulleys 158a and 158b are hermetically sealed with an O-ring 178a so as to be rotatable with respect to the coaxial hole 172a, and are sealed with an O-ring 178b so as to be rotatable with respect to the coaxial hole 172b.
  • the pulleys 158a and 158b are prevented from coming off by E-rings 180 at the ends in the Y2 direction.
  • a diameter adjusting member 182 is interposed at the center of the pulleys 158a and 158b, and by appropriately selecting the diameter adjusting member 182, the winding diameter of the wires 1052 and 1054 described later can be adjusted. (See FIGS. 12 and 13).
  • the pulleys 158a and 158b may be integrated with the diameter adjusting member.
  • the engagement recesses 176a and 176b provided at the upper ends of the pulleys 158a and 158b have a larger diameter than the portion located in the cavity 152, and the lower surface facing the upper surface (Y1 direction surface) of the pulley box 32a is Arc-shaped notches 177 and 177 are formed by notching a predetermined angle (for example, 270 °) of the outer periphery in the diameter reducing direction (center direction) (see FIG. 12). Stoppers 179a and 179a are inserted and arranged in the circular arc notches 177 and 177 of the engaging recesses 176a and 176b, respectively (see FIGS. 11 and 12).
  • the stopper 179a is a plate-like protrusion formed on the Z2 side of the stopper plate 179 that prevents the wire guide portions 160a and 160b from coming off at the ends in the Y1 direction.
  • the rotation range of the pulleys 158a and 158b is set so that the Z1 direction in the state shown in FIG. 177a and 177b are restricted to the range of normal rotation and reverse rotation until they contact the both side surfaces of the stopper 179a. That is, as shown in FIG. 14A, the rotation range of one pulley 158a is clockwise (less than 180 °) in the clockwise direction (below FIG. 14A is a bottom view). As indicated by an arrow + ⁇ (for example, 90 °) and a counterclockwise rotation (in FIG. 14A, because it is a bottom view, clockwise) (less than 180 °) range (indicated by an arrow ⁇ in FIG.
  • the rotation range of the other pulley 158b also includes a clockwise forward rotation range (indicated by arrow + ⁇ in FIG. 14A, for example, 135 °) and a counterclockwise reverse rotation range (arrow ⁇ in FIG. 14A). For example, 135 °).
  • the wire guide portion 160 a (160 b) includes an insertion shaft 184, two layers of cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 that are supported adjacent to the insertion shaft 184, and these cylindrical idlers 186. And positioning cylinders 190a and 190b for positioning 188.
  • the insertion shaft 184 extends in the Y direction, passes through the Y1 side through hole 194a with respect to the pulley box 32a, and is inserted into the bottomed hole 194b on the Y2 side, and the end of the through hole 194a in the Y1 direction is stopped. It is blocked by a plate 179.
  • the insertion shaft 184 is sealed in the vicinity of the stop plate 179 by an O-ring 193.
  • the insertion shaft 184 is provided with a positioning cylinder 190a, a cylindrical idler 186, a cylindrical idler 188, and a positioning cylinder 190b in this order from the Y1 side to the Y2 side. Cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 are independently rotatable pulleys.
  • the gap S1 between the two cylindrical idlers 186 and 186 constituting the wire guide portions 160a and 160b is narrower than the inner diameter of the connecting shaft 18. , About 1/2 of the inner diameter.
  • the cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 are rotatable, and grooves 186a and 188a in which the wires 1054 (1052) are disposed are provided on the peripheral surfaces thereof.
  • the cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 do not necessarily have to be rotatable as long as appropriate lubricity is ensured.
  • the connecting shaft 18 is sufficiently thin without depending on the diameters of the motors 100 and 102 and the distance S2 between the pulleys 158a and 158b (see FIG. 13). For example, it can be set to about 5 mm to 10 mm suitable for insertion into the trocar 20. Moreover, the freedom degree of arrangement
  • two rods (transmission members) 192a and 192b are further arranged in the Y direction and penetrated in the Z direction in the hollow portion 152 constituting the pulley box 32a.
  • the rods 192a and 192b are, for example, sufficiently strong and thin stainless steel pipes or solid rods, and the Z1 direction extends through the hollow portion 152 into the connecting shaft 18, and the Z2 direction passes through the rod holes 156a and 156b. Then, it extends to the trigger lever mounting portion 32b.
  • a rectangular plate-shaped rubber sheet 194 surrounding the periphery of the rod holes 156a and 156b, and a support plate 196 for closely supporting the rubber sheet 191 are provided on the opening side (Z2 side) of the rod holes 156a and 156b.
  • the rods 192a and 192b are inserted through a pair of through holes provided in the rubber sheet 194 and the support plate 196, respectively, and the sliding contact surfaces penetrating the rubber sheet 194 are sealed. That is, the rubber sheet 194 comes into contact with the rods 192a and 192b without a gap, and hermetically seals the cavity 152 and the connecting shaft 18 so as to be movable back and forth in the Z direction.
  • the hollow portion 152 constituting the pulley box 32a is sealed with the rubber sheet 194 with respect to the rods 192a and 192b (see FIG. 12), and with the O-rings 178a and 178b with respect to the pulleys 158a and 158b.
  • the wire guide portions 160a and 160b (insertion shaft 184) are sealed with an O-ring 193 (see FIG. 12)
  • the connecting shaft 18 is sealed with O-rings 166 and 168 (see FIG. 12).
  • the lower covers 37a and 37b are sealed by an O-ring 164 (see FIGS. 6 and 13), thereby being kept airtight.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the connecting shaft 18 is airtightly supported by a trocar 20 (see FIG. 1).
  • the gas supplied to the body cavity 22 does not leak out from the connection shaft 18 via the pulley box 32a. Furthermore, it is possible to suppress, as much as possible, a situation in which liquid such as blood enters the connecting shaft 18 and the pulley box 32a from the gap of the distal end working unit 12 due to the sealed air.
  • the pulley box 32a and the operation unit 14 can be easily cleaned. In addition, it is good also as a structure which provides a partition part etc. in the inside of the connection shaft 18, and maintains an airtight state.
  • the manipulator 10 is provided with a cleaning liquid injection port 39 into which a cap 39a can be fitted on the upper surface of the pulley box 32a in order to achieve both airtight maintenance in the pulley box 32a and easy cleaning (see FIGS. 3 and 6). ).
  • the cap 39a in order to ensure airtightness in the pulley box 32a, the cap 39a needs to be securely fitted to the cleaning liquid injection port 39 before the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are mounted. .
  • the cap 39a is obstructed and the working unit 16 cannot be mounted on the operation unit 14.
  • a configuration in which a cap 39b is provided on the operation unit 14 side instead of the cap 39a can be adopted.
  • a cap 39b serving as a lid of the cleaning liquid injection port 39 is fixed to the inner side of the upper cover 25.
  • the cleaning liquid injection port 39 and the cap 39b are, for example, tapered shapes that can be fitted to each other, and the cap 39b that is a tapered convex portion can be fitted into a tapered concave portion that becomes a flow path of the cleaning liquid injection port 39. is there.
  • the cap 39b can be surely fitted into the cleaning liquid injection port 39 to ensure airtightness in the pulley box 32a, while the operating unit 14 is secured.
  • the cap 39b is always removed from the cleaning liquid injection port 39, so that the cleaning work after use can be easily and quickly performed.
  • the clamp member 170 at the upper end in the Z1 direction of the pulley box 32a is provided with an electrode rod 197 standing in the Y1 direction.
  • the electrode rod 197 is inserted into a Y-direction through hole 198 formed in the upper cover 25b, and an electrode plug 199 (see FIG. 1) is attached, so that a high voltage when using the manipulator 10 as an electric knife is increased. Applied.
  • the electrode rod 197 is electrically connected to the one wire guide portion 160b by the conductive plate 195 (see FIG. 11), and thus, the wire rod 1052 that contacts the wire guide portion 160b moves toward the distal end working portion 12 side. High voltage can be transmitted.
  • the rods 192a and 192b are juxtaposed in the Y direction inside the coupler 165 and the connecting shaft 18, and the reciprocal lines of the wires 1052 and 1054 are arranged close to each other in the Y direction.
  • the wire 1052 and the wire 1054 are arranged in parallel in the X direction and are arranged in a well-balanced manner.
  • the trigger lever mounting portion 32 b has a trigger shaft 35 extending between a pair of support plates 201, 201 extending in parallel with the Z2 direction from the end surface of the pulley box 32 a in the Z2 direction.
  • the trigger lever 36 is pivotally supported.
  • the trigger lever 36 includes an arm part 200 that is pivotally supported by the trigger shaft 35, a ring part 202 provided on the Y ⁇ b> 2 side of the arm part 200, and Y ⁇ b> 2 of the ring part 202.
  • the ring part 202 is mainly suitable for inserting an index finger (or middle finger), and the finger hooking protrusions 204a and 204b are mainly suitable for hanging the middle finger (or ring finger).
  • the ratchet claw 206 is supported by the swing shaft 207 on the Z1 side, and a claw portion 206a formed by a recess 206b and directed upward is provided on the Z2 side. Is biased in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 209. As a result, the claw portion 206a is urged upward, and the recess 206b abuts against the stopper pin (stopper member) 211 across the internal space 203 in the X direction, thereby further swinging upward. It is regulated.
  • the claw portion 206a of the ratchet claw 206 is engaged in a substantially U shape in plan view protruding from the grip handle 26 in the Z1 direction. It contacts the mating ring (engagement portion) 27 (see FIGS. 2, 6 and 17).
  • the engaging ring 27 is slidably contacted with the Z2 side inclined surface of the claw 206a, and the claw 206a is slightly swung downward against the urging force of the coil spring 209.
  • the ratchet claw 206 is returned to a position where it comes into contact with the stopper pin 211 by the urging force of the coil spring 209, and at the same time, the engagement ring 27 is moved to the claw 206a ( Engages with the recess 206b) (see FIG. 18A).
  • the position of the trigger lever 36 can be held, and the end effector 1300 (see FIG. 1) can be locked in the closed state.
  • the engagement ring 27 may be provided in multiple stages, for example, and in this case, the lock position or gripping force of the trigger lever 36 can be adjusted according to the gripping target.
  • the lever 208 is a substantially L-shaped member partially exposed from the internal space 203 in the Z1 direction (see FIG. 17).
  • the lever 208 is supported at one end in the internal space 203 by the swing shaft 213 and is normally pressed by the Z1 direction end of the ratchet pawl 206 urged in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 209, as shown in FIG. 18A. It is held in such an initial posture.
  • an inclined surface 203a that is inclined upward is formed in the upper portion of the internal space 203 of the trigger lever 36 on the Z2 side, and a recess 203b that is dug deeper than other portions is formed. ing. Thereby, the engagement ring 27 on the grip handle 26 side can be smoothly engaged with the ratchet pawl 206 from the recess 203b.
  • the ratchet pawl 206 is swung upward by the stopper pin 211. Since the inclined surface 203a and the recessed portion 203b act as escape portions of the engagement ring 27, the engagement ring 27 can be easily moved along the inclined surface 203a as shown by the broken arrow in FIG. 18A. Can be removed. For this reason, the engagement state between the engagement ring 27 and the ratchet pawl 206 is firmly maintained, and it is possible to effectively avoid the generation of an excessive force on the engagement ring 27 and the trigger lever 36.
  • an engagement ring having a structure corresponding to the engagement ring 27 is provided on the ratchet claw 206 side instead of the claw portion 206a and the concave portion 206b, while a structure corresponding to the claw portion 206a (and the concave portion 206b).
  • the trigger lever mounting portion 32b extends from the Z2 direction end surface of the pulley box 32a, and supports a pair of support plates 201 and 201 that pivotally support the trigger lever 36 near the end of the Z2 direction.
  • a load limiter 212 and a trigger wire 214 provided between the plates 201 and 201 are provided.
  • the center between the support plates 201 and 201 is substantially coaxial with the connecting shaft 18.
  • the support plate 201 may be, for example, a cylindrical shape other than a pair of parallel plate members, and may be any shape that can support the trigger shaft 35, the load limiter 212, and the like.
  • the load limiter 212 has a cylindrical shape and includes an outer cylinder 212a, an inner rod 212b, and a coil spring 212c.
  • the inner rod 212b at the end in the Z1 direction is pivotally supported by the end of the rod 192a, and the end at the end in the Z2 direction.
  • An outer cylinder 212 a is pivotally supported on a shaft 200 a in the arm portion 200.
  • a shaft 205 that pivotably connects the inner rod 212b and the rod 192a is supported in a slidable manner in an elongated hole 215 provided in the support plate 201 (see FIG. 20). Thereby, irrespective of the angle of the rod 192a and the inner rod 212b, the rod 192a can be moved straight in the Z direction.
  • the coil spring 212c is moderately hard and is interposed between the outer cylinder 212a and the inner rod 212b in a preloaded state. Therefore, the load limiter 212 normally connects the rod 192a and the trigger lever 36 as a substantial rigid body. However, when an excessively large load is applied, that is, the end effector 1300 pinches something or the like. When a load greater than the preload is applied, the coil spring 212c is further compressed and the inner rod 212b extends. Thus, even if the trigger lever 36 is pulled too strongly, the force is limited by the load limiter 212, and the end effector 1300 (see FIG. 1) and its drive mechanism or gripping object can be protected. .
  • the maximum load of the load limiter 212 is set so that the driving mechanism such as the trigger wire 214 is less than the allowable strength even when the trigger lever 36 is pulled most forward when the end effector 1300 is fully opened. It is desirable that
  • the trigger wire 214 is connected (for example, crimped) to the end of the rod 192b at the end in the Z1 direction, and the end in the Z2 direction is pivotally supported by the shaft 200b in the arm unit 200 via a pin 214a.
  • the trigger wire 214 is guided by a pulley 216, and a portion closer to the Z1 side than the pulley 216 is substantially coaxial with the rod 192b.
  • the shaft 200a is disposed on the Y2 side of the trigger shaft 35
  • the shaft 200b is disposed on the Y1 side of the trigger shaft 35
  • the shafts 200a and 200b are substantially equidistant from the trigger shaft 35. Therefore, by operating the trigger lever 36, the shaft 200a and the shaft 200b are displaced in the opposite directions by substantially the same distance, and accordingly, the rod 192a and the rod 192b are moved in the opposite directions (Z1 direction and Z2 direction). Displace.
  • the trigger shaft 35, the rods 192a and 192b, the shafts 200a and 200b, the load limiter 212, the trigger wire 214, and the like serve as an operation transmission unit that mechanically transmits the input operation to the trigger lever 36 to the distal end operation unit 12. It is composed.
  • the operation transmission unit may include other components or any of the components may be omitted. In short, a configuration in which the transmission member such as the rods 192a and 192b can be advanced and retracted by an input operation to the trigger lever 36. If it is.
  • both support plates 201 are located at positions near the pulley box 32 a on the upper surfaces (Y1 direction surfaces) of the pair of support plates 201, 201 constituting the trigger lever mounting portion 32 b. 201, a barcode plate 220 is fixed, and a barcode 222 is provided on the surface thereof.
  • the barcode 222 is, for example, a substantially square matrix shape, and is a two-dimensional barcode printed with white and black according to the grid, and the camera 224 provided on the operation unit 14 side passes through the mirror 226 and the photographing window 227. (See FIGS. 6 and 20).
  • the barcode 222 is attached to the upper surface (Y1 direction surface) of the barcode plate 220 constituting the XZ plane, and is formed on the mating surface of the lower covers 37a and 37b. It is exposed to the upper part by the notch 230.
  • the barcode 222 includes individual information, specifications, time stamp (manufacturing date, etc.), serial number, usage amount (usage count) upper limit, etc. of the working unit 16.
  • the individual information held by the barcode 222 is given a different value so that it can be identified for each working unit. Further, since the barcode 222 is photographed through the mirror 226, it is a mirror image.
  • a composite mirror made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate) and aluminum may be used.
  • the barcode 222 is not limited to a single sheet, and may be composed of a plurality of sheets. When the barcode 222 is composed of two pieces, one piece shows individual information such as individual information, production date, serial number, etc., and the other piece shows common information for each type such as specifications and upper limit of usage amount. You may do it.
  • the barcode 222 is not limited to two-dimensional data, and may be a one-dimensional shape.
  • the color of the grid in the barcode 222 is not limited to white and black, but may be an infrared absorption color and an infrared reflection color, or information may be indicated by distinguishing three or more colors.
  • the camera 224 is disposed below the motors 100 and 102 constituting the operation unit 14, and is fixed to the inner surface of one upper cover 25b.
  • a pair of LEDs 224a and 224a are provided on both sides in the X direction of the camera 224 (see also FIG. 7).
  • the camera 224 is a camera for imaging the barcode 222, for example, having a CCD format or a CMOS format.
  • the camera 224 is set in a direction (substantially Z1 direction) in which the imaging direction is bent by a mirror 226 that is a reflecting mirror and the barcode 222 can be imaged.
  • the bar code 222 which is the subject located at
  • the LED 224a is set in a direction (approximately Z1 direction) in which the optical axis is bent by the mirror 226 and the barcode 222 is illuminated.
  • the LED 224a allows the camera 224 to recognize the barcode 222 more reliably.
  • the LEDs 224a are provided at symmetrical positions with the camera 224 in between, and can illuminate the barcode 222 with good balance.
  • the LEDs 224a may be provided above and below the camera 224, or three or more LEDs may be provided at equal intervals. If the LED 224a has a sufficient amount of light, it may be one.
  • a photographing window 227 that allows the upper cover 25 to pass through is provided in the Y2 direction of the mirror 226 (see FIG. 20). That is, in the operation unit 14, the camera 224, the LED 224a, and the mirror 226 are housed in the upper cover 25. (See FIGS. 2 and 6). Further, in a state where the working unit 16 is mounted on the operation unit 14, the barcode 222 is also disposed in the substantially closed space by the upper cover 25 and the lower cover 37, so that the barcode 222 and the camera are used when the manipulator 10 is used.
  • the 224 can be prevented from being contaminated with blood or the like, and unnecessary disturbance light can be shielded to enable stable imaging with the LED 224a.
  • the relative position and orientation of the barcode 222 and the camera 224 are fixed, it is not necessary to specify the position and orientation of the barcode 222 on the camera 224 side, and a code for specifying them. Therefore, the amount of information that can be recorded on the barcode 222 is increased, or a space-saving arrangement is possible.
  • the operation unit 14 and the controller 514 can recognize individual information of the working unit 16 using the camera 224, and the motor 100 constituting the manipulator 10, 102 and the like can be appropriately and accurately driven and controlled so as to correspond to the type of the working unit 16 (for example, gripper, scissors, electric knife).
  • the type of the working unit 16 for example, gripper, scissors, electric knife.
  • the attachment of the working unit 16 to the operation unit 14 can be quickly detected by the detachable sensor 314 and the detection shaft 316 (see FIG. 7 and the like). Therefore, in the controller 514, the detection of the attachment of the working unit 16 by the attachment / detachment sensor 314 can be used as a trigger signal for acquiring the individual signal from the barcode 222 by controlling the activation of the camera 224 and the LED 224a.
  • the controller 514 obtains an individual signal from the barcode 222 by drivingly controlling the camera 224 and the LED 224a substantially simultaneously with the operation unit 16 being mounted on the operation unit 14.
  • the controller 514 it is only necessary to acquire the individual signal at least when the working unit 16 is attached to the operation unit 14, and the operation of the camera 224 and the LED 224a can be stopped at other times, thereby reducing the processing load.
  • power saving can be achieved.
  • the bar code 222 does not need to be directly energized, the operation unit 14 and the work unit 16 have no electrical contacts, and there is no power storage unit such as a battery, so that the power consumption is further reduced. It is possible to more easily perform cleaning, sterilization, and the like of the working unit 16 removed from the apparatus.
  • the camera 224 and the barcode 222 are arranged to be bent through the mirror 226, so that the camera 224 has a focal length (for example, about 50 mm) necessary for reading the barcode 222. ) Can be secured easily. That is, for example, when the camera 224 is disposed vertically downward (Y1 direction) of the barcode 222, the camera 224 is installed above the motors 100, 102, etc., so that the operation unit 14 (upper cover 25) is particularly arranged. It is necessary to increase the size in the Y direction, and the manipulator 10 is also increased in size.
  • the camera 224 can be installed by effectively using the space in the longitudinal direction (Z direction) of the operation unit 14. Particularly in the case of a structure in which the motors 100 and 102 are placed horizontally along the Z direction as in the present embodiment, the empty space under the motors 100 and 102 can be effectively used as an installation space for the camera 224. it can.
  • the reading direction of the barcode 222 by the camera 224 is set at a substantially right angle through the mirror 226.
  • the reading direction of the barcode 222 by the camera 224 is shown in FIG. It can also be set as the structure which inclined.
  • the reading direction of the barcode 222 by the camera 224 is inclined to the Z2 side, and the barcode 222 is imaged from an oblique direction via the mirror 226.
  • the distance from the mirror 226 to the barcode 222 can be extended compared to the case of the reading direction at a substantially right angle indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. For this reason, the focal distance from the camera 224 to the barcode 222 can be secured more easily.
  • the position of the camera 224 can be shifted in the Z1 direction as compared with the configuration shown in FIG.
  • the upper cover 25 can be further reduced in size.
  • the light from the LED 224a for illumination arranged in parallel with the camera 224 illuminates the barcode 222 through the mirror 226 and the imaging window 227.
  • Light reflected from the surface does not return to the camera 224.
  • the barcode 222 is appropriately rotated around the X axis and tilted (the right side of the barcode 222 in FIG. 21 is raised upward) so that the barcode 222 faces the front of the camera 224 as much as possible. Also good.
  • the master switch 34 (see FIGS. 1 and 6) is an input means for setting whether the operation state of the manipulator 10 is valid or invalid, and its operation is detected by an input detection unit (such as a toggle switch or a tact switch) 350. The detected signal is supplied to the controller 514.
  • the LED 29 is an indicator that indicates the control state of the manipulator 10, has a size that can be easily recognized by the operator, and is sufficiently small and light enough that there is no hindrance to the operation.
  • the LED 29 is provided at a position with good visibility at a substantially central portion on the top surface (Y1 direction surface) of the upper cover 25, and is arranged side by side with the master switch 34.
  • the LED 29 is turned on in synchronization with the ON operation by the master switch 34, the operator can surely recognize the input state by the LED 29 while operating the master switch 34.
  • the LED 29 can emit, for example, green and red, and can be turned on and off for each color.
  • the master switch 34 is disposed on a substrate 354 fixed to the inner surface of one upper cover 25 b via a support member 352, and a portion in the upper cover 25 is formed by the switch cover 356. Sealed from the outside.
  • the controller 514 (see FIG. 1) reads the input state of the master switch 34, and when it is turned on, performs an origin search operation described later to drive-control the manipulator 10 to a predetermined usable state. Thereby, the operation command of the operation unit 14 becomes valid, and a desired operation can be given to the distal end operation unit 12.
  • the composite input unit 24 has a symmetrical structure in the X1 direction and the X2 direction around the Z axis (Y axis), and is in the roll direction (axial rotation direction) with respect to the distal end working unit 12. ) And a yaw direction (left-right direction) rotation command.
  • the upper surface of the grip handle 26 is an inclined surface 26a that rises in the Y1 direction toward the Z1 direction, and the composite input unit 24 is provided on the inclined surface 26a.
  • the inclination angle of the inclined surface 26a is an angle at which the composite input unit 24 can be easily operated with the thumb or index finger when the grip handle 26 is gripped by hand, and is preferably about 20 ° to 35 ° with respect to the Z direction.
  • the composite input unit 24 is supported by the sensor holder 52 disposed on the inclined surface 26a, and is provided on the Z1 side (Y1 side) of the inclined surface 26a and on the Z2 side (Y2 side) thereof.
  • the tilt operation unit 56 includes three switch operators 58a, 58b, and 58c disposed on the lower side surface of the tilt operation unit 56, respectively.
  • a switch substrate 62 is provided in the sensor holder 52, and the switch substrate 62 is tilted with an input detection unit (tact switch) 66 a that detects an input operation to the rotation operation unit 54.
  • An input detection unit (tact switch) 66b for detecting an input operation to the operation unit 56 and input detection units (tact switches) 66c to 66e for detecting an input operation to the switch operators 58a to 58c are provided.
  • the composite input unit 24 drives the motors 100 and 102, the drive shafts 115 and 116, and the pulleys 158a and 158b, and moves the tip operation unit 12 in the roll direction and yaw through the wires 1052 and 1054 which are flexible members. Can be operated in the direction.
  • the switch operator 58b switches between valid / invalid of the rotation operation unit 54 and the tilt operation unit 56 and returns the yaw axis mechanism (pivot axis mechanism) to a predetermined initial position (once it is pressed once, it automatically moves to the initial position). , Stop) or move in the initial posture direction (moves in the initial posture direction only when pressed, and automatically stops when the initial posture is reached).
  • the switch operators 58a and 58c are preferably used as switches for returning the roll rotation mechanism to a predetermined initial posture or moving it in the initial posture direction.
  • the switch operators 58a and 58c are arranged on the left and right as switches having exactly the same function, so that the operator can perform the same operation without any problem regardless of whether the operator grips the operation unit 14 with the right hand or the left hand. be able to. Specifically, the same operation with the thumb, for example, is possible in both the right-hand operation and the left-hand operation.
  • the roll rotation mechanism can be returned to a predetermined initial posture or moved in the initial posture direction without being aware of the current position of the roll rotation mechanism (positive region or negative region).
  • the rotation operation unit 54 is configured to be rotatable about an axis (not shown) along the YZ direction, and a lever 72a extending in the X1 direction and the X2 direction, and both levers 72a. , 72a, and a manipulator 72c provided with notches 72b in three directions that swell appropriately in the X, Y, and Z directions.
  • the left and right ends of the lever 72a have a semicircular shape with a number of anti-slip lines on the surface.
  • the operation element 72c forms a continuous surface (a flat surface or a curved surface) with the upper covers 25a and 25b in the initial position (see FIG. 4), and has no useless protrusions or steps, which is preferable in appearance. In addition, the shape is easy to operate.
  • the rotation operation unit 54 has a function of rotating the notch 72b of the operation element 72c in the circumferential direction with a finger and operating the roll rotation mechanism. As described above, according to the rotation operation unit 54 having the finger rest on the outer peripheral surface, the rotation operation is performed around the axis along the YZ direction, and an intuitive operability of the roll rotation mechanism is obtained. It is done. In addition, since the finger-hanging portion is provided on the outer diameter side of the end portion of the tilt operation portion 56, it is easy to use the finger hook portion with the tilt operation portion 56.
  • the tilting operation unit 56 is provided with a tilting plate 76 that can tilt around an axis 74 along the YZ direction.
  • the shaft 74 is the center of the composite input unit 24 in the X direction.
  • the tilt operation unit 56 has a function of operating a yaw shaft mechanism (pivot shaft mechanism) by performing a tilt operation by pushing the tilt plate 76 with a finger.
  • the rotation operation unit 54 is rotated in the circumferential direction, and the tilt operation unit 56 is tilted by being pushed.
  • the correspondence between the mechanism and the yaw (pivot) shaft mechanism is easily understood, and a more intuitive operation is possible.
  • the sensor holder 52 also has a function of tightly contacting the upper cover 25 and sealing the periphery of the composite input unit 24, and prevents liquid or the like from entering the upper cover 25 from the periphery of the composite input unit 24. ing.
  • a seal member separate from the sensor holder 52 may be provided.
  • the periphery of the composite input unit 24 is sealed by the sensor holder 52 (see FIGS. 4 and 6), and the periphery of the master switch 34 is sealed by the switch cover 356 (FIG. 6).
  • the camera 224 and mirror 226 and the barcode 222 is sealed by the photographing window 227 (see FIGS. 6 and 20), and the bottom surface of the upper bracket 104 is surrounded by O-rings 105, 131, 320, 326, and 328. Sealed (see FIGS. 6, 9 and 10) and sealed by this. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent blood, a cleaning solution, and the like from entering the upper cover 25, and the operation unit 14 can be easily cleaned and sterilized even when separated from the working unit 16.
  • the drive unit 30 is housed in the upper cover 25, and the gear from the lower surface side (Y2 direction) of the upper cover 25 in a state where the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are separated.
  • the bottom surface of the upper bracket 104 that supports the mechanism unit 106 and the like is exposed.
  • the two guide pins 163 and 163 are provided at both ends in the X direction of the bottom Z2 direction end of the upper bracket 104 at positions opposed to the two pin holes 161 and 161 of the lower bracket 32 (FIG. 6, FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B).
  • the two attachment / detachment levers 400 and 400 are provided symmetrically on the left and right side surfaces (X1 and X2 side surfaces) of the upper cover 25 that covers the driving unit 30, and are rotated along the Z direction.
  • the claw portion 400c formed on the inner side of the Y2 direction end is elastically biased in the direction toward the inner side of the upper cover 25.
  • the upper surface (Y1 side) of the detachable lever 400 is slightly depressed, and constitutes an operation surface 400d that is pressed by a finger to open the detachable lever 400 against the urging force of the elastic member 400b.
  • two guide pins 163 provided in parallel are fitted into the two pin holes 161 on the working unit 16 side, so that the drive unit 30 (the operating unit 14) is the working unit. 16 is reliably positioned and stably held.
  • the guide pin 163 can receive a moment acting in the XZ plane, and can reduce the force applied to the engaging portion, the pulley, the drive shaft, and the like.
  • the lower cover when mounting, the lower cover is positioned against the positioning recess 406 formed near the base of the grip handle 26 on the bottom surface side (Y2 side) of the upper cover 25.
  • the positioning convex part 408 formed at the Z2 direction end of 37 is engaged.
  • the engagement convex portion 137 (138) provided at the tip (Y2 direction end) of the drive shaft 115 (116) has a plurality of arc-shaped ( As five (5) convex portions, one large convex portion 402a and four small convex portions 402b are provided. As understood from FIG. 22A, the large convex portion 402a has a shape in which two of the six small convex portions arranged evenly are connected.
  • the engagement recess 176a (176b) provided at the tip (Y1 direction end) of the pulley 158a (158b) has the shape of the engagement protrusion 137 (138).
  • one large concave portion 404a and four small concave portions 404b are provided as a plurality (five) of circular arc-shaped concave portions extending radially from the axial center.
  • the large concave portion 404a has a shape in which two of the six small concave portions arranged uniformly are connected.
  • a central recess 404c that is deeper in the Y2 direction is provided at the center of the groove provided with the large recess 404a and the small recess 404b.
  • the central concave portion 404c is a relief portion at the tip of the drive shafts 115 and 116 protruding in the Y2 direction from the centers of the engaging convex portions 137 and 138 (see FIG. 25B), and also has a function of a guide for positioning so as to be coaxial. Have.
  • the engaging convex portions 137 and 138 and the engaging concave portions 176a and 176b can be engaged with each other in a state where they are in a predetermined engaging phase. That is, the large convex portion 402a and the large concave portion 404a are engaged, and all the small convex portions 402b and the small concave portions 404b are engaged, whereby the operation portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted.
  • the rotational driving force of the motors 100 and 102 can be reliably transmitted from the drive shafts 115 and 116 to the pulleys 158a and 158b.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 (138) is inserted into the corrugated portion 115c (116c) of the driving shaft 115 (116), it rotates together with the driving shaft 115 (116). Further, the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are configured such that a plurality of large convex portions 402a and small convex portions 402b and large concave portions 404a and small concave portions 404b arranged in the circumferential direction mesh with each other. Therefore, the rotational driving force of the drive shaft 115 (116) can be transmitted to the pulley 158a (158b) more reliably.
  • An engagement recess may be provided on the drive shaft 115 (116) side, and an engagement protrusion may be provided on the pulley 158a (158b) side.
  • the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 on the drive unit 30 side can rotate about the drive shafts 115 and 116 as rotation axes (see FIG. 22A).
  • the engagement recesses 176a and 176b on the working unit 16 side can be rotated about the pulleys 158a and 158b as rotation axes (see FIG. 22B), but the rotation range thereof is the stopper 179a and the contact portions 177a and 177b.
  • the rotation range of the pulleys 158a and 158b may be restricted by other structures.
  • the pulleys 158a and 158b engaging recesses 176a and 176b protrude in the outer diameter direction.
  • the abutting portion (abutting member) 177c is provided, and abuts on the upper surface (Y1 direction surface) of the lower bracket 32 when the abutting portion 177c performs predetermined forward rotation and reverse rotation, and further rotates.
  • a stopper 179b for regulating may be provided.
  • These contact portions 177c and stoppers 179b are arc-shaped notches 177 (see FIGS. 12 and 14A) formed in the lower portions of the engagement recesses 176a and 176b as in the structure of the contact portions 177a and 177b and the stopper 179a. ).
  • the engaging convex portions 137 and 138 and the engaging concave portions 176a and 176b have one large convex portion 402a and a large concave portion 404a larger than the other among the convex portions and concave portions extending radially from the center, respectively. (See FIGS. 22A and 22B).
  • the one engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a, and the other engaging convex portion 138 and the engaging concave portion 176b are respectively a large convex portion 402a and a large concave portion 404a.
  • the engagement is structurally impossible at other rotation angles (phases). That is, when the operating portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted, if the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are in a rotational phase in which they cannot be engaged with each other, the engaging rotation is possible.
  • An engagement operation that drives and controls the phase is required. Furthermore, after the engagement operation is completed, the controller 514 controls the distal end working unit 12 accurately and accurately, so that the distal end working unit 12 has a predetermined origin posture (see FIGS. 1, 54, and 56), In order to set the motors 100 and 102 to the predetermined origin phase, the pulleys 158a and 158b and the drive shafts 115 and 116 for reciprocatingly driving the wires 1052 and 1054 and the origin search operation for returning the rotation phases of the motors 100 and 102 to the origin are performed. There is a need to.
  • the engaging convex portions 137 and 138 and the engaging concave portions 176a and 176b are configured to be engageable in a plurality of phases in addition to being configured to engage with each other only in a single phase as described above. It is possible to do this, but details will be described later.
  • various structures such as an engagement structure in which the small convex portion 402b and the small concave portion 404b are matched may be used. As long as the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged with each other, the rotational force can be transmitted.
  • the shape of the engaging convex portion 137, the engaging concave portion 176a, etc. may be other shapes.
  • the rotational driving force from the drive shafts 115, 116 is applied to the pulleys 158a, 158b which are driven shafts. Any shape that can be reliably transmitted and detachable may be used.
  • FIGS. 24A and 25A show a case where the rotation phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are shifted by approximately 90 ° when the operation portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted.
  • the large convex portion 402a and the large concave portion 404a are displaced by approximately 90 °, the small convex portion 402b and the small concave portion 404b are also displaced, and the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a cannot be engaged with each other. It is an example.
  • the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 can be mounted on the appearance even in such a state.
  • the detection shaft 310 for the coupling sensor 306 is engaged with the annular groove 139 of the engaging protrusion 137 because the flange 310b at the lower end thereof is engaged with the engaging protrusion 137.
  • the coupling sensor 306 cannot detect the completion of the engaging operation between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a. That is, the controller 514 indicates that the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 have been mounted. Simultaneously with the recognition, it is recognized that the engagement between the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a is not completed.
  • the motor 100 is driven in a state where the lower surface of the front end of the engaging convex portion 137 is seated in contact with the upper surface of the front end of the engaging concave portion 176a.
  • the drive shaft 115 is rotated via the gear mechanism portion 106, while the pulley 158a is not rotated, and the engagement convex portion 137 slides on the engagement concave portion 176a as indicated by the broken line arrow in FIG. 24A. Rotates while touching.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are engaged with each other.
  • the convex portion 137 is advanced in the Y2 direction by the biasing force of the coil spring 121, and the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are engaged with each other.
  • the detection shaft 310 also moves in the Y2 direction together with the engaging convex portion 137, so that the coupling sensor 306 can detect the completion of the engaging operation between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a.
  • the rotational phase of the engaging recess 176a that is, the operating posture of the distal end operating unit 12 with the pulley 158a and the wire 1054 interposed therebetween is also considered. It becomes a controllable state with 100 rotational driving force.
  • the origin search operation is driven and controlled under the control of the controller 514, that is, the controller 514 functions as an origin search unit.
  • 26A to 26D show the initial phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (shown by a broken line) and the engaging concave portion 176a (shown by a solid line) in a state where the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are externally mounted ( It is explanatory drawing which illustrated each pattern of the coupling position).
  • a straight line M0 indicated by a one-dot chain line indicates the motor origin M0, that is, the origin phase of the motor 100, the drive shaft 115, and the pulley 158a, and the phase at which the distal end working unit 12 assumes the origin posture.
  • the motor origin M0 two end portions 333a, 333a (334a, 334a) of the semicircular disk portion of the detection piece 333 (334) shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 pass through the origin detection sensor 331 (332).
  • the controller 514 detects that the output of the origin detection sensor 331 (332) is switched.
  • the detection piece 333 has a detected end portion 333a having a 180 ° phase.
  • the rotation range of the pulley 158a is less than 180 ° in both the forward rotation and the reverse rotation (see FIG. 14A, etc.), by setting the detection piece 333 to a 180 ° phase, Thus, it can be determined whether the region is a positive region or a negative region.
  • the engagement convex portion 137 on the drive shaft 115 side is shown in a broken-line large circle shape, and the large convex portion 402a is shown in a broken-line small circle shape, while the pulley 158a side is shown.
  • the engagement concave portion 176a is shown in a solid large circle shape, and the large concave portion 404a is shown in a solid line small circle shape.
  • the contact portion 177a (177b) on the engagement recess 176a side is illustrated as a contact member protruding in the outer diameter direction, and the rotation is performed.
  • the stopper (pulley operation limit) 179a to be controlled is illustrated by a straight line with hatching.
  • the rotation range is controlled by the contact between the contact portion 177c and the stopper 179b shown in the modification of FIG.
  • This is illustrated as a similar structure, and the same applies to FIG.
  • the cases of engagement of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a there can be eight types of cases depending on the initial phase of the pulley 158a, and eight operations are performed for each case for the origin search.
  • FIG. 26A shows a state in which the phase of the engagement recess 176a (large recess 404a) is in the opposite direction (reverse direction) to the motor origin M0 when the phase of the engagement protrusion 137 (large protrusion 402a) is used as a reference.
  • the engagement operation and the origin search operation from the coupling position are illustrated below as an operation pattern (1).
  • the phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) coincide from the beginning (that is, from the moment when the driving unit 30 and the working unit 16 are mounted). This is an example of a state of being present and is hereinafter referred to as an operation pattern (2).
  • FIG. 26C shows an engagement recess 176a (between the engagement projection 137 (large projection 402a) and the motor origin M0 when the phase of the engagement projection 137 (large projection 402a) is used as a reference.
  • the state in which the phase of the large concave portion 404a) is illustrated is illustrated, and is hereinafter referred to as an operation pattern (3).
  • FIG. 26D shows a state in which the phase of the engagement recess 176a (large recess 404a) is in the positive direction (forward rotation direction) of the motor origin M0 when the phase of the engagement protrusion 137 (large protrusion 402a) is used as a reference. And is hereinafter referred to as an operation pattern (4).
  • the basic program sequence consists of the detection operation and engagement operation of the motor origin M0.
  • the motor origin M0 is detected.
  • the origin detection sensor 331 determines the positive / negative area at the start, and the drive shaft 115 is moved in the direction of the motor origin M0.
  • the motor is continuously operated from either the positive or negative operation limit to one of the operation limits.
  • the timing and position of engagement between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a differ depending on the phase relationship between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a. As a result, a plurality of operation patterns can be considered. 4 cases are considered. The operation pattern in each case will be described.
  • Operation pattern (1) will be described with reference to FIGS. 27A to 27D.
  • the phase of the engagement concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) is opposite to the motor origin M0 (reverse direction) with respect to the phase of the engagement convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a). (See FIGS. 26A and 27A).
  • the motor 100 is driven and controlled to rotate the drive shaft 115 in the positive direction (clockwise in FIG. 27A).
  • the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is rotated in the motor origin M0 direction.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 has a phase that matches the motor origin M0 (see FIG. 27B), and the origin detection sensor 331 detects the end 333a of the detection piece 333 (see FIG. 8).
  • the controller 514 recognizes the phase as the origin of the motor 100.
  • the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is changed by further rotating the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) in the normal rotation direction.
  • the engaging recesses 176a (large recesses 404a) are in phase with each other (see FIG. 27C).
  • the engagement operation of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a is as described above with reference to FIGS. 24A to 25B, and this engagement is detected by the controller 514 via the coupling sensor 306. .
  • the engaging concave portion 176a is also rotated to the motor origin M0 together.
  • the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase, and the distal end working unit 12 also has a predetermined origin posture.
  • the operation pattern (2) will be described with reference to FIGS. 28A to 28D.
  • the phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) coincide from the beginning (see FIGS. 26B and 28A). Engagement is detected by the controller 514 via the coupling sensor 306.
  • the operation pattern (3) will be described with reference to FIGS. 29A to 29C.
  • the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is used as a reference in the initial state, between the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the motor origin M0.
  • There is a phase of the engaging recess 176a (large recess 404a) (see FIGS. 26C and 29A).
  • the drive control of the motor 100 is performed, and the engagement convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is rotated in the motor origin M0 direction as shown by the broken line arrow in FIG. 29A.
  • the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 matches the phase of the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) and is engaged with each other. It is detected by the controller 514 via the sensor 306.
  • the engagement recess 176a is also rotated to the motor origin M0 together.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a have a phase that coincides with the motor origin M0 (see FIG. 29C), and the origin detecting sensor 331 detects the end 333a of the detecting piece 333 (see FIG. 8).
  • the controller 514 recognizes the origin of the motor 100. Subsequently, as shown by the reciprocating arrow in FIG.
  • the motor 100 is stopped by slightly overrunning the motor origin M0 and then rotated in the reverse direction, as shown by the reciprocating arrow in FIG. 29C.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are returned to the motor origin M0 and stopped, whereby the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase, and the distal end operating portion 12 is also set to a predetermined origin posture.
  • the operation pattern (4) will be described with reference to FIGS. 30A to 30C.
  • the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) extends in the positive direction (forward rotation direction) of the motor origin M0. ) (See FIGS. 26D and 30A).
  • the drive control of the motor 100 is performed, and the engagement convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is rotated in the direction of the motor origin M0 as indicated by a broken line arrow in FIG. 30A.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) has a phase that coincides with the motor origin M0, and the origin detection sensor 331 detects the end 333a of the detection piece 333 (see FIG. 8).
  • the controller 514 recognizes this phase as the origin of the motor 100.
  • the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is changed by further rotating the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) in the forward rotation direction.
  • the engagement recesses 176a (large recesses 404a) are in phase with each other (see FIG. 30C), and this engagement is detected by the controller 514 via the coupling sensor 306.
  • the pulley 158a is moved together with the drive shaft 115 even if the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a are not engaged (fitted) due to friction or catching. It is also possible to rotate and rotate. In such a case, the operation pattern (1) does not engage at the position of FIG. 27C, and in the worst case, engages at the position of the stopper 179a (+ operation limit). Similarly, in the case of the operation patterns (3) and (4), the engagement is performed at the position of the stopper 179a (+ operation limit).
  • the pulley 158a rotates with the drive shaft 115, it can be engaged in the vicinity of the operation limit if at least a sequence of continuous operation from the positive / negative operation limit to the operation limit is included. Even when engaged in the vicinity of the operation limit when operating in the direction of the operation limit, since the detection of the motor origin M0 has already been completed in sequence, the position of the operation limit is known. In the vicinity of the operation limit, measures such as deceleration and stop are possible, and the origin search operation is performed at high speed without causing mechanical damage, breakage or destruction to the drive system by colliding with the stopper 179a in a mechanically high speed state. Is possible.
  • the origin search operation starts when the operation button (master switch 34) is pressed and automatically completes.
  • the search operation is performed only when the switch (master switch 34) is pressed, stops when released, and restarts when pressed again. You may do it like a start. In the latter case, the operation is a manual operation, and the origin search operation can be immediately stopped when an abnormality is felt or when it is desired to stop halfway.
  • the engagement (coupling) between the drive shaft 115 (116) and the pulley 158a (158b) is not limited to the above-described single phase, but may be two or more. It can also be configured to be engageable at the phase.
  • the engagement phase between the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) in the coupling of the drive shaft 115 (116) and the pulley 158a (158b) is, for example, the difference in the configuration of the distal end working portion 12. It may be set according to the operation region (allowable rotation range) set in the pulley 158a (158b) by, for example, and it may be configured to allow engagement in two or more phases in addition to a single phase. it can.
  • ⁇ (°) be an allowable rotation range that is an operation region of the pulley 158a (158b) that is a driven shaft that directly operates the distal end working unit 12, and an integer part of a quotient of 360 (°) / ⁇ (°) is n. Then, in consideration of the above-described origin search operation and the like, it is possible to engage at a maximum of n places, that is, to be engageable only at a phase of n places or less.
  • the relationship between the allowable rotation range ⁇ and the engagement location (n location) can be set as exemplified in the following (1) to (5).
  • the allowable rotation range ⁇ is 90 °, for example, the arrow + ⁇ is 90 °, and the arrow ⁇ is 90 °, for example, the allowable rotation range ⁇ is 180 °, and the pulley 158b
  • the allowable rotation range ⁇ is 270 °.
  • is not less than 72 ° and less than 90 °, there are four locations or less, and the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion can be configured to be engageable in a 90 ° phase shape.
  • is 60 ° or more and less than 72 °, the number is 5 or less, and the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion can be configured to be engageable in a 72 ° phase shape, and the subsequent operation The same applies to the area.
  • the permissible rotation ranges ⁇ of pulleys 158a and 158b are set to 180 ° and 270 °, respectively. For this reason, as shown in the above (1), it is necessary to have one place where engagement is possible, and the engagement phases of the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and the engagement concave portions 176a and 176b are also only a single phase. It is configured to engage.
  • the allowable rotation range ⁇ of pulley 158a (158b) (the sum of the ranges indicated by arrows + ⁇ and ⁇ ) is set to 120 ° or more and less than 180 ° (120 ° ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 180 °)
  • the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) have a 180 ° phase shape having two large convex portions 402a and large concave portions 404a. It can comprise, and it can comprise so that engagement is possible at two places (it is natural even if it is one place).
  • 32A and 32B show a case where the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are configured in a 180 ° phase shape, that is, other cases where 120 ° ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 180 °. It is a shape example, and of course, other shapes may be used.
  • the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement recess 176a (176b) are formed in a 120 ° phase shape having three large protrusions 402a and a large recess 404a, and are engaged at three positions (which may be one or two positions as a matter of course). Can be configured.
  • 34A and 34B show the case where the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are formed in a 120 ° phase shape, that is, other cases of 90 ° ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 120 °. It is a shape example, and of course, other shapes may be used.
  • the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) that couple with each other and transmit the rotational driving force are n places according to the rotation allowable range ⁇ of the pulley 158a (158b). It can comprise so that engagement is possible below.
  • each of the maximum engagement locations for example, 2 locations in (2) above and 3 in (3) above. If it is configured in a shape that can be engaged at a location, the coupling shape can be symmetrized, and the time required for the origin search operation can be shortened as much as possible.
  • the origin search operation is performed in a single manner as shown in FIGS. 26A to 30C.
  • the operation can be performed in substantially the same manner as in the case of the phase shape.
  • the shape of the detection piece 333 (334), which is a sensor dog of the origin detection sensor 331 (332), can be changed in accordance with the coupling engagement position (n position), and the n engagement phases can be changed. If it is set to n, it may be configured to be detected by the origin detection sensor 331 (332) by switching at n ⁇ 2 places. For example, as described above, in the case of a single engagement phase, since the forward rotation and the reverse rotation are each less than 180 °, the detection piece 333 (334) is configured in a 180 ° phase shape (biaxial). This makes it possible to detect the motor origin more quickly.
  • the shape of the detection piece 333 for example, when 180 ° ⁇ allowable rotation range ⁇ ⁇ 360 °, the shape of the semicircular 180 ° phase may be used as shown in FIGS. In the case of 120 ° ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 180 °, the shape of the 90 ° phase may be a two-quarter circle as shown in FIG. 35. In the case of 90 ° ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 120 °, As shown in FIG. 36, it is preferable to have a 60 ° phase shape in which there are three 1/6 circles.
  • the motor origin is configured by optimally configuring the phase shape of the detection piece 333, which is the sensor dog of the origin detection sensor 331, according to the allowable rotation range ⁇ and the coupling engagement shape (n-point coupling shape). It becomes possible to detect M0 more rapidly.
  • step S1 of FIG. 37 in order to start up the system including the manipulator 10, first, the operator turns on the power switch 516 (see FIG. 1) of the controller 514 to start up the controller 514 and the peripheral system (step S2). ).
  • step S3 the operation unit 14 is attached to the controller 514.
  • the connector 520 at the tip of the cable 61 extending from the lower end of the grip handle 26 of the operation unit 14 is connected to the first port 515a of the controller 514 (see FIG. 1).
  • step S4 the working unit 16 including the predetermined tip operating unit 12 is attached to the operation unit 14 connected to the controller 514.
  • the mounting operation is performed so that the two guide pins 163 and 163 protruding from the operation unit 14 are fitted in the pin holes 161 and 161 of the working unit 16 and the operation unit 14 is positioned.
  • Positioning is performed so that the concave portion 406 engages with the positioning convex portion 408 of the working portion 16, the operating portion 14 and the working portion 16 are pressed and brought into close contact with each other (see FIGS. 6, 22A, and 22B).
  • the claw portion 400c of the detachable lever 400 is engaged with the locking portion 401a (see FIGS.
  • step S5 the controller 514 captures an image of the barcode 222 by controlling the driving of the camera 224 and the LED 224a based on the detection of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 in step S4 or based on other switch input (not shown) ( As shown in FIG. 20, the specification (type of the tip operation unit 12), the number of uses, the use amount limit (upper limit), and the like are acquired from the barcode 222 as individual information of the working unit 16. Further, the controller 514 can acquire individual information of the working unit 16 and appropriately control the motors 100 and 102 and the like according to the type of the working unit 16 according to the individual information.
  • step S6 by turning on the master switch 34 (see FIG. 1) of the manipulator 10 to which the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are attached, in step S7, under the control of the controller 514 or the operation unit 14
  • the above-described origin search operation illustrated in FIGS. 26A to 30C is performed under the control of a control unit (not shown) incorporated in the system.
  • the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are engaged (see FIGS. 25B and 27C, etc.), and the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase ( As shown in FIG.
  • the distal end working unit 12 is also set to a predetermined origin posture, and the preparation for use of the manipulator 10 is completed (step S8).
  • the origin position can be easily detected, and the operation start after the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are mounted can be more smoothly performed.
  • the LED 29 (see FIG. 1) arranged in parallel with the master switch 34 is controlled to blink in green, for example. Then, the operator can easily recognize that the origin search operation is being performed. Further, after the preparation for use is completed in step S8, the LED 29 is controlled so as to be lit in green, for example, to clearly indicate to the operator that the manipulator 10 is normally activated and is in a predetermined usable state. be able to. The LED 29 is not lit until the above steps S1 to S6. Of course, the LED 29 may be controlled to be turned on or blinking according to the processing state.
  • step S8 After the preparation for use is completed in step S8, that is, after the manipulator 10 is ready for use, the operator holds the grip handle 26 and operates the composite input unit 24 and the trigger lever 36 to operate the manipulator 10. Can be operated in accordance with a predetermined procedure.
  • step S9 when the master switch 34 is turned off, for example, due to a temporary interruption of the procedure (step S9), the LED 29 is turned off and the usable state of the manipulator 10 is stopped.
  • step S10 when performing the procedure without removing the working unit 16 or the like, by turning on the master switch 34 again (step S10), the process returns to step S8, and the manipulator 10 becomes usable again.
  • An operator can initiate or continue a predetermined procedure.
  • step S7 is performed.
  • the origin positions of the motors 100 and 102 and the distal end working unit 12 set in step S5 are not shifted, and after step S10, the process can quickly move to step S8.
  • step S8 for example, when the work unit 16 and the operation unit 14 are removed in order to change the work unit 16 in response to another procedure (step S11 and step S12), step S4 and step S4, respectively.
  • step S3 the control flow described above is performed thereafter.
  • Error E1 (abnormal barcode reading) occurs when the barcode 222 reading abnormality occurs in step S5, for example, when the barcode 222 cannot be accurately captured by the camera 224 or when the barcode 222 is This is the case other than the work unit 16 or the like to be controlled by the controller 514.
  • a work unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red for example, is performed.
  • the work unit removal request displays an error E1 on the display unit (display) 517 (see FIG. 1) of the controller 514 and generates a warning sound or the like through a speaker (not shown). May be.
  • Error E2 (use amount limit over) is a case where the attached working unit 16 is over the use amount limit due to the reading operation of the barcode 222 in step S5. This is because, for example, when the number of uses of the predetermined work unit 16 is 10 times, when the work unit 16 is mounted even though the use of the predetermined work unit 16 has already been performed, or the cumulative use time limit is 300. In terms of time, when the working unit 16 is mounted even though it has already been used for more than 300 hours, or the bending or rotating operation of the manipulator tip is used beyond the cumulative use angle limit.
  • a work unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red for example, is performed in step S13.
  • an error E2 may be displayed on the display unit 517 of the controller 514, and the warning sound or the like may be generated.
  • Error E3 imaging module system abnormality
  • step S14 an operation unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red, for example, is performed.
  • the error E3 may be displayed on the display unit 517 of the controller 514, and the warning sound or the like may be generated.
  • an error as indicated by E4 in FIG. 37 may occur, for example.
  • Error E4 operation system abnormality
  • Error E4 occurs when an abnormality occurs during the origin search operation in step S7, for example, when an abnormality of the motors 100 and 102 is detected by the controller 514, or when the origin search is not completed within a predetermined time. (When the coupling sensor 306 cannot be detected).
  • an operation unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red for example, is performed.
  • the error E3 may be displayed on the display unit 517 of the controller 514, and the warning sound or the like may be generated.
  • each state including steps S1 to S14 for example, when the power switch 516 of the controller 514 or another main power switch (not shown) is turned off, or from a power plug (not shown) connected to the controller 514 or the like.
  • the manipulator 10 operates after a predetermined termination process (the LED 29 is controlled to flash, for example, red). End.
  • the operation unit 14 including the drive unit 30 and the working unit 16 can be attached to and detached from each other, and the allowable rotation range ⁇ of the pulleys 158a and 158b that are driven shafts is achieved.
  • the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 on the drive shafts 115 and 116 side and the engagement concave portions 176a and 176b on the pulleys 158a and 158b side can be engaged with each other at one or more (n places) phases set based on the phase. ing.
  • the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and the engagement concave portions 176a and 176b are engaged with the maximum number (n places) of engagement phases in consideration of the operation region of the tip operation portion 12 operated by the rotation of the pulleys 158a and 158b.
  • the engagement can be configured, the coupling shape can be symmetrized, and the time required for the origin search operation can be shortened as much as possible.
  • the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) are configured to be engageable only at the phase of n or less, thereby making it possible to detect an origin error in the origin search operation. The occurrence of defects can be effectively suppressed.
  • attachment / detachment sensor 314 and the coupling sensor 306 (308) are provided, so that the operation unit 14 (drive unit 30) and the working unit 16 are mounted, and the engagement projection 137 (138) and the engagement recess 176a ( 176b) can be reliably detected, and mounting failure and engagement failure can be prevented.
  • a trigger lever 36 that is a mechanism that mechanically drives the distal end working unit 12, a trigger lever mounting portion 32 b, and rods 192 a and 192 b that are rod-shaped or linear transmission members are all provided on the working unit 16 side.
  • the drive unit 30 which is a mechanism unit for electrically driving the distal end working unit 12, the pulleys 158a, 158b, the wires 1052, 1054, etc. are provided so as to be separated from each other on the operation unit 14 side and the working unit 16 side. It has been.
  • the rotational driving force of the motors 100 and 102 constituting the electric drive unit can be separated relatively easily by the coupling structure between the engagement convex part 137 (138) and the engagement concave part 176a (176b).
  • the mechanical drive unit that directly transmits the operation of the trigger lever 36 by the rod 192a or the like constitutes a separation structure, the structure tends to be somewhat complicated. Therefore, in the manipulator 10, the trigger lever 36, the rod 192a, and the like constituting the mechanical drive unit are collectively arranged on the working unit 16 side, so that the detachable structure between the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 is further simplified. Has been.
  • the rods 192a and 192b are configured to transmit the input to the trigger lever 36 by advancing and retreating operations in the Z direction, that is, as rod-shaped or linear transmission members, so that they are not separated.
  • the attachment / detachment structure is further simplified.
  • the claw portion 206a and the engagement ring 27 constituting the latch mechanism of the trigger lever 36 may be on the working portion 16 side (or the operating portion 14 side) and the operating portion 14 side (or the working portion 16 side), respectively. ).
  • the latch mechanism which fixes the position to the trigger lever 36 it can be set as the structure which can attach or detach the operation part 14 and the operation
  • Such a trigger lever 36 and its latch structure may be structured as shown in FIGS. 38 to 49, for example. That is, as described above, the trigger lever 36 includes the ratchet pawl 206 on the working unit 16 side and the engagement ring 27 on the operation unit 14 side, which is a latch mechanism that maintains the pulled state in the direction of the grip handle 26. In the state where the working unit 16 is detached from the operation unit 14, it is not latched. However, depending on the type of procedure, it may be convenient to latch the trigger lever 36 as a single unit with the working unit 16 removed from the operation unit 14.
  • the connecting shaft 18 is taken in and out of the trocar 20, and in such a case, a trigger is used to keep the end effector (gripper) 1300 of the distal end working unit 12 closed. It is preferable to keep the lever 36 in a fully pulled state.
  • the self-latching mechanisms 900a to 900g that keep the trigger lever 36 pulled even when the working unit 16 is a single unit will be described.
  • the self-latch mechanism 900a includes a long hole 902 provided in the lower surface of the trigger lever mounting portion 32b and extending in the Z direction, and a shaft 904 obliquely above the ring portion 202. And a latch arm 906 supported on the shaft. A peripheral portion of the shaft 904 in the latch arm 906 is in the internal space 203.
  • a short latch groove 902a bent obliquely upward is provided at the end of the long hole 902 in the Z2 direction.
  • the latch arm 906 includes a guide bar 910 that is guided by a front end roller 908 inserted into the long hole 902 in front of the shaft 904 (Z1 side), and an arc-shaped balance behind the shaft 904 (Z2 side).
  • the balance bar 912 has the same shape as the arc of the ring portion 202, and includes a finger pressing projection 912a that faces downward at the center portion, and a weight 912b at the end portion.
  • the balance bar 912 has a circular arc shape, an appropriate length is ensured and a weight 912b is provided at the end, so that the balance bar 912 is slightly heavier than the guide bar 910, and the latch arm 906 has a clockwise rotational force in FIG. is recieving. This rotational force is small and does not hinder the operation of the trigger lever 36.
  • the balance bar 912 has an appropriate length, but since it has an arc shape, it does not protrude excessively in the Z2 direction and does not interfere with the grip handle 26. As is clear from FIG. 38, when the trigger lever 36 is pushed in the distal direction (Z1 direction), almost all of the balance bar 912 is out of the internal space 203.
  • a spring force may be used as the clockwise rotational force.
  • the roller 908 reaches the end of the elongated hole 902 at the straight portion in the Z direction, and at this time, the end effector 1300, which is a gripper, is closed. Since the latch arm 906 receives the rotational force from the balance bar 912, when the finger is released from the trigger lever 36, the latch arm 906 rotates slightly clockwise, and the roller 908 fits into the latch groove 902a as shown in FIG. . As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position and latched.
  • the balance bar 912 enters the internal space 203 along the periphery of the ring portion 202, it is easy to handle without a wasteful protrusion on the outside.
  • the finger pressing projection 912a slightly protrudes into the ring portion 202, and the latched state is easily released by pushing the finger pressing projection 912a.
  • the self-latching mechanism 900b includes a guide arm 922 pivotally supported on the shaft 920 of the trigger lever mounting portion 32b, and a long hole 924 provided in the trigger lever 36. And a latch arm 928 that is pivotally supported by a shaft 926 at an oblique lower portion of the ring portion 202, and a spring 930 that biases the end of the latch arm 928 upward. Almost all of the lower end of the guide arm 922 and the latch arm 928 are in the internal space 203.
  • the long hole 924 extends substantially in parallel with the arm part 200 in front of the ring part 202 (Z1 side), and a roller 932 provided at the lower end of the guide arm 922 is inserted therein. On the Z2 side of the long hole 924, a low guide wall 924a is provided.
  • the latch arm 928 has a wide V-shape bent at a portion of the shaft 926, and includes a front arm 934 in front of the shaft 926 (Z1 side) and a rear arm 936 in rear of the shaft 926 (Z2 side). Have.
  • the front arm 934 has a notch 934a at the tip and a stopper 934b that protrudes to the side slightly on the root side from the notch 934a.
  • the stopper 934b is in contact with the guide wall 924a and restricts the rotation of the latch arm 928 in the counterclockwise direction in FIG.
  • the rear arm 936 has a finger pressing part 936a provided on the upper surface of the central part.
  • the Z2 direction end of the rear arm 936 is biased upward by a spring 930, and the latch arm 928 receives a counterclockwise rotational force in FIG. 41, opposite to the stopper 934b and the spring 930.
  • the stopper pin 937 projecting on the side stops at a predetermined angle, and the notch 934 a is disposed in the vicinity of the upper end of the long hole 924.
  • the roller 932 When the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the roller 932 is guided upward by the long hole 924, and the guide arm 922 rotates counterclockwise about the shaft 920. Eventually, the roller 932 comes into contact with the triangular portion 934c formed on the front side of the notch 934a and climbs over the triangular portion 934c against the urging force of the spring 930.
  • the spring 930 is moderately light, and there is no hindrance to the climbing operation.
  • the roller 932 fits into the notch 934a. Since the rear arm 936 is continuously urged counterclockwise by the spring 930, the stopper 934b is returned to a position where it abuts (or substantially abuts) on the guide wall 924a, and at the same time, the rear arm 936 is moved from the stopper pin 937. After a momentary separation, the rollers 932 are held in a gap formed by the notch 934a and the upper end of the elongated hole 924. As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position and is latched. The finger pressing part 936a slightly protrudes into the ring part 202, and the latched state is easily released by pushing the finger pressing part 936a.
  • the self-latching mechanism 900c includes a long hole 940 provided in one side surface of the trigger lever attachment portion 32b and a ring portion 202.
  • a latch arm 944 that is pivotally supported by a shaft 942 at an obliquely upper portion, a substantially L-shaped swing arm 946 that is disposed along a substantially half circumference of the ring portion 202, and a lever 208 that swings the swing arm 946.
  • a peripheral portion of the shaft 942 in the latch arm 944 and a part of the swing arm 946 and the lever 208 are disposed in the internal space 203.
  • a short latch groove 940a bent obliquely upward is provided at the end of the long hole 940 in the Z2 direction.
  • the latch arm 944 is a rod that is guided by inserting a roller 948 at the front end into the elongated hole 940 in front of the shaft 942 (Z1 side).
  • the latch arm 944 receives a biasing force in the clockwise direction in FIG. 43A about the shaft 942 by a torsion spring 950 provided on the shaft 942.
  • the swing arm 946 has an L-shaped bent portion pivotally supported by the swing shaft 207, a first arm 952 that extends from the bent portion in a Y1 direction, and a first arm 952 that extends in the Z2 direction from the bent portion. 2 arms 954.
  • the Z2 side end of the second arm 954 is biased upward by the coil spring 956, that is, the swing arm 946 is counterclockwise in FIG. 43A about the swing shaft 207 by the coil spring 956. I am receiving power.
  • the lever 208 has substantially the same shape and function as the lever 208 shown in FIG. 17, and one end side in the internal space 203 is pivotally supported by the swing shaft 213. For this reason, since the lever 208 is pressed by the Z1 direction end of the second arm 954 urged in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 956, it can be held in a posture as shown in FIG. 43A or FIG. .
  • the pressing surface 208a of the lever 208 is on the Z2 side from the swing shaft 207 of the second arm 954.
  • the swing arm 946 is fixed in the state shown in FIG. 43A under the biasing action of the coil spring 956.
  • the Y2 side end of the latch arm 944 comes into contact with the tip of the first arm 952 and is prevented from rotating as shown in FIG. 43B.
  • the end effector 1300 which is a gripper is in a closed state. Therefore, the roller 948 is always disposed in the Z-direction linear portion in the long hole 940, and the trigger lever 36 is not latched (locked), and can be used in an unlocked state.
  • a self-latching mechanism 900d includes a long hole 940 having a latch groove 940a and a latch arm 944 that is supported by a shaft 942 and has a roller 948 at the tip. And a substantially L-shaped swing arm 958 disposed along a substantially half circumference of the ring portion 202. A peripheral portion of the shaft 942 in the latch arm 944 and most of the swing arm 958 are disposed in the internal space 203.
  • the latch arm 944 receives a biasing force in the clockwise direction in FIG. 45A around the shaft 942 by a torsion spring 950 provided on the shaft 942.
  • the swing arm 958 includes a first arm 962 extending in the Y1 direction from the L-shaped bent portion and a second arm 964 extending in the Z2 direction from the bent portion, and a pin 966 is disposed outside the bent portion. A notch 968 that engages is formed.
  • the swing arm 958 is supported by a swing shaft 960 provided in the vicinity of the center of the first arm 962, and by a torsion spring 970 provided on the swing shaft 960, the swing arm 958 is centered on the swing shaft 960 in FIG. Receives a clockwise urging force.
  • 45A is an unlocked state (latch release state) in which the swing arm 958 is urged clockwise by the torsion spring 970 and the pin 966 is in contact with the back of the notch 968.
  • FIG. In this state, even if the trigger lever 36 is largely pulled in the Z2 direction, the Y2 (Z2) side end of the latch arm 944 comes into contact with the tip of the first arm 962 and is prevented from rotating as shown in FIG. 45B. Therefore, the roller 948 is always disposed in the Z-direction linear portion in the long hole 940, and the trigger lever 36 is not latched (locked), and can be used in an unlocked state.
  • the trigger lever 36 is simply pulled more strongly in the Z2 direction from the state shown in FIG. 45B.
  • the tip of the first arm 962 of the swing arm 958 that prevents the latch arm 944 from rotating has a short distance from the swing shaft 960 that is the rotation axis of the swing arm 958, The moment is small.
  • the elastic force of the torsion spring 970 for urging the swing arm 958 is set to be moderately small with respect to the torsion spring 950 for urging the latch arm 944, the trigger lever can be moved from the state shown in FIG. 45B. 46, the swing arm 958 can be forcibly rotated counterclockwise and the roller 948 of the latch arm 944 can be fitted into the latch groove 940a to be in a latched state, as shown in FIG.
  • the self-latching mechanism 900e includes a long hole 940 having a latch groove 940a and a latch pivotally supported by a shaft 972 obliquely above the ring portion 202.
  • the arm 974 includes a link arm 978 that is connected to the Y2 direction end of the latch arm 974 by a shaft 976 and extends partway along the Z2 side of the ring portion 202 to the finger hooking projection 204b.
  • the peripheral portion of the shaft 942 in the latch arm 944 and the link arm 978 are disposed in the internal space 203.
  • the latch arm 974 is a rod that is guided by inserting a roller 948 at the front end into the long hole 940 in front of the shaft 972 (Z1 side).
  • the link arm 978 is provided along a substantially half circumference of the ring portion 202, and has a curved portion 980 whose tip is connected to the latch arm 974, and a linear portion 982 extending from the curved portion 980 in the Y2 direction.
  • the tip of the straight portion 982 is pivotally supported by a shaft 984.
  • the link arm 978 receives a biasing force counterclockwise in FIG. 47A about the shaft 984 by a torsion spring 986 provided on the shaft 984. That is, the latch arm 974 in which the link arm 978 receiving the counterclockwise biasing force from the torsion spring 986 is connected by the shaft 976 indirectly receives the clockwise biasing force in FIG. 47A from the torsion spring 986 around the shaft 972. is recieving.
  • the trigger lever 36 when the trigger lever 36 is used in a latchable state, the trigger lever 36 is operated by, for example, placing the middle finger on the finger hooking protrusions 204a and 204b without putting the finger on the ring portion 202. That is, as shown in FIG. 47A, the operation surface 978a of the bending portion 980 protruding into the ring portion 202 is not subjected to a pushing operation. Therefore, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction in this state and the roller 948 reaches the Z2 side end of the Z-direction straight line portion in the long hole 940, the latch arm 974 applies a clockwise biasing force by the torsion spring 986. As a result, the roller 948 fits into the latch groove 940a as shown in FIG. 47A. As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position, and its operation is locked and latched.
  • the trigger lever 36 when the trigger lever 36 is used in an unlocked state where the trigger lever 36 is not latched, the trigger lever 36 is operated by placing the index finger (and, for example, the middle finger on the finger hooking projections 204a and 204b) on the ring portion 202, for example. Then, as shown in FIG. 47B, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the operation surface 978a protruding into the ring portion 202 is always subjected to a pushing operation, so that the latch arm 974 is always biased by the torsion spring 986. It will be counterclockwise and receive a counterclockwise rotational force. Therefore, since the roller 948 is always disposed in the Z-direction straight portion of the long hole 940 and does not fit into the latch groove 940a, the trigger lever 36 is not latched and can be used in an unlocked state.
  • the index finger and, for example, the middle finger on the finger hooking projections 204a and 204b
  • the self-latch mechanism 900f according to the sixth example is replaced with the lower part of the engagement ring 27 provided on the operation unit 14 side in the configuration example shown in FIGS.
  • the ends of the covers 37a and 37b on the Z2 side are slightly extended, and an engagement pin (engagement portion) 27a extending between the lower covers 37a and 37b is provided there.
  • the engagement pin 27a may be provided at a location where the Z2 side end of the trigger lever mounting portion 32b is slightly extended.
  • the self-latching mechanism 900f includes a ratchet claw 990 whose Z1 side end is pivotally supported by a shaft 988 at the upper part of the ring portion 202, a link bar 991 and a crank bar 992 for swinging the ratchet claw 990, and a link And a lever 208 for swinging the bar 991.
  • the ratchet claw 990, the link bar 991, and the crank bar 992 are arranged in the internal space 203 so as to surround three sides of the ring portion 202.
  • the ratchet claw 990 is supported by a shaft 988 on the Z1 side, and a claw portion 206a formed by a recess 206b and directed upward is provided on the Z2 side.
  • the upper end of the crank bar 992 is connected by a shaft 993 to the claw portion 206a which is the Z2 side end portion of the ratchet claw 990.
  • the lower end of the crank bar 992 is connected to the Z2 side end of the link bar 991 by a shaft 994.
  • the Z1 side is pivotally supported by a shaft 995, and the end on the Z1 side from the shaft 995 is urged in the Y2 direction by a coil spring 209.
  • Coil spring 209 causes link bar 991 to receive a counterclockwise biasing force in FIG. 48A centering on shaft 995, and recess 991a formed at the end on the Z2 side contacts internal space 203 with pin 996 extending in the X direction. Further contact is restricted by contact.
  • crank bar 992 connected to the link bar 991 by the shaft 994 is indirectly biased in the Y1 direction by the coil spring 209, and the ratchet pawl 990 connected to the crank bar 992 by the shaft 993 has a shaft
  • the coil spring 209 receives the biasing force in the counterclockwise direction in FIG.
  • the link bar 991 receives a biasing force in the counterclockwise direction around the shaft 995 by the biasing force of the coil spring 209.
  • the concave portion 991a is fixed in contact with the pin 996, that is, the ratchet claw 990 is in a state where the claw portion 206a is biased upward.
  • the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction
  • the claw portion 206a comes into contact with the engagement pin 27a, and then the engagement pin 27a is in sliding contact with the Z2 side inclined surface of the claw portion 206a.
  • the coil spring 209 is swung downward against the urging force of the coil spring 209.
  • the ratchet claw 990 is returned to the position where the link bar 991 contacts the pin 996 by the urging force of the coil spring 209, and at the same time, the engaging pin 27a is moved to the claw portion. It engages with 206a (concave portion 206b) (see FIG. 48A). As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position, the operation is locked, and a latch state is established. To release the latched state, the operation end 208b exposed to the outside of the lever 208 may be pushed down in the Y2 direction as shown in FIG. 48B.
  • the self-latching mechanism 900g according to the seventh example is replaced with the lower cover 37a in place of the engagement ring 27 provided on the operation unit 14 side in the configuration example shown in FIGS. , 37b is provided with an engagement groove (engagement portion) 27b in an engagement arm 37c obtained by extending the Z2 side end.
  • the self-latching mechanism 900g is provided with an engagement groove 27b instead of the engagement ring 27, and a slit 997 serving as a relief portion of the engagement arm 37c on the Z2 side of the ring portion 202 of the trigger lever 36.
  • the configuration example shown in FIGS. 17 to 18B is substantially the same.
  • an unlocked state where the ratchet pawl 206 of the trigger lever 36 does not engage with the engaging groove 27b
  • a latched state where the ratchet pawl 206 engages with the engaging groove 27b.
  • the engaging arm 37c may be provided not on the lower cover 37 but on the trigger lever mounting portion 32b.
  • 50A to 50D are explanatory views of another method of the origin search operation.
  • the phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) are from the beginning.
  • This is a case where the origin search operation is performed from the state of coincidence, and is a modification of the operation pattern (2) shown in FIGS. 28A to 28D.
  • a substantially similar modification can be applied to other operation patterns.
  • the origin search operation is started by rotating the engagement convex portion 137 engaged with the engagement concave portion 176a in the normal rotation direction.
  • the motor rotation speed is greater than a predetermined set speed (speed threshold), and the motor current value is smaller than the predetermined current value (current threshold).
  • the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a pass through the motor origin M0 and are further rotated in the forward rotation direction to come into contact with one stopper 179a serving as the forward rotation side operation end.
  • the part 177a comes into contact (see FIG. 50B), the motor rotation speed becomes smaller than the speed threshold value, and the motor current value becomes larger than the current threshold value. That is, by detecting the current value and the rotation speed of the motor 100 by the controller 514, first, the operation limit in the forward rotation side region (forward region) of the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a is detected.
  • the current phase can also be detected.
  • the mechanism is a symmetric system, it is possible to calculate the reverse side region (negative region), and the motor 100 can be returned to the origin position. However, in this example, more accurately and more reliably. Since the origin search is performed, detection in the reverse direction is also performed.
  • the motor 100 is rotated in the reverse direction (at the time of this rotation, the motor rotation speed is larger than the speed threshold value and the motor current value is smaller than the current threshold value).
  • the contact portion 177a comes into contact with the other stopper (operation limit) 179a serving as the reverse operation end (see FIG. 50C), the motor rotation speed becomes smaller than the speed threshold value, and the motor current value becomes larger than the current threshold value.
  • the controller 514 can detect the operation limit in the reverse rotation side region (negative region) of the motor 100, and obtain the average value of the detected operation limit in the positive region and the operation limit in the negative region.
  • the origin search is completed, and as shown in FIG. 50D, the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a are returned to the motor origin M0 and stopped, whereby the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase.
  • the distal end working unit 12 also has a predetermined origin posture.
  • the origin search operation from the engaged state is shown, but the origin search operation from the unengaged state is also possible.
  • the origin search operation is started by rotating in the forward direction, and the engaged state can be established by rotating in the forward direction until the engagement is recognized.
  • the operation pattern is basically the same as that of the origin search described above.
  • the motor rotation speed becomes smaller than the speed threshold value
  • the motor current value becomes larger than the current threshold value
  • the operation limit in the forward rotation side region of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a can be detected.
  • the operation pattern is basically the same as that of the above-described origin search.
  • the origin detection sensor 331 (332), the detection piece 333 (334), and the like can be omitted, so that the configuration of the manipulator 10 can be further simplified.
  • distal end working unit 12 applied to the manipulator 10 configured as described above will be described by exemplifying a structure that employs an end effector 1300 that is a gripper.
  • a structure other than a gripper such as scissors or an electric knife, can be applied as the distal end working unit 12, and it can be easily attached to and detached from the operation unit 14 by configuring as the working unit 16 including the distal end working unit 12. Can be exchanged.
  • the distal end working unit 12 includes a first end effector driving mechanism 1320a including a rod 192a, a passive wire 1252a, an idle pulley 1140a, a guide pulley 1142a, and a passive pulley 1156a, and a second end corresponding thereto.
  • An effector driving mechanism 1320b is provided.
  • the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a and the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b have a basic configuration for opening and closing the end effector (gripper) 1300.
  • the components in the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a are identified by a and the components in the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b are identified by b.
  • the components of the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a and the components of the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b that have the same function may be described typically only with respect to the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a so as not to become complicated. is there.
  • the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a and the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b are shown side by side on the paper for easy understanding, but when applied to an actual manipulator 10.
  • the pulleys are arranged in parallel in the axial direction of each pulley (ie, the Y direction), and idle pulleys (columnar members, transmission members) 1140a and 1140b and guide pulleys (columnar members, transmission members) 1142a and 1142b
  • the rotation axes may be arranged on the same axis. That is, the idle pulleys 1140a and 1140b can be pivotally supported on the shaft 1110 (see FIG. 53), and the guide pulleys 1142a and 1142b can be pivotally supported on the shaft 1112.
  • the distal end working unit 12 includes a wire passive unit 1100, a composite mechanism unit 1102, and an end effector 1300, which are centered on the first rotation axis Oy in the Y direction.
  • the mechanism has a total of three degrees of freedom having a third degree of freedom for opening and closing 1300.
  • the first rotation axis Oy which is a mechanism with a first degree of freedom, may be set so as to be rotatable in a non-parallel manner with an axis extending from the proximal end side to the distal end side of the connecting shaft 18.
  • the second rotation axis Or which is a mechanism with a second degree of freedom, is a mechanism that can rotate around the axis in the extending direction of the distal end portion (that is, the end effector 1300) in the distal end working unit 12, and the distal end portion is set to be rotatable. Good.
  • the first degree of freedom mechanism is, for example, a tilting mechanism (or bending mechanism) having an operating range of ⁇ 90 ° or more.
  • the mechanism of the second degree of freedom is a rotating mechanism having an operating range of ⁇ 180 ° or more, for example.
  • the mechanism of the third degree of freedom is an opening / closing mechanism that can be opened, for example, 40 ° or more.
  • the end effector 1300 is a part that performs an actual work in the operation, and the first rotation axis Oy and the second rotation axis Or constitute a posture changing mechanism for changing the posture of the end effector 1300 so that the work can be easily performed. It is a posture axis.
  • a mechanism unit related to the third degree of freedom for opening and closing the end effector 1300 is also called a gripper (or a gripper shaft), and a mechanism unit related to the first degree of freedom rotating in the yaw direction is also called a yaw axis.
  • the mechanism part according to the second degree of freedom that rotates in the direction is also called a roll shaft.
  • the wire passive portion 1100 is provided between the pair of tongue pieces 1058, and is a portion that converts the reciprocating motions of the wires 1052 and 1054 into rotational motions and transmits them to the composite mechanism portion 1102.
  • the wire passive portion 1100 includes a shaft 1110 inserted into the shaft holes 1060a and 1060a and a shaft 1112 inserted into the shaft holes 1060b and 1060b.
  • the shafts 1110 and 1112 are fixed to the shaft holes 1060a and 1060b by, for example, press fitting or welding.
  • shaft 1112 is arrange
  • the gear body 1126 includes a cylindrical body 1132 and a gear 1134 provided concentrically on the top of the cylindrical body 1132.
  • the pulley 1130 has substantially the same diameter and the same shape as the cylindrical body 1132.
  • the gear 1134 meshes with a face gear 1165 of a gear body 1146 described later.
  • a part of the wires 1052 and 1054 is fixed and wound around the cylindrical body 1132 and the pulley 1130 by a predetermined fixing means.
  • the angle at which the wires 1052 and 1054 are wound is, for example, 1.5 rotations (540 °).
  • the pulley 1130 is integrally provided on the base end side of the main shaft member 1144.
  • the main shaft member 1144 is supported by the shaft 1112 so as to be rotatable (tilted) about the first rotation axis Oy (yaw axis). Has been.
  • the mechanism of the distal end working unit 12 is not limited to the type in which the wire 1052 drives the face gear 1165 via the gear 1134 while the wire 1054 directly drives the main shaft member 1144 to rotate.
  • a differential mechanism corresponding to the configuration shown in FIG. 25 in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-253463 may be used.
  • An idle pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1140a is rotatably supported at a substantially central portion of the shaft 1110, and a guide pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1142a is rotatable at a substantially central portion of the shaft 1112. It is pivotally supported.
  • the idle pulley 1140a is provided to keep the winding angle of the passive wire (flexible member, transmission member) 1252a wound around the guide pulley 1142a constant at all times (approximately 180 ° on both sides).
  • the guide pulley 1142a may have one or more turns of the passive wire 1252a.
  • the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a may be made of a material having a smooth surface or less friction in order to reduce slipping on the passive wire 1252a (see FIG. 59) and wear due to friction.
  • the guide pulley 1142a is provided on the yaw axis Oy in the posture changing mechanism.
  • a main shaft member 1144 having a pulley 1130 is rotatably supported between the gear body 1126 and the guide pulley 1142a in the shaft 1112.
  • the main shaft member 1144 has a cylindrical portion that protrudes toward the composite mechanism portion 1102.
  • a square hole 1144 a is provided in the axial center portion of the main shaft member 1144.
  • two auxiliary plates 1144b that hold the upper surface in the Y direction of the guide pulley 1142a and the lower surface in the Y direction of the guide pulley 1142b and have a hole through which the shaft 1112 passes are provided.
  • the auxiliary plate 1144b has a mountain shape that becomes wider in the Z1 direction and prevents intrusion of foreign matter such as yarn.
  • the composite mechanism unit 1102 is a composite mechanism unit including an opening / closing operation mechanism of the end effector 1300 and a posture changing mechanism that changes the posture of the end effector 1300.
  • the compound mechanism portion 1102 includes a gear body 1146 that is rotatably inserted into the circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion of the main shaft member 1144, a nut body 1148 provided at the tip of the main shaft member 1144, and an end portion in the Z2 direction in the hole 1144a.
  • a square-shaped transmission member 1152 to be inserted a passive pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1156a rotatably supported by a pin 1154 with respect to the Z2 direction end of the transmission member 1152, and a passive plate (transmission member) ) 1158 and a cylindrical cover 1160.
  • a resin-made thrust bearing member 1144c is provided at a portion of the main shaft member 1144 that comes into contact with the gear body 1146.
  • a thrust bearing member 1148a made of resin is provided on a portion of the nut body 1148 that contacts the gear body 1146.
  • the thrust bearing members 1144c and 1148a are low-friction materials, and reduce the friction and torque of the contact portion and prevent the load from being directly applied to the face gear 1165.
  • the thrust bearing members 1144c and 1148a are so-called sliding bearings, but may be provided with rolling bearings. Thereby, even when the end effector 1300 is strongly closed or opened, that is, even when the gear body 1146 strongly contacts the main shaft member 1144, the roll shaft operation can be performed smoothly.
  • the gear body 1146 has a stepped cylindrical shape, and includes a large diameter portion 1162 in the Z2 direction, a small diameter portion 1164 in the Z1 direction, and a face gear 1165 provided on the end surface of the large diameter portion 1162 in the Z2 direction. Face gear 1165 meshes with gear 1134.
  • the gear body 1146 prevents the nut body 1148 from coming off from the main shaft member 1144.
  • a screw is provided on the outer periphery of the large diameter portion 1162.
  • the passive plate 1158 has a concave portion 1166 in the Z2 direction, an engaging portion 1168 provided on the bottom surface of the concave portion 1166, axial ribs 1170 provided on both sides in the Y direction, and link holes 1172, respectively.
  • the engaging portion 1168 has a shape that engages with a mushroom-like protrusion 1174 provided at the tip of the transmission member 1152. By this engagement, the passive plate 1158 and the transmission member 1152 can rotate relative to each other.
  • the width of the passive plate 1158 is substantially equal to the inner diameter of the cover 1160.
  • the cover 1160 is sized to cover substantially the entire composite mechanism section 1102 and prevents foreign matter (biological tissue, medicine, thread, etc.) from entering the composite mechanism section 1102 and the end effector 1300.
  • Two axial grooves 1175 in which the two ribs 1170 of the passive plate 1158 are fitted are provided on the inner surface of the cover 1160 so as to face each other.
  • the passive plate 1158 is guided in the axial direction by fitting the rib 1170 into the groove 1175. Since the protrusion 1174 engages with the engaging portion 1168 of the passive plate 1158, the passive pulley 1156 a can advance and retreat in the axial direction together with the passive plate 1158 and the transmission member 1152 in the hole 1144 a, and the transmission member 1152 can be used as a reference. As a result, roll rotation is possible.
  • the cover 1160 is fixed to the large diameter portion 1162 of the gear body 1146 by means such as screwing or press fitting.
  • the cover 1160 is coupled to the gear body 1146 on the base side (screwing, press-fitting, welding, etc.), and the cover 1160 and the end effector 1300 perform a roll axis operation as the gear body 1146 rotates.
  • the lever portion 1310 and the passive plate 1158 are connected by a gripper link 1220. That is, the pin 1222 is inserted into the hole 1220 a at one end of each gripper link 1220 together with the hole 1218, and the pin 1224 is inserted into the hole 1220 b at the other end together with the link hole 1172 of the passive plate 1158.
  • the idle pulley 1140a has two coaxially arranged first-layer idle pulley (first-layer idle cylinder) 1232 and second-layer idle pulley (second-layer idle cylinder) 1234 in parallel.
  • the guide pulley 1142a is composed of a coaxial first layer guide pulley (first layer guide column) 1236 and a second layer guide pulley (second layer guide column) 1238 arranged in parallel. It is configured.
  • the end portion in the Z1 direction of the rod 192a is connected to both ends of a passive wire (flexible member) 1252a by a wire engaging portion 1250a.
  • a roller 1416 is provided at a tip portion 1414 of a rod 192a, and a passive wire 1252a is wound around the roller 1416.
  • the roller 1416 is supported by a pin 1418 and is rotatable.
  • the passive wire 1252a is appropriately advanced and retracted while being wound around the roller 1416, and when the rod 192a is pulled in the Z2 direction, the passive wire 1252a is pulled with a good balance in the X direction even when the yaw axis is not bent. be able to.
  • the tip portion 1414 is screwed to the rod 192a.
  • the pair of tensions in the Y direction of the passive wire 1252a are uniform, and it is possible to extend the life of the passive wire 1252a, and it is possible to achieve a parallel pair of both the upper and lower Y directions.
  • the passive wire 1252a is an annular flexible member partially connected to the wire engaging portion 1250a.
  • a rope, a resin wire, a piano wire, a chain, or the like is used. be able to.
  • the term “annular” is used in a broad sense, and the flexible member does not necessarily have to be applied over the entire length.
  • the flexible member may be at least a portion that is wound around each pulley, and the straight portion is connected by a rigid body. Of course, it may be done.
  • the passive wire 1252a passes from the rod 192a of the driving member through the X1 direction (first side) of the idle pulley 1140a, toward the X2 direction (second side), and through the surface of the guide pulley 1142a in the X2 direction. It reaches the X2 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156a.
  • the passive wire 1252a is further wound halfway around the Z1 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156a to reach the X1 direction surface, passes through the X1 direction surface of the guide pulley 1142a, passes through the X2 direction, and passes through the X2 direction of the idle pulley 1140a. It is arrange
  • the passive wire 1252a constitutes a circuit that has the wire engaging portion 1250a as a base point and an end point, passes through both sides of the idle pulley 1140a, is wound around the passive pulley 1156a, and the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a It intersects between the two to form an approximately 8-character shape.
  • the wire engaging portion 1250a and the passive wire 1252a are mechanically connected to the trigger lever 36 via the rod 192a.
  • the idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a, and the passive pulley 1156a have substantially the same diameter, and have an appropriately large diameter within a possible range in the layout so that the passive wire 1252a is not bent so much.
  • the wire engaging portion 1250a is provided at a position moderately separated from the idle pulley 1140a so that the passive wire 1252a does not bend excessively, and both ends of the passive wire 1252a have an acute angle with the wire engaging portion 1250a as the top. Is forming.
  • the gap between the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a is narrow, and for example, a gap substantially equal to the width of the passive wire 1252a is formed.
  • the idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a, and the passive pulley 1156a may be provided with small flanges on the upper surface and the lower surface to prevent the passive wire 1252a from coming off, or the side surfaces may be concave.
  • the passive wire 1252a, the idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a, and the passive pulley 1156a are arranged along the center line from the proximal end side to the distal end side. ing.
  • the end effector 1300 is coupled to the passive pulley 1156a via the transmission member 1152 and the like.
  • the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a configured in this way, when the rod 192a (see FIG. 59) is pulled in the Z2 direction, the first layer idle pulley 1232 and the second layer guide pulley 1238 are counterclockwise in plan view.
  • the second layer idle pulley 1234 and the first layer guide pulley 1236 rotate clockwise.
  • the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a are configured such that two pulleys are coaxially arranged in parallel, and thus can rotate in the reverse direction according to the movement of the passive wire 1252a that comes into contact, and the operation is smooth. is there.
  • the end effector 1300 is a so-called double-open type in which a pair of grippers 1302 operate.
  • the end effector 1300 includes a gripper base 1304 that is integrally formed with the cover 1160, a pair of end effector members 1308 that operate based on pins 1196 provided on the gripper base 1304, and a pair of gripper links 1220. .
  • Each end effector member 1308 is L-shaped and has a gripper 1302 extending in the Z1 direction and a lever portion 1310 extending at approximately 35 ° with respect to the gripper 1302.
  • a hole 1216 is provided in the L-shaped bent portion, and a hole 1218 is provided in the vicinity of the end of the lever portion 1310.
  • Each end effector member 1308 is connected to the pin 1224 of the passive plate 1158 by one side gripper link 1220.
  • two link holes 1172 are provided at symmetrical positions in the Y direction in FIG. 55, and the pair of gripper links 1220 are arranged so as to intersect in a side view.
  • the second end effector driving mechanism 1320b basically has a folding pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1350 with respect to the first end effector driving mechanism 1320a (see FIG. 59). Is added.
  • the passive pulley 1156a and the passive pulley 1156b have a coaxial configuration.
  • the main shaft member 1144 is provided with a radial shaft hole 1354 into which the pin 1352 is inserted and fixed.
  • the shaft hole 1354 passes through the cylindrical portion of the main shaft member 1144 via the hole 1144a.
  • the transmission member 1152 is provided with a long hole 1356 extending in the axial direction with a width through which the pin 1352 can be inserted.
  • the transmission member 1152 is provided at a position slightly offset in the Y1 direction from the axis of the working unit 16, but only the protrusion 1174 at the tip may be arranged at the axis (see FIG. 59). Of course, the transmission member 1152 may be arranged at the center.
  • the pin 1154 passes through the transmission member 1152 and protrudes in the Y2 direction to pivotally support the passive pulley 1156b.
  • the passive pulley 1156b has a width that allows the passive wire 1252b to be wound twice.
  • the hole 1144a of the main shaft member 1144 has a height into which the passive pulleys 1156a and 1156b and the transmission member 1152 can be inserted (see FIGS. 54 and 57). Passive pulleys 1156a and 1156b are axially supported by pins 1154 in the hole 1144a and are independently rotatable.
  • the pin 1352 is inserted into the center hole of the long hole 1356 and the folding pulley 1350 from the Y1 direction toward the Y2 direction in the hole 1144a, and the transmission member 1152 and the passive pulley 1156a and 1156b can advance and retract in the axial direction.
  • the folding pulley 1350 is pivotally supported by a pin 1352 and is rotatable, and its position is fixed.
  • the folding pulley 1350 has a width that allows the passive wire 1252b to be wound twice.
  • the folding pulley 1350 can be rotated in the opposite direction during the opening / closing operation, and friction between the passive wire 1252b and the pulley can be reduced.
  • a folding pulley 1350 is provided on the tip side of the passive pulley 1156b, and the passive wire 1252b includes the passive pulley 1156b and the folding pulley 1350. It is wrapped around. That is, the passive wire 1252b passes through the X1 direction of the idle pulley 1140b, the X2 direction, and the X2 direction of the guide pulley 1142b from the wire engaging portion 1250b (see FIGS. 51 to 53) of the rod 192b of the driving member. It reaches the X2 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156b.
  • the passive wire 1252b extends in the Z1 direction as it is, reaches the surface in the X2 direction of the folding pulley 1350, is wound around the Z1 direction surface of the folding pulley 1350, and is folded in the Z2 direction.
  • the passive wire 1252b is wound around the Z2 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156b by half rotation, passes through the X2 side, reaches the folding pulley 1350 again, and is again wound around the Z1 direction surface of the folding pulley 1350 by half rotation and is folded back in the Z2 direction. . Thereafter, the passive wire 1252b extends from the X1 direction of the guide pulley 1142b to the X2 direction of the idle pulley 1140b and is connected to the wire engaging portion 1250b of the rod 192b.
  • the wire engaging portion 1250a and the passive wire 1252b are mechanically connected to the trigger lever 36 via the rod 192b.
  • FIG. 53 In order to facilitate understanding of the structure of the distal end working unit 12, a schematic diagram is shown in FIG.
  • the rod 192a pulls the passive wire 1252a and moves the passive pulley 1156a and the transmission member 1152 in the Z2 direction.
  • the end effector 1300 can be closed from the movement. That is, the end effector 1300 is closed by pulling transmission members such as the rod 192a, the passive wire 1252a, and the passive pulley 1156a.
  • the rod 192b is disposed so as to be pushed out, and therefore does not hinder the operation of the transmission member 1152.
  • the transmission member 1152 and the passive pulley 1156a can move in the Z1 direction toward the tip side to open the end effector 1300.
  • the end effector 1300 is mechanically directly transmitted by the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b to push the trigger lever 36 manually, so that the end effector 1300 can be opened with an arbitrary strong force instead of a predetermined force such as an elastic body. it can. Therefore, it can be suitably used for a procedure in which the biological tissue is peeled off using the outer side surface of the end effector 1300 or the hole is expanded.
  • the passive wire 1252b, the rod 192b, and the trigger lever 36 do not move further in the Z1 direction, and the operator can move the outer surface of the end effector 1300 to the object.
  • the contact and the hardness of the object can be perceived with the fingertip.
  • the tip motion unit 12 is capable of yaw axis operation and roll axis operation. Although not shown in the drawings, the tip operating unit 12 is centered on the shaft 1112 (see FIG. 53) of the guide pulley 1142a and the guide pulley 1142b when the yaw axis operation is performed, and the composite mechanism unit 1102 and the end at the tip of the guide pulley 1142a and end are centered.
  • the effector 1300 swings in the yaw direction. Since the distal end working unit 12 is a non-interference mechanism, the opening degree of the end effector 1300 does not change even if the yaw axis operation is performed. Conversely, even if the opening degree of the end effector 1300 is changed, the yaw axis does not change. It will not work. The same applies to the relationship between the end effector 1300 and the roll shaft.
  • the distal end working unit 12a is common to the distal end working unit 12 (see FIG. 52) in that it has a first end effector drive mechanism 1320a.
  • the drive mechanism 1320b is omitted.
  • the same components as those of the distal end working unit 12 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the tip operating portion 12a is provided with a single-open type end effector 1300a instead of the double-open type end effector 1300.
  • the end effector 1300a includes a fixed gripper 1202, a gripper 1212 that opens and closes around a pin 1196, and a spring 1305 that elastically biases the transmission member 1152 in the Z1 direction.
  • the gripper 1212 is driven to open and close via the gripper link 1220 as the transmission member 1152 advances and retreats. That is, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the transmission member 1152 is also displaced in the Z2 direction by the first end effector driving mechanism 1320a, and the gripper 1212 rotates counterclockwise in FIG. To do. On the other hand, when the trigger lever 36 is opened, the transmission member 1152 is displaced in the Z1 direction by the bias of the spring 1305, and the end effector 1300 returns to the open state. The trigger lever 36 returns in the Z1 direction.
  • the present invention may be applied to a surgical robot system 700 as shown in FIG. 66, for example.
  • the surgical robot system 700 includes an articulated robot arm 702 and a console 704, and the same mechanism as the manipulator 10 is provided at the tip of the robot arm 702.
  • a base 14 a that houses the drive unit 30 is fixed to the distal end 708 of the robot arm 702, and the working unit 16 is detachably attached to the base 14 a.
  • the robot arm 702 may be any means that moves the working unit 16, and is not limited to a stationary type, but may be an autonomous moving type, for example.
  • the console 704 may take a configuration such as a table type or a control panel type.
  • the position and orientation of the working unit 16 can be arbitrarily set.
  • a base portion 14 a constituting the manipulator 10 at the distal end is integrated with the distal end portion 708 of the robot arm 702.
  • the manipulator 10 has an electric operation mechanism by a motor (actuator interlocked with an input unit operated manually) instead of the mechanical operation mechanism by the trigger lever 36, and the motor has two rods. 192a and 192b are driven.
  • the robot arm 702 may operate under the action of the console 704, and may be configured to perform automatic operation according to a program, operation following a joystick 706 provided on the console 704, and a combination of these operations.
  • the console 704 includes the functions of the controller.
  • the working unit 16 is provided with the distal end working unit 12.
  • the console 704 is provided with two joysticks 706 as operation command units and a monitor 710. Although not shown, two robot arms 702 can be individually operated by two joysticks 706.
  • the two joysticks 706 are provided at positions that can be easily operated with both hands.
  • On the monitor 710 information such as an image by a flexible endoscope is displayed.
  • the joystick 706 can move up and down, move left and right, twist, and tilt, and can move the robot arm 702 according to these operations.
  • the joystick 706 may be a master arm.
  • the communication means between the robot arm 702 and the console 704 may be wired, wireless, network, or a combination thereof.
  • the joystick 706 is provided with a trigger lever 36, and the motor can be driven by operating the trigger lever 36.

Abstract

A manipulator (10) used as a medical manipulator comprises: an operation section (14) which has a grip handle (26) gripped by the human hand; and an working section (16) which can be mounted to and removed from the operation section (14). The working section (16) comprises: a trigger lever (36) which is operated by the human hand; a tip operation section (12) which is operated by operation of the trigger lever (36); a connection shaft (18), to the tip of which the tip operation section (12) is mounted; and rods (192a, 192b) which penetrate through the inside of the connection shaft (18) and serve as operation transmitting sections for mechanically transmitting to the tip operation section (12) an operation which is inputted to the trigger lever (36).

Description

医療用マニピュレータMedical manipulator
 本発明は、人手によって把持されるハンドルを有する基部と、該基部に対して着脱可能な作業部とを有する医療用マニピュレータに関する。 The present invention relates to a medical manipulator having a base portion having a handle gripped by a hand and a working portion detachable from the base portion.
 腹腔鏡下手術においては、患者の腹部等に小さな孔をいくつかあけて内視鏡、マニピュレータ(又は鉗子)等を挿入し、術者が内視鏡の映像をモニタで見ながら手術を行っている。このような腹腔鏡下手術は、開腹を必要としないため患者への負担が少なく、術後の回復や退院までの日数が大幅に低減されることから、適用分野の拡大が期待されている。 In laparoscopic surgery, a small hole is made in the patient's abdomen, etc., and an endoscope, manipulator (or forceps), etc. are inserted, and the surgeon performs the operation while viewing the endoscope image on the monitor. Yes. Since such laparoscopic surgery does not require laparotomy, the burden on the patient is small, and the number of days until postoperative recovery and discharge is greatly reduced, and therefore, the application field is expected to expand.
 一方、腹腔鏡下手術で用いるマニピュレータには、患部の位置及び大きさに応じて迅速且つ適切な手技が可能であることが望まれており、しかも患部切除、縫合及び結紮等の様々な手技が行われる。これに関連して、操作の自由度が高くしかも簡便に操作することのできるマニピュレータの提案がなされている(例えば、日本国特開2008-104854号公報参照)。 On the other hand, manipulators used in laparoscopic surgery are desired to be capable of quick and appropriate procedures depending on the position and size of the affected area, and various techniques such as excision of the affected area, suturing and ligation are required. Done. In relation to this, there has been proposed a manipulator that has a high degree of freedom in operation and can be easily operated (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-104854).
 日本国特開2008-104854号公報記載のマニピュレータは、先端動作部を有する作業部と、モータやハンドルを有する操作部(基部)とを着脱可能に構成している。これにより、はさみやグリッパ等の各種の先端動作部を設けた所定の作業部を操作部に対して交換することにより、手技に応じた各種の先端動作部を持つマニピュレータを容易に構成することができる。このマニピュレータでは、操作部と作業部との装着時、駆動軸と従動軸の先端にそれぞれ形成された十字状の凸部と凹部とが係合し、これにより、モータの回転駆動力を駆動部から作業部へと伝達し、先端動作部を動作させることができる。 A manipulator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-104854 is configured such that a working part having a tip operating part and an operation part (base part) having a motor and a handle are detachable. This makes it possible to easily configure a manipulator having various tip operation parts according to the procedure by exchanging a predetermined working part provided with various tip action parts such as scissors and grippers with respect to the operation part. it can. In this manipulator, when the operating portion and the working portion are mounted, the cross-shaped convex portion and the concave portion formed at the tip of the driving shaft and the driven shaft are engaged with each other, and thereby the rotational driving force of the motor is transmitted to the driving portion. Can be transmitted to the working unit to operate the tip working unit.
 ところで、先端動作部として、例えばグリッパを用いた場合、その開閉動作をトリガレバー等の操作によって機械的に動作可能に構成すると、モータ等の電動機構によって開閉動作させる場合に比べて、より直感的な操作が可能になる。 By the way, when a gripper, for example, is used as the tip operating portion, if the opening / closing operation is configured to be mechanically operable by an operation of a trigger lever or the like, it is more intuitive than the case of opening / closing by an electric mechanism such as a motor. Operation becomes possible.
 ところが、上記従来構成では、入力部であるトリガレバーを基部側に備えており、しかも基部と作業部とを着脱可能に構成している。このため、トリガレバーの操作を先端動作部側へと機械的に伝達する機構を適用する場合には、機械的な伝達機構についても途中で着脱可能な構成にする必要があり、その構成が複雑になる可能性が高い。 However, in the above conventional configuration, a trigger lever as an input unit is provided on the base side, and the base and the working unit are configured to be detachable. For this reason, when a mechanism that mechanically transmits the operation of the trigger lever to the distal end working unit side is applied, the mechanical transmission mechanism must also be configured to be detachable in the middle, and the configuration is complicated. Is likely to be.
 本発明はこのような従来技術に関連してなされたものであり、人手によって把持されるハンドルを有する基部と、該基部に対して着脱可能な作業部とを有する構成でありながら、入力部の操作を機械的に先端動作部へと伝達する機構を簡便に構成可能な医療用マニピュレータを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in connection with such a conventional technique, and includes a base portion having a handle that is gripped by a human hand and a working portion that can be attached to and detached from the base portion. An object of the present invention is to provide a medical manipulator capable of simply configuring a mechanism for mechanically transmitting an operation to a distal end working unit.
 本発明に係る医療用マニピュレータは、人手によって把持されるハンドルを有する基部と、前記基部に対して着脱可能な作業部とを備え、前記作業部は、人手によって操作される作業部側入力部と、該作業部側入力部の操作によって動作する先端動作部と、該先端動作部を先端に設けたシャフトと、該シャフト内を挿通して前記作業部側入力部への入力操作を前記先端動作部へと機械的に伝達する操作伝達部とを有することを特徴とする。 A medical manipulator according to the present invention includes a base portion having a handle that is gripped by a hand, and a working portion that can be attached to and detached from the base portion. The working portion includes a working portion side input portion that is manually operated. A tip operating unit that operates by operating the working unit side input unit, a shaft provided with the tip operating unit at the tip, and an input operation to the working unit side input unit through the shaft. And an operation transmission unit that mechanically transmits the unit.
 このような構成によれば、人手によって把持されるハンドルを有する基部と、該基部に対して着脱可能な作業部とを有する場合に、先端動作部を機械的に駆動する作業部側入力部及び操作伝達部を全て作業部側に設ける。これにより、着脱構造を採用した場合には比較的複雑な構造になり易い機械的な駆動部である操作伝達部等に、操作部と作業部との着脱構造に対応する着脱構造を設ける必要がない。従って、基部と作業部との着脱構造を一層簡便に構成することができる。 According to such a configuration, when having a base portion having a handle that is gripped by a human hand and a working portion that can be attached to and detached from the base portion, a working portion side input portion that mechanically drives the distal end working portion, and All operation transmission units are provided on the working unit side. As a result, when an attachment / detachment structure is adopted, it is necessary to provide an attachment / detachment structure corresponding to the attachment / detachment structure between the operation unit and the working unit in the operation transmission unit, which is a mechanical drive unit that tends to have a relatively complicated structure. Absent. Therefore, the attachment / detachment structure between the base portion and the working portion can be configured more simply.
 前記作業部側入力部は、トリガレバーであり、前記操作伝達部は、前記トリガレバーが回動操作されることにより、前記シャフトの軸線方向に進退する棒状又は線状の伝達部材を含むように構成することが可能である。そうすると、前記伝達部材に着脱構造を設ける必要がないため、当該医療用マニピュレータの構造が簡便となる。 The working unit side input unit is a trigger lever, and the operation transmission unit includes a rod-shaped or linear transmission member that moves forward and backward in the axial direction of the shaft when the trigger lever is rotated. It is possible to configure. If it does so, since it is not necessary to provide a detachable structure in the said transmission member, the structure of the said medical manipulator becomes simple.
 この場合、前記トリガレバーの位置を固定可能なラッチ機構を設けると、先端動作部の動作状態、例えば開閉機構における閉状態を維持することが可能となり、当該医療用マニピュレータの取り扱い性が向上する。 In this case, if a latch mechanism capable of fixing the position of the trigger lever is provided, it is possible to maintain the operating state of the distal end working unit, for example, the closed state of the opening / closing mechanism, and the handling of the medical manipulator is improved.
 前記ラッチ機構は、爪部と、該爪部が係合可能な係合部とを有すると、簡便な構造でラッチ機構を構成することができる。 When the latch mechanism has a claw portion and an engagement portion with which the claw portion can be engaged, the latch mechanism can be configured with a simple structure.
 前記ラッチ機構での前記爪部と前記係合部との係合状態を解除する解除部を備えると、ラッチ状態の解除を容易に行うことが可能となる。 If a release portion for releasing the engagement state between the claw portion and the engagement portion in the latch mechanism is provided, the latch state can be easily released.
 前記爪部又は前記係合部が前記トリガレバーに設けられており、且つ弾性的に揺動可能に支持されると共に、前記トリガレバーには、前記弾性的に揺動可能に支持された前記爪部又は前記係合部の係合方向への揺動を所定位置で規制するストッパ部材が設けられていると、ラッチ機構による爪部と係合部との係合状態が所定の状態で維持されるため、仮にラッチ状態のままで基部と作業部とを分離した場合であっても、爪部と係合部との係合状態が強固に維持されることがなく、これら爪部や係合部に過度の負荷がかかることを有効に回避することができる。 The claw part or the engaging part is provided on the trigger lever and is elastically swingably supported, and the trigger lever is supported by the elastically swingable claw. If the stopper member for restricting the swinging of the engagement portion or the engagement portion in the engagement direction at a predetermined position is provided, the engagement state between the claw portion and the engagement portion by the latch mechanism is maintained in the predetermined state. Therefore, even if the base portion and the working portion are separated in the latched state, the engagement state between the claw portion and the engagement portion is not firmly maintained, and the claw portion and the engagement portion are not maintained. It is possible to effectively avoid an excessive load on the part.
 前記ラッチ機構は、前記作業部に設けられた構成とすることもできる。そうすると、ラッチ状態のままであっても容易に基部と作業部とを着脱することができる。 The latch mechanism may be provided in the working unit. If it does so, even if it is a latched state, a base part and a working part can be attached or detached easily.
 前記爪部及び前記係合部は、一方が前記トリガレバーに設けられ、他方が前記ハンドルに設けられていてもよい。 One of the claw portion and the engaging portion may be provided on the trigger lever, and the other may be provided on the handle.
 前記基部は、アクチュエータによって回転される駆動軸と、前記アクチュエータを駆動させる基部側入力部を有し、前記作業部は、前記駆動軸によって従動回転されて前記先端動作部に前記作業部側入力部による入力操作とは異なる動作を付与する従動軸と、該従動軸の回転を前記先端動作部へと伝達する可撓性部材とを有してもよい。この場合、基部側の駆動軸の回転を作業部側の従動軸に伝達する構造が必要となるが、そのような構造は上記の機械的な構造に比べて着脱構造を採用することが比較的容易であることから、当該医療用マニピュレータの構造を十分に簡素なものとしつつ、先端動作部に一層多様な動作を付与することが可能となる。 The base includes a drive shaft that is rotated by an actuator and a base side input unit that drives the actuator, and the working unit is driven to rotate by the drive shaft and is moved to the distal end working unit by the work unit side input unit. There may be provided a driven shaft that imparts an operation different from the input operation according to, and a flexible member that transmits the rotation of the driven shaft to the distal end working unit. In this case, a structure for transmitting the rotation of the drive shaft on the base side to the driven shaft on the working unit side is required, but such a structure is relatively easy to adopt a detachable structure compared to the mechanical structure described above. Since it is easy, it becomes possible to give various operation | movement to a front-end | tip operation | movement part, making the structure of the said medical manipulator simple enough.
 前記駆動軸及び前記従動軸には、一方の先端に係合凸部が設けられ、他方の先端に前記係合凸部に係合可能な係合凹部が設けられ、前記係合凸部及び前記係合凹部は、前記基部及び前記作業部が装着された状態で互いに係合して、前記駆動軸の回転を前記従動軸に伝達可能であると、基部と作業部との着脱構造を簡便にすることができるため好ましい。 The drive shaft and the driven shaft are each provided with an engaging convex portion at one tip, and an engaging concave portion that can be engaged with the engaging convex portion at the other tip. When the engaging recess engages with each other in a state where the base and the working part are mounted and the rotation of the drive shaft can be transmitted to the driven shaft, the attachment / detachment structure between the base and the working part can be simplified. It is preferable because
本実施形態に係るマニピュレータの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the manipulator concerning this embodiment. 操作部の一部省略斜視図である。FIG. 6 is a partially omitted perspective view of an operation unit. 作業部の一部省略斜視図である。It is a partially-omission perspective view of a working part. 複合入力部及びその周辺部の一部省略斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a partially omitted perspective view of a composite input unit and its peripheral part. 複合入力部の正面図である。It is a front view of a composite input part. 操作部及び作業部の一部省略分解側面図である。It is a partially omitted exploded side view of the operation unit and the working unit. 操作部及び作業部が装着された状態での駆動部及びその周辺部の一部省略斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a partially omitted perspective view of the drive unit and its peripheral part in a state where the operation unit and the working unit are mounted. 操作部及び作業部が装着された状態での駆動部及びその周辺部の一部省略平面図である。FIG. 6 is a partially omitted plan view of the drive unit and its peripheral part in a state where the operation unit and the working unit are mounted. 駆動部及びその周辺部の一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 3 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view of a drive unit and its peripheral part. 駆動部及びその周辺部の一部省略断面正面図である。FIG. 4 is a partially omitted cross-sectional front view of a drive unit and its peripheral part. 作業部の一部省略平面図である。It is a partially omitted plan view of a working unit. 図11中のXII-XII線に沿う一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 12 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. 11. プーリボックスの断面斜視図である。It is a cross-sectional perspective view of a pulley box. 図14Aは、プーリの許容回転範囲を説明するための一部省略底面図であり、図14Bは、図14Aに示す状態からプーリを回転させた状態を示す一部省略底面図である。14A is a partially omitted bottom view for explaining the allowable rotation range of the pulley, and FIG. 14B is a partially omitted bottom view showing a state in which the pulley is rotated from the state shown in FIG. 14A. 図15Aは、操作部及び作業部が分離された状態での洗浄液注入ポート及びキャップの変形例を示す一部省略側面図であり、図15Bは、図15Aに示す状態から操作部及び作業部を装着した状態を示す一部省略側面図である。15A is a partially omitted side view showing a modified example of the cleaning liquid injection port and the cap in a state where the operation unit and the working unit are separated, and FIG. 15B shows the operation unit and the working unit from the state shown in FIG. 15A. It is a partially omitted side view showing a mounted state. 図12中のXVI-XVI線に沿う断面図である。FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVI-XVI in FIG. 12. トリガレバーの一部省略断面斜視図である。It is a partially omitted cross-sectional perspective view of the trigger lever. 図18Aは、トリガレバーの一部省略断面側面図であり、図18Bは、図18Aに示す状態からレバーを操作した状態での一部省略断面側面図である。18A is a partially omitted sectional side view of the trigger lever, and FIG. 18B is a partially omitted sectional side view in a state where the lever is operated from the state shown in FIG. 18A. トリガレバー取付部及びその周辺部の一部省略断面側面図である。It is a partial omission cross-sectional side view of a trigger lever attaching part and its peripheral part. カメラによるバーコードの撮像方向を説明するための一部省略側面図である。It is a partially omitted side view for explaining the imaging direction of the barcode by the camera. カメラによるバーコードの撮像方向の変形例を示す一部省略側面図である。It is a partially omitted side view showing a modification of the imaging direction of a barcode by a camera. 図22Aは、操作部の一部省略底面図であり、図22Bは、作業部の一部省略平面図である。22A is a partially omitted bottom view of the operation unit, and FIG. 22B is a partially omitted plan view of the working unit. プーリの許容回転範囲を規制する構造の変形例を示す一部省略平面図である。FIG. 10 is a partially omitted plan view showing a modified example of a structure for restricting an allowable rotation range of a pulley. 図24Aは、係合凸部及び係合凹部が係合不能な位相にある状態を示す説明図であり、図24Bは、係合凸部及び係合凹部が係合した状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 24A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are in a phase in which engagement is not possible, and FIG. 24B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged. is there. 図25Aは、操作部及び作業部が装着され、係合凸部及び係合凹部が係合していない状態を示す一部省略断面側面図であり、図25Bは、図25Aに示す状態から係合凸部及び係合凹部が係合した状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 25A is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the operation portion and the working portion are mounted and the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion are not engaged, and FIG. 25B is a diagram from the state shown in FIG. 25A. It is a partially-omitted cross-sectional side view which shows the state which the joint convex part and the engagement recessed part engaged. 図26Aは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の初期位相の第1例を示す説明図であり、図26Bは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の初期位相の第2例を示す説明図であり、図26Cは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の初期位相の第3例を示す説明図であり、図26Dは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の初期位相の第4例を示す説明図である。FIG. 26A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a first example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion, and FIG. 26B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a second example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion. FIG. 26C is an explanatory diagram showing a third example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion, and FIG. 26D is an explanatory diagram showing a fourth example of the initial phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion. FIG. 図27Aは、図26Aに示す第1例の動作パターンでの初期位相での状態を示す説明図であり、図27Bは、図27Aに示す状態から係合凸部が回転された状態を示す説明図であり、図27Cは、図27Bに示す状態から係合凸部と係合凹部とが係合した状態を示す説明図であり、図27Dは、係合凸部及び係合凹部が係合してモータが原点に設定された状態を示す説明図である。27A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the first example illustrated in FIG. 26A, and FIG. 27B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engaging convex portion is rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 27A. FIG. 27C is an explanatory view showing a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged from the state shown in FIG. 27B, and FIG. 27D is an illustration in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state by which the motor was set to the origin. 図28Aは、図26Bに示す第2例の動作パターンでの初期位相での状態を示す説明図であり、図28Bは、図28Aに示す状態からモータが回転された状態を示す説明図であり、図28Cは、図28Bに示す状態からモータが原点をオーバーランした状態を示す説明図であり、図28Dは、モータが原点に設定された状態を示す説明図である。28A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the second example illustrated in FIG. 26B, and FIG. 28B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 28A. 28C is an explanatory view showing a state where the motor has overrun the origin from the state shown in FIG. 28B, and FIG. 28D is an explanatory view showing a state where the motor is set to the origin. 図29Aは、図26Cに示す第3例の動作パターンでの初期位相での状態を示す説明図であり、図29Bは、図29Aに示す状態から係合凸部が回転されて係合凹部と係合した状態を示す説明図であり、図29Cは、図29Bに示す状態からモータが原点をオーバーランした後、原点に設定された状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 29A is an explanatory diagram showing a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the third example shown in FIG. 26C, and FIG. 29B shows that the engaging convex portion is rotated from the state shown in FIG. FIG. 29C is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is overrun from the state illustrated in FIG. 29B and then set to the origin. 図30Aは、図26Dに示す第4例の動作パターンでの初期位相での状態を示す説明図であり、図30Bは、図30Aに示す状態から係合凸部を回転させた状態を示す説明図であり、図30Cは、図30Bに示す状態から係合凸部及び係合凹部が係合した後、モータを原点に設定する状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 30A is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in an initial phase in the operation pattern of the fourth example illustrated in FIG. 26D, and FIG. 30B is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the engagement convex portion is rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 30A. FIG. 30C is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is set to the origin after the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion are engaged from the state illustrated in FIG. 30B. 図31Aは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の係合位相を180°位相の形状に構成した場合の構成例を示す説明図であり、図31Bは、図31Aに示す状態から係合凸部と係合凹部を係合させた状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 31A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 180 ° phase shape, and FIG. 31B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 31A. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which engaged the engagement recessed part. 図32Aは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の係合位相を180°位相の形状に構成した場合の他の構成例を示す説明図であり、図32Bは、図32Aに示す状態から係合凸部と係合凹部を係合させた状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 32A is an explanatory view showing another configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 180 ° phase shape, and FIG. 32B is engaged from the state shown in FIG. 32A. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which made the convex part and the engagement recessed part engage. 図33Aは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の係合位相を120°位相の形状に構成した場合の構成例を示す説明図であり、図33Bは、図33Aに示す状態から係合凸部と係合凹部を係合させた状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 33A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 120 ° phase shape, and FIG. 33B shows the engaging convex portion from the state shown in FIG. 33A. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which engaged the engagement recessed part. 図34Aは、係合凸部及び係合凹部の係合位相を120°位相の形状に構成した場合の他の構成例を示す説明図であり、図34Bは、図34Aに示す状態から係合凸部と係合凹部を係合させた状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 34A is an explanatory view showing another configuration example when the engaging phase of the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion is configured in a 120 ° phase shape, and FIG. 34B is engaged from the state shown in FIG. 34A. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which made the convex part and the engagement recessed part engage. 原点検出センサのセンサドグである検出片の変形例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the modification of the detection piece which is a sensor dog of an origin detection sensor. 原点検出センサのセンサドグである検出片の他の変形例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the other modification of the detection piece which is a sensor dog of an origin detection sensor. 本実施形態に係るマニピュレータの動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of operation | movement of the manipulator which concerns on this embodiment. トリガレバーの変形例の第1例を示す一部省略断面側面図である。It is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a first example of a modified example of the trigger lever. 図38に示すトリガレバーを引ききった状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 39 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view illustrating a state where the trigger lever illustrated in FIG. 38 is fully pulled. 図38に示すトリガレバーがラッチされた状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 39 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 38 is latched. トリガレバーの変形例の第2例を示す一部省略断面側面図である。It is a partially-omitted cross-sectional side view which shows the 2nd example of the modification of a trigger lever. 図41に示すトリガレバーがラッチされた状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 42 is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 41 is latched. 図43Aは、トリガレバーの変形例の第3例を示す一部省略断面側面図であり、図43Bは、図43Aに示すトリガレバーのアンロック状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。43A is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a third example of a modification of the trigger lever, and FIG. 43B is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing the unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 43A. 図43Aに示すトリガレバーがラッチされた状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 43B is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 43A is latched. 図45Aは、トリガレバーの変形例の第4例を示す一部省略断面側面図であり、図45Bは、図45Aに示すトリガレバーのアンロック状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 45A is a partially omitted sectional side view showing a fourth example of a modified example of the trigger lever, and FIG. 45B is a partially omitted sectional side view showing an unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 45A. 図45Aに示すトリガレバーがラッチされた状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。FIG. 45B is a partially omitted cross-sectional side view showing a state in which the trigger lever shown in FIG. 45A is latched. 図47Aは、トリガレバーの変形例の第5例を示す一部省略断面側面図であり、図47Bは、図47Aに示すトリガレバーのアンロック状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。47A is a partially omitted sectional side view showing a fifth example of a modification of the trigger lever, and FIG. 47B is a partially omitted sectional side view showing the unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 47A. 図48Aは、トリガレバーの変形例の第6例を示す一部省略断面側面図であり、図48Bは、図48Aに示すトリガレバーのアンロック状態を示す一部省略断面側面図である。48A is a partially omitted sectional side view showing a sixth example of a modification of the trigger lever, and FIG. 48B is a partially omitted sectional side view showing the unlocked state of the trigger lever shown in FIG. 48A. 図47Aは、トリガレバーの変形例の第7例を示す一部省略斜視図である。FIG. 47A is a partially omitted perspective view showing a seventh example of the modification of the trigger lever. 図50Aは、原点サーチ動作の他の方法における係合凸部と係合凹部が初期位相での状態を示す説明図であり、図50Bは、図50Aに示す状態からモータを正回転させて当接部を一方のストッパに当接させた状態を示す説明図であり、図50Cは、図50Bに示す状態からモータを逆回転させて当接部を他方のストッパに当接させた状態を示す説明図であり、図50Dは、図50Cに示す状態からモータを原点に設定した状態を示す説明図である。FIG. 50A is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are in an initial phase in another method of the origin search operation, and FIG. 50B is a diagram showing a state where the motor is rotated forward from the state shown in FIG. FIG. 50C is a diagram illustrating a state in which the contact portion is in contact with one stopper, and FIG. 50C illustrates a state in which the motor is reversely rotated from the state illustrated in FIG. 50B and the contact portion is in contact with the other stopper. FIG. 50D is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the motor is set as the origin from the state illustrated in FIG. 50C. トリガレバーを十分に引いたときの、先端動作部の模式側面図である。It is a model side view of a front-end | tip operation | movement part when fully pulling a trigger lever. トリガレバーを押し出したときの、先端動作部の模式側面図である。It is a model side view of a front-end | tip operation | movement part when a trigger lever is pushed out. 先端動作部の模式構造図である。It is a schematic structure figure of a tip operation part. 先端動作部の断面側面図である。It is a section side view of a tip operation part. 先端動作部の断面平面図である。It is a section top view of a tip operation part. 先端動作部で、グリッパを閉じた状態の断面側面図である。It is a section side view in the state where the gripper was closed in the tip operation part. 先端動作部の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of a front-end | tip operation | movement part. エンドエフェクタ駆動機構の一部を示す模式構造図である。It is a schematic structure figure which shows a part of end effector drive mechanism. トリガレバーを操作しないときの、エンドエフェクタ駆動機構の模式側面図である。It is a model side view of an end effector drive mechanism when not operating a trigger lever. 受動ワイヤの端部の接続箇所の模式断面平面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional top view of the connection location of the edge part of a passive wire. 受動ワイヤの端部の接続箇所の模式断面側面図である。It is a schematic cross section side view of the connection location of the edge part of a passive wire. トリガレバーを押し出したときの、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構の一部断面平面図である。It is a partial cross section top view of the 2nd end effector drive mechanism when a trigger lever is pushed out. トリガレバーを十分に引いたときの、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構の一部断面平面図である。It is a partial cross section top view of the 2nd end effector drive mechanism when fully pulling a trigger lever. トリガレバーを押し出したときの、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構の一部断面側面図である。It is a partial cross section side view of the 2nd end effector drive mechanism when a trigger lever is pushed out. 変形例に係る先端動作部の模式構造図である。It is a schematic structure figure of the tip operation part concerning a modification. 作業部が着脱可能な基部をロボットアームの先端に接続した手術用ロボットシステムの概略斜視図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic perspective view of a surgical robot system in which a base part to which a working part can be attached and detached is connected to a tip of a robot arm.
 以下、本発明に係る医療用マニピュレータについて好適な実施の形態を挙げ、添付の図面を参照して詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the medical manipulator according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
 図1に示すように、本実施の形態に係るマニピュレータ(医療用マニピュレータ)10は、連結シャフト18の先端に設けられた先端動作部12に生体の一部又は湾曲針等を把持して所定の処置を行うための医療用の器具であり、通常、把持鉗子やニードルドライバ(持針器)等とも呼ばれる。 As shown in FIG. 1, the manipulator (medical manipulator) 10 according to the present embodiment grips a predetermined part of a living body or a curved needle or the like on a distal end working unit 12 provided at the distal end of a connecting shaft 18. It is a medical instrument for performing treatment, and is usually called a grasping forceps or a needle driver (needle holder).
 以下の説明では、図1における幅方向をX方向、高さ方向をY方向、連結シャフト18の延在方向をZ方向と規定する。また、先端側から見て右方をX1方向、左方をX2方向、上方向をY1方向、下方向をY2方向、前方をZ1方向、後方をZ2方向と規定する。さらに、特に断りのない限り、これらの方向の記載はマニピュレータ10が中立姿勢である場合を基準として表すものとする。これらの方向は説明の便宜上のものであり、マニピュレータ10は任意の向きで(例えば、上下を反転させて)使用可能であることはもちろんである。 In the following description, the width direction in FIG. 1 is defined as the X direction, the height direction is defined as the Y direction, and the extending direction of the connecting shaft 18 is defined as the Z direction. Further, when viewed from the front end side, the right side is defined as the X1 direction, the left side as the X2 direction, the upward direction as the Y1 direction, the downward direction as the Y2 direction, the forward direction as the Z1 direction, and the backward direction as the Z2 direction. Further, unless otherwise specified, the description of these directions is based on the case where the manipulator 10 is in a neutral posture. These directions are for convenience of explanation, and it is needless to say that the manipulator 10 can be used in any direction (for example, upside down).
 マニピュレータ10は、人手によって把持及び操作される操作部(基部)14と、該操作部14に対して着脱自在な作業部16とを備え、コネクタ520を介して操作部14に着脱自在なコントローラ514を有するマニピュレータシステムとして構成されている。操作部14には、作業部16側を電動的に駆動する駆動部(アクチュエータ部)30が設けられている。なお、分離した状態の操作部14は図2に、分離した状態の作業部16は図3に示されている。 The manipulator 10 includes an operation unit (base unit) 14 that is manually held and operated, and a work unit 16 that is detachable from the operation unit 14, and a controller 514 that is detachable from the operation unit 14 via a connector 520. It is comprised as a manipulator system which has. The operation unit 14 is provided with a drive unit (actuator unit) 30 that electrically drives the working unit 16 side. The separated operation unit 14 is shown in FIG. 2, and the separated operation unit 16 is shown in FIG.
 コントローラ514は、マニピュレータ10を総合的に制御する制御部であって、グリップハンドル(ハンドル)26の下端部から延在するケーブル61と前記コネクタ520を介して接続される。コントローラ514の機能の一部又は全部は、例えば操作部14に一体的に搭載することもできる。 The controller 514 is a control unit that comprehensively controls the manipulator 10, and is connected to the cable 61 extending from the lower end of the grip handle (handle) 26 via the connector 520. A part or all of the functions of the controller 514 can be integrally mounted on the operation unit 14, for example.
 コントローラ514は、例えば、第1ポート515a、第2ポート515b及び第3ポート515cを備えており、マニピュレータ10を独立的に3台同時に制御することができる。図1中の参照符号516は、コントローラ514の電源スイッチである。 The controller 514 includes, for example, a first port 515a, a second port 515b, and a third port 515c, and can control three manipulators 10 independently at the same time. Reference numeral 516 in FIG. 1 is a power switch of the controller 514.
 コントローラ514には、LAN等の通信手段を介して使用履歴管理手段であるホストコンピュータ502を接続することができる。ホストコンピュータ502は、内部の図示しない記録手段に使用履歴テーブルを記録しており、コントローラ514又は前記LANにより接続された複数台のコントローラに対して要求された個体番号に応じた使用履歴データを送受信し、管理する。ホストコンピュータ502は、コントローラ514から独立的な構成に限らず、コントローラ514内にその機能を設けてもよい。 The controller 514 can be connected to a host computer 502 which is a usage history management unit via a communication unit such as a LAN. The host computer 502 records a usage history table in an internal recording means (not shown), and transmits / receives usage history data corresponding to the requested individual number to the controller 514 or a plurality of controllers connected by the LAN. And manage. The host computer 502 is not limited to a configuration independent of the controller 514, and the function may be provided in the controller 514.
 このようなマニピュレータ10及びこれを含むシステムは、選択的に種々の構成を採用可能であり、例えば、作業部16は先端動作部12としてグリッパやはさみ等、各種のエンドエフェクタを適用し、所望の動作を行うことができる。 Such a manipulator 10 and a system including the manipulator 10 can selectively adopt various configurations. For example, the working unit 16 applies various end effectors such as a gripper and scissors as the distal end working unit 12 to obtain a desired configuration. The action can be performed.
 図1及び図2に示すように、操作部14は、Z1方向及びY2方向に延びた略L字状に構成されると共に、Z方向に略対称に分割された一対の上部カバー25a、25b(以下、まとめて「上部カバー25」ともいう)を筐体として、その内部に、駆動部30やカメラ224(図6参照)等が収納されると共に、基端側でY2方向に延びた部分が人手によって把持されるグリップハンドル26として構成されている。上部カバー25は、例えば樹脂性材料によって形成され、分割できない一体構成としてもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the operation unit 14 is configured in a substantially L shape extending in the Z1 direction and the Y2 direction, and a pair of upper covers 25a and 25b (substantially divided in the Z direction). Hereinafter, the drive unit 30 and the camera 224 (see FIG. 6) and the like are housed in the housing, and the portion extending in the Y2 direction on the base end side is also referred to as the “upper cover 25”. The grip handle 26 is configured to be gripped by a hand. The upper cover 25 may be formed of a resinous material, for example, and may have an integral configuration that cannot be divided.
 グリップハンドル26は、人手によって把持されるのに適した長さであり、上部の傾斜面26aに複合入力部24を有する。グリップハンドル26は、上部カバー25の屈曲部に形成された傾斜面26aから略Y2方向に向かって延在しており、詳細には連結シャフト18の軸を基準として75°(度)程度の角度に延在している。このような角度にすることにより、マニピュレータ10の全体を動かす際の操作性が高まるとともに、複合入力部24の操作性が高まることが確かめられている。 The grip handle 26 has a length suitable for being manually gripped, and has the composite input portion 24 on the upper inclined surface 26a. The grip handle 26 extends in an approximately Y2 direction from an inclined surface 26a formed in a bent portion of the upper cover 25. Specifically, the grip handle 26 has an angle of about 75 ° (degrees) with respect to the axis of the connecting shaft 18. It extends to. By making such an angle, it has been confirmed that the operability when moving the entire manipulator 10 is enhanced and the operability of the composite input unit 24 is enhanced.
 図1に示すように、操作部14のY1方向頂部近傍には、上部カバー25から露出してマスタスイッチ(メインスイッチ)34が設けられ、マスタスイッチ34のZ1方向で視認し易い箇所にLED29が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 1, a master switch (main switch) 34 is provided in the vicinity of the top of the operation unit 14 in the Y1 direction so as to be exposed from the upper cover 25. Is provided.
 作業部16は、作業を行う先端動作部12と、該先端動作部12を先端に設けた長尺で中空の連結シャフト(シャフト)18と、該連結シャフト18の基端側が固定される下部ブラケット32と、下部ブラケット32のZ2方向端に軸支されたトリガレバー36とを有する。作業部16は、Z方向で略対称に分割された一対の下部カバー37a、37b(以下、まとめて「下部カバー37」ともいう)を筐体として、その内部に下部ブラケット32を収納している。下部カバー37は、例えば樹脂性材料によって形成され、分割できない一体構成としてもよい。 The working unit 16 includes a distal end working unit 12 for performing work, a long and hollow connecting shaft (shaft) 18 provided with the distal end working unit 12 at the tip, and a lower bracket to which the proximal end side of the connecting shaft 18 is fixed. 32 and a trigger lever 36 pivotally supported at the end of the lower bracket 32 in the Z2 direction. The working unit 16 has a pair of lower covers 37a and 37b (hereinafter, collectively referred to as “lower cover 37”) divided substantially symmetrically in the Z direction as a housing, and houses the lower bracket 32 therein. . The lower cover 37 may be formed of a resinous material, for example, and may have an integral configuration that cannot be divided.
 このような作業部16は、操作部14(駆動部30)に設けられた左右一対の着脱レバー400、400によって当該操作部14に固定されると共に、着脱レバー400の開放操作によって操作部14から分離可能であり、特別な器具を用いることなく、手術現場で容易に交換作業等を行うことができる。下部ブラケット32の上面(Y1面)には、該下部ブラケット32を再使用するために、その内部空間を洗浄する際に使用する洗浄液注入ポート39が設けられている。 Such a working unit 16 is fixed to the operation unit 14 by a pair of left and right attachment / detachment levers 400 and 400 provided in the operation unit 14 (drive unit 30), and from the operation unit 14 by an opening operation of the attachment / detachment lever 400. It is separable and can be easily replaced at the surgical site without using a special instrument. The upper surface (Y1 surface) of the lower bracket 32 is provided with a cleaning liquid injection port 39 used for cleaning the internal space in order to reuse the lower bracket 32.
 図1に示すように、先端動作部12及び連結シャフト18は細径に構成されており、患者の腹部等に設けられた円筒形状のトラカール20から体腔22内に挿入可能であり、複合入力部(基部側入力部)24及びトリガレバー(作業部側入力部)36の操作により体腔22内において患部切除、把持、縫合及び結紮等の様々な手技を行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 1, the distal end working unit 12 and the connecting shaft 18 are configured to have a small diameter, and can be inserted into a body cavity 22 from a cylindrical trocar 20 provided in a patient's abdomen or the like. By operating the (base side input unit) 24 and the trigger lever (working unit side input unit) 36, various procedures such as excision of the affected part, grasping, suturing and ligation can be performed in the body cavity 22.
 複合入力部24及びトリガレバー36の操作に基づいて動作する先端動作部12は、3軸の動作が可能である。すなわち、Y軸を基準に傾動するヨー軸動作、先端を指向する軸(中立姿勢時にはZ軸)を基準に回転するロール軸動作、及び、開閉可能なグリッパ軸動作である。本実施形態の場合、ヨー軸及びロール軸は、複合入力部24の操作に基づいて電気的に駆動され、グリッパ軸はトリガレバー36の操作に基づいて機械的に駆動される。ここで機械的とは、ワイヤ、チェーン、タイミングベルト、リンク、ロッド、ギア等を介して駆動する方式であり、主に、動力伝達方向に非弾性な固体の機械部品を介して駆動する方式である。ワイヤやチェーン等は、張力により不可避的な多少の伸びが発生する場合があるが、これらは非弾性な固体の機械部品とする。後述する荷重リミッタ212(図19参照)は、通常操作時にはほとんど弾性変形がなく、実質的に非弾性部品である。 The tip operation unit 12 that operates based on the operation of the composite input unit 24 and the trigger lever 36 can be operated in three axes. That is, a yaw axis operation that tilts with respect to the Y axis, a roll axis operation that rotates with respect to an axis pointing at the tip (Z axis in the neutral posture), and a gripper axis operation that can be opened and closed. In the case of this embodiment, the yaw axis and the roll axis are electrically driven based on the operation of the composite input unit 24, and the gripper axis is mechanically driven based on the operation of the trigger lever 36. Here, mechanical is a method of driving through wires, chains, timing belts, links, rods, gears, etc., and is mainly a method of driving through solid mechanical parts that are inelastic in the power transmission direction. is there. Wires, chains, and the like may have some inevitable elongation due to tension, but these are inelastic solid mechanical parts. A load limiter 212 (see FIG. 19), which will be described later, is substantially an inelastic part with almost no elastic deformation during normal operation.
 以下、上記のような基本構成からなるマニピュレータ10の各部分について、順に説明する。 Hereinafter, each part of the manipulator 10 having the basic configuration as described above will be described in order.
 先ず、操作部14を構成する駆動部30について、上部カバー25等を外した(もしくは透視した)状態の図6~図10を用いて説明する。 First, the drive unit 30 constituting the operation unit 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 10 with the upper cover 25 and the like removed (or seen through).
 図6~図10に示すように、駆動部30は、2つのモータ(アクチュエータ)100、102と、該モータ100、102を支持する上部ブラケット104と、モータ100、102の回転方向を変換して作業部16側に伝達するギア機構部106とを有する。モータ100、102及びギア機構部106は、一方の上部カバー25bの内面に2本のビス103、103(図6参照)で固定された前記上部ブラケット104によって支持されている。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 10, the driving unit 30 converts two motors (actuators) 100 and 102, an upper bracket 104 that supports the motors 100 and 102, and a rotation direction of the motors 100 and 102. And a gear mechanism unit 106 that transmits to the working unit 16 side. The motors 100 and 102 and the gear mechanism 106 are supported by the upper bracket 104 fixed to the inner surface of one upper cover 25b with two screws 103 and 103 (see FIG. 6).
 図8に示すように、モータ100、102は、径:長さが1:4程度の円柱形状であり、Z1方向側に設けられた減速機100a、102aと、該減速機100a、102aによって減速される出力軸100b、102b(図9参照)と、Z2方向側に設けられた角度センサ100c、102cとを含む。モータ100、102は、例えばDCモータである。減速機100a、102aは、例えば遊星歯車式であり、減速比は1:100~1:300程度である。角度センサ100c、102cとしては、例えばロータリエンコーダが用いられ、検出した角度信号はコントローラ514に供給される。モータ100とモータ102や、減速機100aと減速機102aは、同一である必要はなく、適宜選定すればよい。 As shown in FIG. 8, the motors 100 and 102 have a cylindrical shape with a diameter: length of about 1: 4, and are decelerated by the speed reducers 100a and 102a provided on the Z1 direction side, and the speed reducers 100a and 102a. Output shafts 100b and 102b (see FIG. 9) and angle sensors 100c and 102c provided on the Z2 direction side. The motors 100 and 102 are, for example, DC motors. The reduction gears 100a and 102a are, for example, planetary gear types, and the reduction ratio is about 1: 100 to 1: 300. For example, a rotary encoder is used as the angle sensors 100 c and 102 c, and the detected angle signal is supplied to the controller 514. The motor 100 and the motor 102 or the speed reducer 100a and the speed reducer 102a are not necessarily the same, and may be selected as appropriate.
 図8に示すように、モータ100とモータ102は、X方向に対称位置で且つほとんど隙間なく配置されている。モータ100、102のZ2方向端は、グリップハンドル26のZ1方向端と略等しい位置である(図6参照)。図6に示すように、モータ100、102のケーブル100d、102d(角度センサ100c、102cの接続線を含む)は、それぞれZ2方向端側から延在し、グリップハンドル26の中へと引き込まれている。 As shown in FIG. 8, the motor 100 and the motor 102 are arranged symmetrically in the X direction with almost no gap. The Z2 direction ends of the motors 100 and 102 are substantially equal to the Z1 direction end of the grip handle 26 (see FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 6, the cables 100 d and 102 d (including the connection lines of the angle sensors 100 c and 102 c) of the motors 100 and 102 respectively extend from the Z2 direction end side and are pulled into the grip handle 26. Yes.
 上部ブラケット104は、モータ100、102が固定されるXY平面である第1プレート108と、第1プレート108の上下端からZ1方向に延びた第2プレート110及び第3プレート112と、第1プレート108、第2プレート110及び第3プレート112で囲まれた空間内をX1側及びX2側に仕切る第4プレート114とを有し、切削加工又は溶接加工成型等によって形成されている。第3プレート112のZ1側端には、Y1方向に突出したブロック状のセンサ支持部109が形成されている。平面視(図8参照)で上部ブラケット104の外形を構成する第1プレート108及び第3プレート112の外周面には、これを一周する溝部にOリング105が嵌合されている(図7参照)。 The upper bracket 104 includes a first plate 108 that is an XY plane to which the motors 100 and 102 are fixed, a second plate 110 and a third plate 112 that extend in the Z1 direction from the upper and lower ends of the first plate 108, and a first plate. 108, and a fourth plate 114 that partitions the space surrounded by the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 into the X1 side and the X2 side, and is formed by cutting or welding molding. At the Z1 side end of the third plate 112, a block-shaped sensor support portion 109 protruding in the Y1 direction is formed. On the outer peripheral surfaces of the first plate 108 and the third plate 112 constituting the outer shape of the upper bracket 104 in a plan view (see FIG. 8), an O-ring 105 is fitted in a groove that makes a round (see FIG. 7). ).
 図9に示すように、第1プレート108は、モータ100、102の外径の1.5倍程度の高さとなっている。第1プレート108には、モータ100、102がそれぞれZ2方向に延在する向きで複数のビス111でX方向に平行して支持されており、その出力軸100b、102bが孔113を通ってZ1方向側へと突出している。 As shown in FIG. 9, the first plate 108 has a height of about 1.5 times the outer diameter of the motors 100 and 102. The motors 100 and 102 are supported on the first plate 108 in parallel with the X direction by a plurality of screws 111 in directions extending in the Z2 direction, and the output shafts 100b and 102b pass through the holes 113 and are Z1. Projects to the direction side.
 図7及び図9に示すように、第2プレート110は、第1プレート108の上端からZ1方向に向かって突出している。第3プレート112は、第2プレート110と平行且つZ1方向端の位置が多少突出しており、その突出部分に前記センサ支持部109が設けられている。第4プレート114は、三方が第1プレート108、第2プレート110及び第3プレート112に接続され、X方向に関する中央部分でYZ平面を形成している。この第4プレート114は補強板として作用し、第1プレート108、第2プレート110及び第3プレート112が安定する。第4プレート114のZ1方向且つY1方向の角部はZ1側に突出形成されており、ここに上部ブラケット104を上部カバー25bの内面に固定する前記ビス103の1つが配設される(図6及び図9参照)。 7 and 9, the second plate 110 protrudes from the upper end of the first plate 108 in the Z1 direction. The third plate 112 slightly protrudes in parallel with the second plate 110 and at the end in the Z1 direction, and the sensor support 109 is provided on the protruding portion. Three sides of the fourth plate 114 are connected to the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112, and form a YZ plane at the central portion in the X direction. The fourth plate 114 acts as a reinforcing plate, and the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112 are stabilized. The corners of the fourth plate 114 in the Z1 direction and the Y1 direction are formed to project to the Z1 side, and one of the screws 103 for fixing the upper bracket 104 to the inner surface of the upper cover 25b is disposed here (FIG. 6). And FIG. 9).
 図10に示すように、センサ支持部109には、各モータ100、102の軸線の延長線上(Z方向)にある一対の孔部300、302と、これらの間にある孔部304とからなる合計3つのY方向の貫通孔がX方向に並んでいる。 As shown in FIG. 10, the sensor support 109 includes a pair of holes 300 and 302 on the extension line (Z direction) of the motors 100 and 102, and a hole 304 located therebetween. A total of three through holes in the Y direction are arranged in the X direction.
 孔部300、302には、それぞれカップリングセンサ306、308のセンサドグ(被検出部材)として機能する検出シャフト(検出軸)310、312が挿通配置されている。孔部304には、着脱センサ314のセンサドグとして機能する検出シャフト(検出軸)316が挿通配置されている。カップリングセンサ306、308及び着脱センサ314は、Y方向が開口した平面視(図8参照)で略U字状であり、U字の内側で検出シャフト310、312、316を検出可能である。カップリングセンサ306、308及び着脱センサ314は、センサ支持部109のZ1面にXY平面に沿って固定されたセンサ基板317に設けられている(図6、図8及び図9参照)。 Detection shafts (detection shafts) 310 and 312 that function as sensor dogs (detected members) of the coupling sensors 306 and 308 are inserted into the holes 300 and 302, respectively. A detection shaft (detection shaft) 316 that functions as a sensor dog of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 is inserted through the hole 304. The coupling sensors 306 and 308 and the attachment / detachment sensor 314 are substantially U-shaped in a plan view (see FIG. 8) opened in the Y direction, and can detect the detection shafts 310, 312, and 316 inside the U-shape. The coupling sensors 306 and 308 and the attachment / detachment sensor 314 are provided on a sensor substrate 317 fixed to the Z1 surface of the sensor support portion 109 along the XY plane (see FIGS. 6, 8, and 9).
 図10に示すように、着脱センサ314の検出シャフト316は、Y方向に延びてY1側が細い段付きの棒状部材である。検出シャフト316は、高さ方向で略中央の細径部に外嵌されたコイルばね318によってY2方向(下方)に向かって付勢されると共に、Y1方向端近傍に嵌合されたEリング320によって孔部304に対して抜け止めされている。 As shown in FIG. 10, the detection shaft 316 of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 is a stepped rod-like member that extends in the Y direction and has a narrow Y1 side. The detection shaft 316 is urged toward the Y2 direction (downward) by a coil spring 318 externally fitted to the small diameter portion at the center in the height direction, and the E ring 320 is fitted near the end in the Y1 direction. Therefore, the hole 304 is prevented from coming off.
 コイルばね318は、孔部304のY1方向端に縮径形成されたフランジ304aに上部が着座し、検出シャフト316の略中央に形成されたフランジ316aに下部が着座して保持されている。フランジ316aは、Oリング320が嵌められる環状溝の一側壁を構成している。 The upper part of the coil spring 318 is seated on a flange 304a having a reduced diameter formed at the end of the hole 304 in the Y1 direction, and the lower part is seated and held on a flange 316a formed substantially at the center of the detection shaft 316. The flange 316a constitutes one side wall of an annular groove into which the O-ring 320 is fitted.
 同様に、カップリングセンサ306、308の検出シャフト310、312もY方向に延びてY1側が細い段付きの棒状部材である。検出シャフト310、312は、Y1側の細径部に外嵌されたコイルばね322、324によってY2方向(下方)に向かって付勢されている。検出シャフト310、312のY2方向端(下端)には、フランジ310b、312bが拡径形成されている。フランジ310b、312bは、モータ100、102の出力を受ける駆動シャフト115、116のY2方向端近傍に外嵌された係合凸部137、138に形成された環状溝部139、140に係合しており、これにより検出シャフト310、312が抜け止めされている。 Similarly, the detection shafts 310 and 312 of the coupling sensors 306 and 308 are also rod-shaped members with a step extending in the Y direction and having a narrow Y1 side. The detection shafts 310 and 312 are urged toward the Y2 direction (downward) by coil springs 322 and 324 that are externally fitted to the narrow diameter portion on the Y1 side. Flange 310b, 312b is diameter-expanded at the Y2 direction end (lower end) of detection shafts 310, 312. The flanges 310b and 312b are engaged with annular groove portions 139 and 140 formed on engagement convex portions 137 and 138 that are externally fitted in the vicinity of the Y2 direction ends of the drive shafts 115 and 116 that receive the outputs of the motors 100 and 102, respectively. Accordingly, the detection shafts 310 and 312 are prevented from coming off.
 コイルばね322、324は、孔部300、302のY1方向端に縮径形成されたフランジ300a、302aに上部が着座し、検出シャフト310、312の中央やや下方に形成されたフランジ310a、312aに下部が着座して保持されている。フランジ310a、312aは、Oリング326、328が嵌められる環状溝の一側壁を構成している。検出シャフト310、312のY1方向端(上端)には、カップリングセンサ306、308に対応する検出頭部310c、312cが設けられている。 The upper portions of the coil springs 322 and 324 are seated on flanges 300a and 302a formed with reduced diameters at the ends of the holes 300 and 302 in the Y1 direction, and the flanges 310a and 312a formed slightly below the center of the detection shafts 310 and 312. The lower part is seated and held. The flanges 310a and 312a constitute one side wall of an annular groove into which the O- rings 326 and 328 are fitted. Detection heads 310c and 312c corresponding to the coupling sensors 306 and 308 are provided at the ends (upper ends) of the detection shafts 310 and 312 in the Y1 direction.
 図7、図9及び図10に示すように、ギア機構部106は、第1プレート108、第2プレート110及び第3プレート112で囲まれた空間で、第4プレート114を基準にしてX方向に対称構成として設けられている。ギア機構部106は、2本の駆動シャフト(駆動軸)115、116と、2つの駆動傘歯車117、118と、2つの従動傘歯車119、120とを有する。 As shown in FIGS. 7, 9, and 10, the gear mechanism unit 106 is a space surrounded by the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112, and the X direction with respect to the fourth plate 114. Are provided as symmetrical configurations. The gear mechanism unit 106 includes two drive shafts (drive shafts) 115 and 116, two drive bevel gears 117 and 118, and two driven bevel gears 119 and 120.
 図9に示すように、上部ブラケット104を構成する第2プレート110及び第3プレート112には、各駆動シャフト115、116にそれぞれ対応し、ベアリング122、124が配置される軸孔126、128が一対ずつ設けられている。ベアリング122、124は、外輪の一部が第2プレート110及び第3プレート112の端面に当接することにより位置決めされている。第2プレート110の上面には、ベアリング122の外輪を止める止板130が複数のビス129(図7及び図8参照)によって固定されている。止板130には、駆動シャフト115、116のY1方向端(上端)が挿通する一対の孔130a、130a(図8及び図9参照)が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 9, the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 constituting the upper bracket 104 have shaft holes 126 and 128 corresponding to the drive shafts 115 and 116, respectively, in which bearings 122 and 124 are arranged. A pair is provided. The bearings 122 and 124 are positioned by a part of the outer ring abutting against the end surfaces of the second plate 110 and the third plate 112. A stop plate 130 for stopping the outer ring of the bearing 122 is fixed to the upper surface of the second plate 110 by a plurality of screws 129 (see FIGS. 7 and 8). The stop plate 130 is provided with a pair of holes 130a and 130a (see FIGS. 8 and 9) through which the Y1 direction ends (upper ends) of the drive shafts 115 and 116 are inserted.
 図9に示すように、モータ100(102)の出力軸100b(102b)は、孔113を貫通して駆動シャフト115(116)の近傍までZ方向に延在し、駆動傘歯車117(118)が押しねじ134によって固定されている。一方、駆動シャフト115(116)には、従動傘歯車119(120)が押しねじ136によって固定されている(図9参照)。駆動傘歯車117(118)と従動傘歯車119(120)とは互いに噛合し、出力軸100b(102b)の回転を90°変換して駆動シャフト115(116)に伝達することができる。 As shown in FIG. 9, the output shaft 100b (102b) of the motor 100 (102) extends through the hole 113 to the vicinity of the drive shaft 115 (116) in the Z direction, and the drive bevel gear 117 (118). Is fixed by a push screw 134. On the other hand, a driven bevel gear 119 (120) is fixed to the drive shaft 115 (116) by a push screw 136 (see FIG. 9). The drive bevel gear 117 (118) and the driven bevel gear 119 (120) mesh with each other, and the rotation of the output shaft 100b (102b) can be converted by 90 ° and transmitted to the drive shaft 115 (116).
 図7~図10に示すように、駆動シャフト115(116)の上端側(Y1側)はベアリング122を貫通し、止板130の孔130aから所定量突出している。止板130から突出した駆動シャフト115(116)の先端には、平面視(図8参照)で略半円状の円板部を有する検出片333(334)が固定されている。検出片333(334)は、駆動シャフト115(116)と共に回転し、側面視(図9参照)で略U字状の原点検出センサ331(332)のセンサドグとして機能する。原点検出センサ331、332は、上部ブラケット104を構成する第2プレート110の上面に立設されたセンサ基板335のZ1側面に設けられている。 7 to 10, the upper end side (Y1 side) of the drive shaft 115 (116) passes through the bearing 122 and protrudes from the hole 130a of the stop plate 130 by a predetermined amount. A detection piece 333 (334) having a substantially semicircular disk portion in plan view (see FIG. 8) is fixed to the tip of the drive shaft 115 (116) protruding from the stop plate 130. The detection piece 333 (334) rotates together with the drive shaft 115 (116), and functions as a sensor dog of the substantially U-shaped origin detection sensor 331 (332) in a side view (see FIG. 9). The origin detection sensors 331 and 332 are provided on the Z1 side surface of the sensor substrate 335 erected on the upper surface of the second plate 110 constituting the upper bracket 104.
 図9に示すように、駆動シャフト115(116)の下端側(Y2側)はベアリング124に軸支された部分より下部が段付き形状となっており、順に、Oリング131が外嵌されるフランジ115a(116a)と、該フランジ115a(116a)より大径でコイルばね121の上部が着座する短尺円筒状のフランジ座115b(116b)と、コイルばね121が外嵌され且つ係合凸部137(138)が進退可能に挿通される断面波形六角形状の波形部115c(116c)(図22A参照)とが設けられている。係合凸部137(138)は、コイルばね121によってY2方向に付勢されつつ、該係合凸部137(138)を貫通した駆動シャフト115(116)のY2方向端近傍に嵌合されたEリング123によって抜け止めされている。すなわち、係合凸部137(138)は、駆動シャフト115(116)の波形部115c(116c)に対し、回転不能に且つY方向(軸方向)に進退可能に弾性支持されている。コイルばね121の下端部は、係合凸部137(138)の上面側に図示しない環状凹部を形成し、該環状凹部内に挿入されるように配置されてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 9, the lower end side (Y2 side) of the drive shaft 115 (116) has a stepped shape below the portion pivotally supported by the bearing 124, and the O-ring 131 is sequentially fitted on the lower side. A flange 115 a (116 a), a short cylindrical flange seat 115 b (116 b) having a larger diameter than the flange 115 a (116 a) and on which the upper portion of the coil spring 121 is seated, and the coil spring 121 are externally fitted and the engaging projection 137. And a corrugated portion 115c (116c) (see FIG. 22A) having a hexagonal cross-sectional shape through which (138) is inserted so as to be able to advance and retreat. The engagement convex portion 137 (138) is fitted in the vicinity of the Y2 direction end of the drive shaft 115 (116) passing through the engagement convex portion 137 (138) while being urged in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 121. The E-ring 123 prevents it from coming off. That is, the engaging convex portion 137 (138) is elastically supported so as not to rotate and to advance and retreat in the Y direction (axial direction) with respect to the corrugated portion 115c (116c) of the drive shaft 115 (116). The lower end portion of the coil spring 121 may be disposed so as to form an annular recess (not shown) on the upper surface side of the engaging projection 137 (138) and to be inserted into the annular recess.
 駆動シャフト115(116)は、中央部115d(116d)の上端がベアリング122の内輪に当接し、該中央部115d(116d)の下部に連続するフランジ115a(116b)の上端がベアリング124の内輪に当接することで位置決めされている。駆動シャフト115、116は、平面視(図8参照)で、モータ100、102の軸方向の延長線上(Z方向)に配置されている。 In the drive shaft 115 (116), the upper end of the central portion 115d (116d) is in contact with the inner ring of the bearing 122, and the upper end of the flange 115a (116b) continuous to the lower portion of the central portion 115d (116d) is the inner ring of the bearing 124. It is positioned by abutting. The drive shafts 115 and 116 are disposed on an extension line (Z direction) of the motors 100 and 102 in a plan view (see FIG. 8).
 このような駆動傘歯車117、118、従動傘歯車119、120、及び、駆動シャフト115、116を含むギア機構部106によれば、モータ100、102が連結シャフト18と比較して大径であっても並列配置が可能になると共に、モータ配置の自由度が高まる。また、モータ100及びモータ102と、駆動シャフト115及び駆動シャフト116とは、連結シャフト18を基準としてY方向を基準とした対称位置に設けられており、バランスがよい。 According to the gear mechanism portion 106 including the drive bevel gears 117 and 118, the driven bevel gears 119 and 120, and the drive shafts 115 and 116, the motors 100 and 102 have a larger diameter than the connection shaft 18. However, parallel arrangement becomes possible and the degree of freedom of motor arrangement increases. Further, the motor 100 and the motor 102 and the drive shaft 115 and the drive shaft 116 are provided at symmetrical positions with respect to the Y direction with respect to the connecting shaft 18, and thus have a good balance.
 ギア機構部106では、第2プレート110及び第3プレート112が従動傘歯車119、120を挟んで駆動シャフト115、116を軸支する軸支部材として作用し、第1プレート108がモータ100、102を固定するモータ板として作用すると共に、第2プレート110と第3プレート112とを接続しており、簡便でありながら高い剛性が得られ、モータ100、102及び駆動シャフト115、116を安定して保持することができる。また、駆動シャフト115、116間に、第1プレート108、第2プレート110及び第3プレート112を接続する第4プレート114を設けたことにより、一層高い剛性を得ることができる。 In the gear mechanism unit 106, the second plate 110 and the third plate 112 act as pivot support members that pivotally support the drive shafts 115 and 116 with the driven bevel gears 119 and 120 interposed therebetween, and the first plate 108 serves as the motors 100 and 102. The second plate 110 and the third plate 112 are connected to each other, and high rigidity is obtained while being simple, and the motors 100 and 102 and the drive shafts 115 and 116 can be stably provided. Can be held. Further, by providing the fourth plate 114 connecting the first plate 108, the second plate 110, and the third plate 112 between the drive shafts 115, 116, higher rigidity can be obtained.
 次に、作業部16を構成する下部ブラケット32について説明する。 Next, the lower bracket 32 constituting the working unit 16 will be described.
 図6及び図11に示すように、下部ブラケット32は、Z方向に延びた側面視略矩形(図6参照)に形成されており、Z1側がボックス構造からなるプーリボックス32aを構成し、該プーリボックス32aのZ2側が平行した一対のプレート構造からなるトリガレバー取付部32bを構成している。この下部ブラケット32は、第1に、プーリボックス32aが駆動部30のギア機構部106に着脱可能に接続されることで、駆動シャフト115、116の回転を連結シャフト18から先端動作部12へと中継する機能を有し、第2に、トリガレバー取付部32bでトリガレバー36を軸支すると共に、トリガレバー36の操作を連結シャフト18から先端動作部12へと中継する機能を有し、第3に、連結シャフト18内の気密状態を維持する機能を有する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 and 11, the lower bracket 32 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape (see FIG. 6) in side view extending in the Z direction, and the Z1 side constitutes a pulley box 32a having a box structure. The trigger lever attaching part 32b which consists of a pair of plate structure with which Z2 side of the box 32a was parallel is comprised. In the lower bracket 32, first, the pulley box 32a is detachably connected to the gear mechanism unit 106 of the drive unit 30 so that the rotation of the drive shafts 115 and 116 is transferred from the coupling shaft 18 to the distal end working unit 12. Secondly, the trigger lever 36 is pivotally supported by the trigger lever mounting portion 32b, and the operation of the trigger lever 36 is relayed from the connecting shaft 18 to the distal end working portion 12. 3 has a function of maintaining an airtight state in the connecting shaft 18.
 先ず、プーリボックス32aについて説明する。 First, the pulley box 32a will be described.
 図11~図13に示すように、プーリボックス32aは、X方向両側が開口した空洞部152と、空洞部152のZ1側のシャフト支持部154と、空洞部152のZ2側のロッド孔156a、156bと、空洞部152に収納されたプーリ(従動軸)158a、158b及びワイヤガイド部160a、160bとを有する。プーリボックス32aとトリガレバー取付部32bとの接続部近傍には、Z方向を基準として対称な一対のピン穴161、161が形成されている。各ピン穴161、161には、作業部16と操作部14との着脱時、上部ブラケット104からY1方向に突出した一対のガイドピン163、163が挿入される(図2及び図6参照)。 As shown in FIGS. 11 to 13, the pulley box 32a includes a hollow portion 152 that is open on both sides in the X direction, a shaft support portion 154 on the Z1 side of the hollow portion 152, a rod hole 156a on the Z2 side of the hollow portion 152, 156b, pulleys (driven shafts) 158a and 158b and wire guide portions 160a and 160b housed in the cavity 152. A pair of pin holes 161 and 161 symmetrical with respect to the Z direction are formed in the vicinity of the connecting portion between the pulley box 32a and the trigger lever mounting portion 32b. A pair of guide pins 163 and 163 projecting from the upper bracket 104 in the Y1 direction are inserted into the pin holes 161 and 161 when the working unit 16 and the operation unit 14 are attached and detached (see FIGS. 2 and 6).
 空洞部152は、プーリボックス32aのX方向両面を連通する孔であって、側面視(図12参照)で、プーリボックス32aのややZ2方向寄りに設けられ、Z方向両端が半円形状となっている。プーリボックス32aのX方向両面には、空洞部152を囲うOリング164、164が設けられており(図6及び図13参照)、その外面から装着される下部カバー37a、37bによってOリング164が適度に圧縮される。 The hollow portion 152 is a hole that communicates both sides of the pulley box 32a in the X direction, and is provided slightly closer to the Z2 direction of the pulley box 32a in a side view (see FIG. 12), and both ends in the Z direction are semicircular. ing. O- rings 164 and 164 surrounding the cavity 152 are provided on both sides in the X direction of the pulley box 32a (see FIGS. 6 and 13), and the O-ring 164 is formed by lower covers 37a and 37b attached from the outer surface. It is compressed moderately.
 シャフト支持部154は、空洞部152からプーリボックス32aのZ1方向端面に連通する孔であり、Z方向に延びる連結シャフト18の基端側を支持している。連結シャフト18のZ2方向端には、筒状のカプラ165が設けられており(図12及び図13参照)、シャフト支持部154はカプラ165を介して連結シャフト18を支持している。カプラ165と連結シャフト18との間には2つのOリング166、166が設けられ、カプラ165とシャフト支持部154との間にはOリング168が設けられている。連結シャフト18は、プーリボックス32aのZ1方向上端に形成された切欠部にクランプ部材170がY1側から締結されることによって固定されている(図11及び図12参照)。 The shaft support portion 154 is a hole that communicates from the cavity portion 152 to the end surface in the Z1 direction of the pulley box 32a, and supports the proximal end side of the connecting shaft 18 that extends in the Z direction. A cylindrical coupler 165 is provided at the end of the connecting shaft 18 in the Z2 direction (see FIGS. 12 and 13), and the shaft support portion 154 supports the connecting shaft 18 via the coupler 165. Two O- rings 166 and 166 are provided between the coupler 165 and the connecting shaft 18, and an O-ring 168 is provided between the coupler 165 and the shaft support portion 154. The connecting shaft 18 is fixed by fastening a clamp member 170 from the Y1 side to a notch formed at the upper end of the pulley box 32a in the Z1 direction (see FIGS. 11 and 12).
 図12及び図13に示すように、空洞部152には、Y方向に並んだ2対の同軸孔172a、172a(Y1側)及び172b、172b(Y2側)に、それぞれベアリング174a、174a及び174b、174bが設けられており、該ベアリング174a、174bによってプーリ158a、158bが軸支されている。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, in the hollow portion 152, two pairs of coaxial holes 172a, 172a (Y1 side) and 172b, 172b (Y2 side) aligned in the Y direction are respectively provided with bearings 174a, 174a and 174b. 174b, and pulleys 158a and 158b are pivotally supported by the bearings 174a and 174b.
 プーリ158a、158bは、駆動シャフト115、116に対して同軸である(図6及び図7参照)。前記同軸孔172aから上方に突出したプーリ158a、158bのY1方向端には、駆動シャフト115、116のY2方向端に設けられた係合凸部137、138(図9及び図10参照)と係合可能な係合凹部176a、176bが設けられている(図11及び図12参照)。このような係合凸部137、138と係合凹部176a、176bとは、後述する所定の位相(この場合には1箇所。但しプーリ158a、158bの許容回転範囲θによっては複数のn箇所)でのみ係合可能である(図22A及び図22B等参照)。これらが係合することにより、駆動軸である駆動シャフト115、116からの回転駆動力が、従動軸であるプーリ158a、158bへと伝達される。 The pulleys 158a and 158b are coaxial with the drive shafts 115 and 116 (see FIGS. 6 and 7). Engagement projections 137 and 138 (see FIGS. 9 and 10) provided at the Y2 direction ends of the drive shafts 115 and 116 are engaged with the Y1 direction ends of the pulleys 158a and 158b protruding upward from the coaxial hole 172a. Engaging recesses 176a and 176b are provided (see FIGS. 11 and 12). Such engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and engagement concave portions 176a and 176b have a predetermined phase described later (in this case, one location, but a plurality of n locations depending on the allowable rotation range θ of the pulleys 158a and 158b). (See FIGS. 22A and 22B, etc.). By engaging these, the rotational driving force from the drive shafts 115 and 116 that are drive shafts is transmitted to the pulleys 158a and 158b that are driven shafts.
 プーリ158aとプーリ158bとの軸間距離は、駆動シャフト115と駆動シャフト116との軸間距離と等しく(図10参照)、プーリ158aとプーリ158bとの隙間は連結シャフト18の径よりも大きい(図13参照)。 The inter-axis distance between the pulley 158a and the pulley 158b is equal to the inter-axis distance between the drive shaft 115 and the drive shaft 116 (see FIG. 10), and the clearance between the pulley 158a and the pulley 158b is larger than the diameter of the connecting shaft 18 ( (See FIG. 13).
 図12に示すように、プーリ158a、158bは、同軸孔172aに対してOリング178aで回転可能に気密シールされ、同軸孔172bに対してOリング178bで回転可能にシールされている。プーリ158a、158bは、Y2方向端がEリング180によって抜け止めされている。また、プーリ158a、158bの中央部には、径調整部材182が介装されており、該径調整部材182を適宜選定することにより、後述するワイヤ1052、1054の巻き付け径を調整可能となっている(図12及び図13参照)。なお、プーリ158a、158bはそれぞれ径調整部材と一体のものとしてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 12, the pulleys 158a and 158b are hermetically sealed with an O-ring 178a so as to be rotatable with respect to the coaxial hole 172a, and are sealed with an O-ring 178b so as to be rotatable with respect to the coaxial hole 172b. The pulleys 158a and 158b are prevented from coming off by E-rings 180 at the ends in the Y2 direction. In addition, a diameter adjusting member 182 is interposed at the center of the pulleys 158a and 158b, and by appropriately selecting the diameter adjusting member 182, the winding diameter of the wires 1052 and 1054 described later can be adjusted. (See FIGS. 12 and 13). The pulleys 158a and 158b may be integrated with the diameter adjusting member.
 プーリ158a、158bの上端に設けられた係合凹部176a、176bは、空洞部152に位置した部位よりも大径であって、プーリボックス32aの上面(Y1方向面)に面する下面には、その外周の所定角度分(例えば、270°)を縮径方向(中心方向)に切欠いた円弧切欠部177、177がそれぞれ形成されている(図12参照)。係合凹部176a、176bの各円弧切欠部177、177には、それぞれストッパ179a、179aが挿入配置されている(図11及び12参照)。ストッパ179aは、ワイヤガイド部160a、160bのY1方向端の抜け止めをする止板179のZ2側に突出形成されたプレート状の突起である。 The engagement recesses 176a and 176b provided at the upper ends of the pulleys 158a and 158b have a larger diameter than the portion located in the cavity 152, and the lower surface facing the upper surface (Y1 direction surface) of the pulley box 32a is Arc-shaped notches 177 and 177 are formed by notching a predetermined angle (for example, 270 °) of the outer periphery in the diameter reducing direction (center direction) (see FIG. 12). Stoppers 179a and 179a are inserted and arranged in the circular arc notches 177 and 177 of the engaging recesses 176a and 176b, respectively (see FIGS. 11 and 12). The stopper 179a is a plate-like protrusion formed on the Z2 side of the stopper plate 179 that prevents the wire guide portions 160a and 160b from coming off at the ends in the Y1 direction.
 従って、図14A及び図14Bに示すように、プーリ158a、158bの回転範囲は、図14Aに示す状態でのZ1方向を原点として、円弧切欠部177の両終端の当接部(当接部材)177a、177bが、前記ストッパ179aの両側面に当接するまでの正転及び逆転の範囲に規制されている。すなわち、図14Aに示すように、一方のプーリ158aの回転範囲は、前記原点から時計回り(図14Aは下面図のため、反時計回り)の正転(180°未満)の範囲(図14Aに矢印+θで示し、例えば90°)と、反時計回り(図14Aは下面図のため、時計回り)の逆転(180°未満)の範囲(図14Aに矢印-θで示し、例えば90°)とに規制されている。同様に、他方のプーリ158bの回転範囲も、原点から時計回りの正転の範囲(図14Aに矢印+θで示し、例えば135°)と、反時計回りの逆転の範囲(図14Aに矢印-θで示し、例えば135°)とに規制されている。これにより、プーリ158a等が過剰に回転し、ワイヤ1052等によって駆動される先端動作部12が過度な動作を生じたり、ワイヤ1052等に過度の引張等の負荷が生じたりすることを確実に回避することができる。 Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the rotation range of the pulleys 158a and 158b is set so that the Z1 direction in the state shown in FIG. 177a and 177b are restricted to the range of normal rotation and reverse rotation until they contact the both side surfaces of the stopper 179a. That is, as shown in FIG. 14A, the rotation range of one pulley 158a is clockwise (less than 180 °) in the clockwise direction (below FIG. 14A is a bottom view). As indicated by an arrow + θ (for example, 90 °) and a counterclockwise rotation (in FIG. 14A, because it is a bottom view, clockwise) (less than 180 °) range (indicated by an arrow −θ in FIG. Is regulated. Similarly, the rotation range of the other pulley 158b also includes a clockwise forward rotation range (indicated by arrow + θ in FIG. 14A, for example, 135 °) and a counterclockwise reverse rotation range (arrow −θ in FIG. 14A). For example, 135 °). This reliably prevents the pulley 158a and the like from excessively rotating, causing the tip operating unit 12 driven by the wire 1052 and the like to excessively move and causing an excessive load such as tension on the wire 1052 and the like. can do.
 図12及び図13に示すように、ワイヤガイド部160a(160b)は、挿入軸184と、該挿入軸184に隣接して軸支された2層の円筒アイドラ186、188と、これら円筒アイドラ186、188の位置決めをする位置決め筒190a、190bとを有する。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the wire guide portion 160 a (160 b) includes an insertion shaft 184, two layers of cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 that are supported adjacent to the insertion shaft 184, and these cylindrical idlers 186. And positioning cylinders 190a and 190b for positioning 188.
 挿入軸184はY方向に延在し、プーリボックス32aに対してY1側の貫通孔194aを通り、Y2側の有底の穴194bに挿入されており、貫通孔194aのY1方向端が前記止板179によって閉塞されている。挿入軸184は、止板179の近傍がOリング193によってシールされている。挿入軸184は、空洞部152において、Y1側からY2側に向かって順に位置決め筒190a、円筒アイドラ186、円筒アイドラ188及び位置決め筒190bが設けられている。円筒アイドラ186、188は、独立に回転可能なプーリである。 The insertion shaft 184 extends in the Y direction, passes through the Y1 side through hole 194a with respect to the pulley box 32a, and is inserted into the bottomed hole 194b on the Y2 side, and the end of the through hole 194a in the Y1 direction is stopped. It is blocked by a plate 179. The insertion shaft 184 is sealed in the vicinity of the stop plate 179 by an O-ring 193. In the hollow portion 152, the insertion shaft 184 is provided with a positioning cylinder 190a, a cylindrical idler 186, a cylindrical idler 188, and a positioning cylinder 190b in this order from the Y1 side to the Y2 side. Cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 are independently rotatable pulleys.
 図13に示すように、各ワイヤガイド部160a、160bを構成する2つの円筒アイドラ186、186間の隙間S1(円筒アイドラ188、188間の隙間も同様)は、連結シャフト18の内径よりも狭く、該内径の1/2程度に設定されている。円筒アイドラ186、188は、回転自在であって、その周面にはワイヤ1054(1052)が配置される溝186a、188aが設けられている。円筒アイドラ186、188は、適度な潤滑性が確保されていれば必ずしも回転可能な構成でなくてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 13, the gap S1 between the two cylindrical idlers 186 and 186 constituting the wire guide portions 160a and 160b (the same applies to the gap between the cylindrical idlers 188 and 188) is narrower than the inner diameter of the connecting shaft 18. , About 1/2 of the inner diameter. The cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 are rotatable, and grooves 186a and 188a in which the wires 1054 (1052) are disposed are provided on the peripheral surfaces thereof. The cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 do not necessarily have to be rotatable as long as appropriate lubricity is ensured.
 このようなワイヤガイド部160a、160bを用いることにより、連結シャフト18は、モータ100、102の径やプーリ158aとプーリ158bとの軸間距離S2(図13参照)に依存することなく十分に細くでき、例えば、トラカール20に挿入するのに適した5mm~10mm程度に設定することができる。また、ギア機構部106を介したモータ100、102の配置の自由度が高まる。ワイヤ1054(1052)の往路線及び復路線は逆方向に動くが、2層の円筒アイドラ186、188は、これに対応しており、各線が摩擦のない動作が可能である。 By using such wire guide portions 160a and 160b, the connecting shaft 18 is sufficiently thin without depending on the diameters of the motors 100 and 102 and the distance S2 between the pulleys 158a and 158b (see FIG. 13). For example, it can be set to about 5 mm to 10 mm suitable for insertion into the trocar 20. Moreover, the freedom degree of arrangement | positioning of the motors 100 and 102 via the gear mechanism part 106 increases. The forward line and the return line of the wire 1054 (1052) move in opposite directions, but the two-layer cylindrical idlers 186 and 188 correspond to this, and each line can operate without friction.
 図12に示すように、プーリボックス32aを構成する空洞部152には、さらに、2本のロッド(伝達部材)192a、192bがY方向に並んで、Z方向に貫通している。ロッド192a、192bは、例えば、十分に強く且つ細いステンレスパイプ又は中実ロッドであり、Z1方向は空洞部152を貫通して連結シャフト18内へと延び、Z2方向はロッド孔156a、156bを貫通してトリガレバー取付部32bへと延びている。 As shown in FIG. 12, two rods (transmission members) 192a and 192b are further arranged in the Y direction and penetrated in the Z direction in the hollow portion 152 constituting the pulley box 32a. The rods 192a and 192b are, for example, sufficiently strong and thin stainless steel pipes or solid rods, and the Z1 direction extends through the hollow portion 152 into the connecting shaft 18, and the Z2 direction passes through the rod holes 156a and 156b. Then, it extends to the trigger lever mounting portion 32b.
 ロッド孔156a、156bの開口側(Z2側)には、これらロッド孔156a、156bの周囲を囲繞する矩形プレート状のゴムシート194と、該ゴムシート191を密着支持する支持プレート196とが設けられている(図12参照)。ロッド192a、192bは、ゴムシート194及び支持プレート196に設けられた一対の貫通孔にそれぞれ挿通されると共に、ゴムシート194によりその貫通した摺接面がシールされている。すなわち、ゴムシート194は、ロッド192a、192bに対して隙間なく接触し、空洞部152及び連結シャフト18をZ方向に進退自在に気密シールする。 On the opening side (Z2 side) of the rod holes 156a and 156b, a rectangular plate-shaped rubber sheet 194 surrounding the periphery of the rod holes 156a and 156b, and a support plate 196 for closely supporting the rubber sheet 191 are provided. (See FIG. 12). The rods 192a and 192b are inserted through a pair of through holes provided in the rubber sheet 194 and the support plate 196, respectively, and the sliding contact surfaces penetrating the rubber sheet 194 are sealed. That is, the rubber sheet 194 comes into contact with the rods 192a and 192b without a gap, and hermetically seals the cavity 152 and the connecting shaft 18 so as to be movable back and forth in the Z direction.
 このように、プーリボックス32aを構成する空洞部152は、ロッド192a、192bに対してはゴムシート194でシールされ(図12参照)、プーリ158a、158bに対してはOリング178a、178bでシールされ(図12参照)、ワイヤガイド部160a、160b(挿入軸184)に対してはOリング193でシールされ(図12参照)、連結シャフト18に対してはOリング166、168でシールされ(図12参照)、下部カバー37a、37bに対してはOリング164によってシールされ(図6及び図13参照)、これにより気密に維持されている。一方、連結シャフト18の外周面はトラカール20(図1参照)によって気密に支持される。 Thus, the hollow portion 152 constituting the pulley box 32a is sealed with the rubber sheet 194 with respect to the rods 192a and 192b (see FIG. 12), and with the O- rings 178a and 178b with respect to the pulleys 158a and 158b. 12 (see FIG. 12), the wire guide portions 160a and 160b (insertion shaft 184) are sealed with an O-ring 193 (see FIG. 12), and the connecting shaft 18 is sealed with O-rings 166 and 168 (see FIG. 12). 12), the lower covers 37a and 37b are sealed by an O-ring 164 (see FIGS. 6 and 13), thereby being kept airtight. On the other hand, the outer peripheral surface of the connecting shaft 18 is airtightly supported by a trocar 20 (see FIG. 1).
 従って、体腔22に供給された気体が連結シャフト18からプーリボックス32aを介して外部に漏出することがない。さらに、密封状態となった空気により、血液等の液体が先端動作部12の隙間から連結シャフト18及びプーリボックス32aへと浸入すること事態を可及的に抑制することができ、連結シャフト18やプーリボックス32a、さらには操作部14等の洗浄が容易となる。なお、連結シャフト18の内部に仕切り部等を設けて、気密状態を保つ構成としてもよい。 Therefore, the gas supplied to the body cavity 22 does not leak out from the connection shaft 18 via the pulley box 32a. Furthermore, it is possible to suppress, as much as possible, a situation in which liquid such as blood enters the connecting shaft 18 and the pulley box 32a from the gap of the distal end working unit 12 due to the sealed air. The pulley box 32a and the operation unit 14 can be easily cleaned. In addition, it is good also as a structure which provides a partition part etc. in the inside of the connection shaft 18, and maintains an airtight state.
 また、マニピュレータ10では、プーリボックス32a内の気密保持とその洗浄容易性を両立するため、プーリボックス32aの上面にキャップ39aを嵌着可能な洗浄液注入ポート39を設けている(図3及び図6)。但し、この構成の場合、プーリボックス32a内の気密性の確保のために、操作部14と作業部16とを装着する前に、洗浄液注入ポート39にキャップ39aを確実に嵌めておく必要がある。この際、キャップ39aが正確に嵌められていない状態では、該キャップ39aが邪魔をして、作業部16を操作部14に装着することができない構造となっている。 The manipulator 10 is provided with a cleaning liquid injection port 39 into which a cap 39a can be fitted on the upper surface of the pulley box 32a in order to achieve both airtight maintenance in the pulley box 32a and easy cleaning (see FIGS. 3 and 6). ). However, in this configuration, in order to ensure airtightness in the pulley box 32a, the cap 39a needs to be securely fitted to the cleaning liquid injection port 39 before the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are mounted. . At this time, in a state where the cap 39a is not correctly fitted, the cap 39a is obstructed and the working unit 16 cannot be mounted on the operation unit 14.
 このような洗浄液注入ポート39の取扱性を一層向上させるため、例えば、図15A及び図15Bに示すように、キャップ39aに代えて、キャップ39bを操作部14側に設けた構成とすることもできる。 In order to further improve the handleability of the cleaning liquid injection port 39, for example, as shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, a configuration in which a cap 39b is provided on the operation unit 14 side instead of the cap 39a can be adopted. .
 図15A及び図15Bに示す構成では、洗浄液注入ポート39の蓋となるキャップ39bが、上部カバー25の内側に固定されている。洗浄液注入ポート39及びキャップ39bは、例えば、互いに嵌合可能なテーパ形状であり、テーパ状の凸部であるキャップ39bが、洗浄液注入ポート39の流路となるテーパ状の凹部に嵌合可能である。これにより、操作部14と作業部16を装着する際には、キャップ39bが洗浄液注入ポート39に必ず嵌合してプーリボックス32a内の気密性を確実に確保することができる一方、操作部14と作業部16とを分離した際には、キャップ39bが洗浄液注入ポート39から必ず取り外されるため、使用後の洗浄作業を容易に且つ迅速に行なうことができる。 15A and 15B, a cap 39b serving as a lid of the cleaning liquid injection port 39 is fixed to the inner side of the upper cover 25. The cleaning liquid injection port 39 and the cap 39b are, for example, tapered shapes that can be fitted to each other, and the cap 39b that is a tapered convex portion can be fitted into a tapered concave portion that becomes a flow path of the cleaning liquid injection port 39. is there. As a result, when the operating unit 14 and the working unit 16 are mounted, the cap 39b can be surely fitted into the cleaning liquid injection port 39 to ensure airtightness in the pulley box 32a, while the operating unit 14 is secured. When the working part 16 is separated from the working part 16, the cap 39b is always removed from the cleaning liquid injection port 39, so that the cleaning work after use can be easily and quickly performed.
 図11及び図12に示すように、プーリボックス32aのZ1方向上端のクランプ部材170には、Y1方向に立設された電極棒197が設けられている。電極棒197は、上部カバー25bに形成されたY方向の貫通孔198に挿通され、電極プラグ199(図1参照)が取り付けられることにより、当該マニピュレータ10を電気メスとして使用する際の高電圧が印加される。電極棒197は導電板195によって一方のワイヤガイド部160bに電気的に接続されており(図11参照)、これにより、ワイヤガイド部160bに接触するワイヤ1052を介して先端動作部12側へと高電圧を伝えることができる。 11 and 12, the clamp member 170 at the upper end in the Z1 direction of the pulley box 32a is provided with an electrode rod 197 standing in the Y1 direction. The electrode rod 197 is inserted into a Y-direction through hole 198 formed in the upper cover 25b, and an electrode plug 199 (see FIG. 1) is attached, so that a high voltage when using the manipulator 10 as an electric knife is increased. Applied. The electrode rod 197 is electrically connected to the one wire guide portion 160b by the conductive plate 195 (see FIG. 11), and thus, the wire rod 1052 that contacts the wire guide portion 160b moves toward the distal end working portion 12 side. High voltage can be transmitted.
 図16に示すように、シャフト支持部154では、カプラ165及び連結シャフト18の内側で、Y方向にロッド192a及び192bが並列し、ワイヤ1052及び1054の各往復線はY方向に近接して並び、ワイヤ1052とワイヤ1054はX方向に並列しており、バランスよく配列されている。 As shown in FIG. 16, in the shaft support portion 154, the rods 192a and 192b are juxtaposed in the Y direction inside the coupler 165 and the connecting shaft 18, and the reciprocal lines of the wires 1052 and 1054 are arranged close to each other in the Y direction. The wire 1052 and the wire 1054 are arranged in parallel in the X direction and are arranged in a well-balanced manner.
 次に、下部ブラケット32を構成するトリガレバー取付部32bと、該トリガレバー取付部32bに軸支されるトリガレバー36とについて説明する。 Next, the trigger lever mounting portion 32b constituting the lower bracket 32 and the trigger lever 36 pivotally supported by the trigger lever mounting portion 32b will be described.
 図1、図6及び図19に示すように、トリガレバー取付部32bは、プーリボックス32aのZ2方向端面からZ2方向に平行に延びた一対の支持プレート201、201の間に渡ったトリガ軸35により、トリガレバー36を回動可能に軸支している。 As shown in FIGS. 1, 6 and 19, the trigger lever mounting portion 32 b has a trigger shaft 35 extending between a pair of support plates 201, 201 extending in parallel with the Z2 direction from the end surface of the pulley box 32 a in the Z2 direction. Thus, the trigger lever 36 is pivotally supported.
 先ず、トリガレバー36について説明する。 First, the trigger lever 36 will be described.
 図17及び図19に示すように、トリガレバー36は、トリガ軸35に軸支されるアーム部200と、該アーム部200のY2側に設けられた指輪部202と、該指輪部202のY2側に設けられた略円弧状の指掛け突起204a、204bと、指輪部202から指掛け突起204a、204bに渡って形成された内部空間203に収納されたラチェット爪206と、該ラチェット爪206を揺動させるレバー208とを有する。指輪部202は、主に人差し指(又は中指)を挿入し、指掛け突起204a、204bは、主に中指(又は薬指)を掛けるのに適している。 As shown in FIGS. 17 and 19, the trigger lever 36 includes an arm part 200 that is pivotally supported by the trigger shaft 35, a ring part 202 provided on the Y <b> 2 side of the arm part 200, and Y <b> 2 of the ring part 202. A substantially arcuate finger-hanging projection 204a, 204b provided on the side, a ratchet claw 206 housed in an internal space 203 formed from the ring portion 202 to the finger-hanging projection 204a, 204b, and swinging the ratchet claw 206 And a lever 208 to be operated. The ring part 202 is mainly suitable for inserting an index finger (or middle finger), and the finger hooking protrusions 204a and 204b are mainly suitable for hanging the middle finger (or ring finger).
 ラチェット爪206は、Z1側が揺動軸207に軸支されると共に、Z2側には、凹部206bによって形成されて上方を指向した爪部206aが設けられ、揺動軸207よりZ1側の端部がコイルばね209によってY2方向へと付勢されている。これにより、爪部206aが上方に向けて付勢されると共に、凹部206bが内部空間203をX方向に渡るストッパピン(ストッパ部材)211に当接することで、それ以上の上方への揺動が規制されている。 The ratchet claw 206 is supported by the swing shaft 207 on the Z1 side, and a claw portion 206a formed by a recess 206b and directed upward is provided on the Z2 side. Is biased in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 209. As a result, the claw portion 206a is urged upward, and the recess 206b abuts against the stopper pin (stopper member) 211 across the internal space 203 in the X direction, thereby further swinging upward. It is regulated.
 そこで、トリガ軸35を支点としてトリガレバー36をZ2方向に大きく変位(回動)させると、ラチェット爪206の爪部206aは、グリップハンドル26からZ1方向に突出した平面視略U字状の係合リング(係合部)27に当接する(図2、図6及び図17参照)。次いで、爪部206aのZ2側傾斜面に係合リング27が摺接しつつ、爪部206aがコイルばね209の付勢力に抗して多少下方に揺動される。そして、係合リング27が爪部206aを完全に乗り越えると、ラチェット爪206は、コイルばね209の付勢力によってストッパピン211に当接する位置まで戻され、同時に、係合リング27が爪部206a(凹部206b)に係合する(図18A参照)。その結果、トリガレバー36の位置を保持することができ、エンドエフェクタ1300(図1参照)を閉状態にロックすることができる。係合リング27は、例えば多段に設けてもよく、そうするとトリガレバー36のロック位置又は把持力を把持対象に合わせて調整可能にすることもできる。 Therefore, when the trigger lever 36 is largely displaced (turned) in the Z2 direction with the trigger shaft 35 as a fulcrum, the claw portion 206a of the ratchet claw 206 is engaged in a substantially U shape in plan view protruding from the grip handle 26 in the Z1 direction. It contacts the mating ring (engagement portion) 27 (see FIGS. 2, 6 and 17). Next, the engaging ring 27 is slidably contacted with the Z2 side inclined surface of the claw 206a, and the claw 206a is slightly swung downward against the urging force of the coil spring 209. When the engagement ring 27 completely gets over the claw 206a, the ratchet claw 206 is returned to a position where it comes into contact with the stopper pin 211 by the urging force of the coil spring 209, and at the same time, the engagement ring 27 is moved to the claw 206a ( Engages with the recess 206b) (see FIG. 18A). As a result, the position of the trigger lever 36 can be held, and the end effector 1300 (see FIG. 1) can be locked in the closed state. The engagement ring 27 may be provided in multiple stages, for example, and in this case, the lock position or gripping force of the trigger lever 36 can be adjusted according to the gripping target.
 レバー208は、一部が内部空間203からZ1方向に露出した略L字状の部材である(図17参照)。レバー208は、内部空間203内の一端側が揺動軸213に軸支されており、通常、コイルばね209によってY2方向に付勢されたラチェット爪206のZ1方向端によって押圧され、図18Aに示すような初期姿勢で保持されている。 The lever 208 is a substantially L-shaped member partially exposed from the internal space 203 in the Z1 direction (see FIG. 17). The lever 208 is supported at one end in the internal space 203 by the swing shaft 213 and is normally pressed by the Z1 direction end of the ratchet pawl 206 urged in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 209, as shown in FIG. 18A. It is held in such an initial posture.
 そこで、図18Bに示すように、レバー(解除部)208の外部に露出した操作端208bをY2方向に押し下げると、該レバー208が揺動軸213を支点として揺動し、内部空間203内の一端側に形成された押圧面208aがラチェット爪206をコイルばね209の弾性力に抗して揺動させ、図18Bに示すように該ラチェット爪206を固定することができる。これにより、図18Bに示すように爪部206a(凹部206b)と係合リング27との係合が発生しない状態で使用することができる。また、爪部206aと係合リング27との係合を発生させながら使用した際に該係合を解除する場合、指輪部202の下部に部分的に突出しているラチェット爪206の中央凹部(解除部)206cを指で下側に押し下げることによって解除することができる(図18Aの一点鎖線で示すラチェット爪206参照)。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 18B, when the operation end 208b exposed to the outside of the lever (release portion) 208 is pushed down in the Y2 direction, the lever 208 swings around the swing shaft 213 as a fulcrum. The pressing surface 208a formed on one end side swings the ratchet pawl 206 against the elastic force of the coil spring 209, and the ratchet pawl 206 can be fixed as shown in FIG. 18B. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 18B, the claw portion 206a (recessed portion 206b) and the engagement ring 27 can be used in a state where the engagement does not occur. In addition, when the engagement is released while the engagement between the claw portion 206a and the engagement ring 27 is generated, when the engagement is released, the central recess (release) of the ratchet claw 206 partially protruding below the ring portion 202 is provided. Part) 206c can be released by pushing it downward with a finger (see ratchet claw 206 shown by a one-dot chain line in FIG. 18A).
 図17に示すように、トリガレバー36の内部空間203のZ2側上部には、上方に向けて傾斜した傾斜面203aが形成されると共に、他の部分よりも深く掘り下げられた凹部203bが形成されている。これにより、グリップハンドル26側の係合リング27を凹部203bから円滑にラチェット爪206に対して係合させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 17, an inclined surface 203a that is inclined upward is formed in the upper portion of the internal space 203 of the trigger lever 36 on the Z2 side, and a recess 203b that is dug deeper than other portions is formed. ing. Thereby, the engagement ring 27 on the grip handle 26 side can be smoothly engaged with the ratchet pawl 206 from the recess 203b.
 さらに、ラチェット爪206が係合リング27に係合した状態のまま、仮に操作部14と作業部16とを分離させた場合であっても、ストッパピン211によってラチェット爪206の上方への揺動が規制されており、しかも傾斜面203a及び凹部203bが係合リング27の逃げ部として作用するため、図18A中の破線矢印で示すように、係合リング27を傾斜面203aに沿って容易に抜くことができる。このため、係合リング27とラチェット爪206との係合状態が強固に維持されて、係合リング27やトリガレバー36に無理な力が生じることを有効に回避することができる。 Further, even when the operation portion 14 and the working portion 16 are separated while the ratchet pawl 206 is engaged with the engagement ring 27, the ratchet pawl 206 is swung upward by the stopper pin 211. Since the inclined surface 203a and the recessed portion 203b act as escape portions of the engagement ring 27, the engagement ring 27 can be easily moved along the inclined surface 203a as shown by the broken arrow in FIG. 18A. Can be removed. For this reason, the engagement state between the engagement ring 27 and the ratchet pawl 206 is firmly maintained, and it is possible to effectively avoid the generation of an excessive force on the engagement ring 27 and the trigger lever 36.
 なお、図示はしないが、係合リング27に相当する構造の係合リングを爪部206a及び凹部206bに代えてラチェット爪206側に設ける一方、爪部206a(及び凹部206b)に相当する構造の爪部をグリップハンドル26側に設けてもよい。この場合にも、ラチェット爪206側の前記係合リングに対し、グリップハンドル26側の前記爪部をY1側からY2側に向かって係合する構成とすることにより、上記と略同様な作用効果を得ることができる。 Although not shown, an engagement ring having a structure corresponding to the engagement ring 27 is provided on the ratchet claw 206 side instead of the claw portion 206a and the concave portion 206b, while a structure corresponding to the claw portion 206a (and the concave portion 206b). You may provide a nail | claw part in the grip handle 26 side. Also in this case, the same effect as described above is obtained by engaging the claw portion on the grip handle 26 side from the Y1 side to the Y2 side with the engagement ring on the ratchet claw 206 side. Can be obtained.
 次に、トリガレバー取付部32bについて説明する。 Next, the trigger lever mounting portion 32b will be described.
 図11及び図19に示すように、トリガレバー取付部32bは、プーリボックス32aのZ2方向端面から延び、そのZ2方向端近傍でトリガレバー36を軸支する一対の支持プレート201、201と、支持プレート201、201間に設けられた荷重リミッタ212及びトリガワイヤ214とを有する。支持プレート201、201間の中心は連結シャフト18と略同軸構成となっている。支持プレート201は平行な一対のプレート部材以外、例えば円筒形状等でもよく、トリガ軸35や荷重リミッタ212等を支持できる形状であればよい。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 19, the trigger lever mounting portion 32b extends from the Z2 direction end surface of the pulley box 32a, and supports a pair of support plates 201 and 201 that pivotally support the trigger lever 36 near the end of the Z2 direction. A load limiter 212 and a trigger wire 214 provided between the plates 201 and 201 are provided. The center between the support plates 201 and 201 is substantially coaxial with the connecting shaft 18. The support plate 201 may be, for example, a cylindrical shape other than a pair of parallel plate members, and may be any shape that can support the trigger shaft 35, the load limiter 212, and the like.
 荷重リミッタ212は円筒形状であって、外筒212aと、内ロッド212bと、コイルばね212cとを有し、Z1方向端の内ロッド212bがロッド192aの端部に軸支され、Z2方向端の外筒212aがアーム部200における軸200aに軸支されている。内ロッド212bとロッド192aを枢動可能に接続する軸205は、支持プレート201に設けられた長丸穴215にスライド自在な状態で支持されている(図20参照)。これにより、ロッド192aと内ロッド212bの角度に係わらず、ロッド192aをZ方向へ真っ直ぐに動かすことができる。コイルばね212cは適度に硬く、プリロードをかけた状態で外筒212aと内ロッド212bとの間に介在している。従って、荷重リミッタ212は、通常は、実質的な剛体としてロッド192aとトリガレバー36とを接続しているが、過度に大きい荷重がかかったとき、すなわち、エンドエフェクタ1300が何かを挟持する等してプリロード以上の荷重がかかったときには、コイルばね212cがさらに圧縮されて内ロッド212bが延出する。これにより、トリガレバー36を過度に強く引いても、その力は荷重リミッタ212によって制限されることになり、エンドエフェクタ1300(図1参照)及びその駆動機構あるいは把持対象物を保護することができる。 The load limiter 212 has a cylindrical shape and includes an outer cylinder 212a, an inner rod 212b, and a coil spring 212c. The inner rod 212b at the end in the Z1 direction is pivotally supported by the end of the rod 192a, and the end at the end in the Z2 direction. An outer cylinder 212 a is pivotally supported on a shaft 200 a in the arm portion 200. A shaft 205 that pivotably connects the inner rod 212b and the rod 192a is supported in a slidable manner in an elongated hole 215 provided in the support plate 201 (see FIG. 20). Thereby, irrespective of the angle of the rod 192a and the inner rod 212b, the rod 192a can be moved straight in the Z direction. The coil spring 212c is moderately hard and is interposed between the outer cylinder 212a and the inner rod 212b in a preloaded state. Therefore, the load limiter 212 normally connects the rod 192a and the trigger lever 36 as a substantial rigid body. However, when an excessively large load is applied, that is, the end effector 1300 pinches something or the like. When a load greater than the preload is applied, the coil spring 212c is further compressed and the inner rod 212b extends. Thus, even if the trigger lever 36 is pulled too strongly, the force is limited by the load limiter 212, and the end effector 1300 (see FIG. 1) and its drive mechanism or gripping object can be protected. .
 なお、荷重リミッタ212の最大荷重は、エンドエフェクタ1300が最大に開いたときにトリガレバー36を最も手前に引いた場合であっても、トリガワイヤ214等の駆動機構が許容強度以下となるように設定されることが望ましい。 Note that the maximum load of the load limiter 212 is set so that the driving mechanism such as the trigger wire 214 is less than the allowable strength even when the trigger lever 36 is pulled most forward when the end effector 1300 is fully opened. It is desirable that
 図19に示すように、トリガワイヤ214は、Z1方向端がロッド192bの端部に接続(例えば、圧着)され、Z2方向端がピン214aを介してアーム部200における軸200bに軸支されている。トリガワイヤ214は、プーリ216に案内されており、該プーリ216よりもZ1側の部分は、ロッド192bと略同軸状となっている。 As shown in FIG. 19, the trigger wire 214 is connected (for example, crimped) to the end of the rod 192b at the end in the Z1 direction, and the end in the Z2 direction is pivotally supported by the shaft 200b in the arm unit 200 via a pin 214a. . The trigger wire 214 is guided by a pulley 216, and a portion closer to the Z1 side than the pulley 216 is substantially coaxial with the rod 192b.
 軸200aはトリガ軸35よりもY2側、軸200bはトリガ軸35よりもY1側に配置されており、軸200a、200bは、トリガ軸35から略等距離にある。従って、トリガレバー36を操作することにより、軸200aと軸200bは反対方向に略等距離変位し、これに伴って、ロッド192aとロッド192bが反対方向(Z1方向とZ2方向)に略等距離変位する。このように、トリガ軸35、ロッド192a、192b、軸200a、200b、荷重リミッタ212及びトリガワイヤ214等は、トリガレバー36への入力操作を先端動作部12へと機械的に伝達する操作伝達部を構成している。勿論、該操作伝達部は、他の構成要素を含み又はいずれかの構成要素を省略してもよく、要は、トリガレバー36への入力操作によってロッド192a、192b等の伝達部材を進退できる構成であればよい。 The shaft 200a is disposed on the Y2 side of the trigger shaft 35, the shaft 200b is disposed on the Y1 side of the trigger shaft 35, and the shafts 200a and 200b are substantially equidistant from the trigger shaft 35. Therefore, by operating the trigger lever 36, the shaft 200a and the shaft 200b are displaced in the opposite directions by substantially the same distance, and accordingly, the rod 192a and the rod 192b are moved in the opposite directions (Z1 direction and Z2 direction). Displace. As described above, the trigger shaft 35, the rods 192a and 192b, the shafts 200a and 200b, the load limiter 212, the trigger wire 214, and the like serve as an operation transmission unit that mechanically transmits the input operation to the trigger lever 36 to the distal end operation unit 12. It is composed. Of course, the operation transmission unit may include other components or any of the components may be omitted. In short, a configuration in which the transmission member such as the rods 192a and 192b can be advanced and retracted by an input operation to the trigger lever 36. If it is.
 図3、図11及び図22Bに示すように、トリガレバー取付部32bを構成する一対の支持プレート201、201の上面(Y1方向面)において、プーリボックス32a寄りの位置には、両支持プレート201、201に渡ってバーコードプレート220が固定され、その表面にバーコード222が設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 11, and 22 </ b> B, both support plates 201 are located at positions near the pulley box 32 a on the upper surfaces (Y1 direction surfaces) of the pair of support plates 201, 201 constituting the trigger lever mounting portion 32 b. 201, a barcode plate 220 is fixed, and a barcode 222 is provided on the surface thereof.
 バーコード222は、例えば略正方形のマトリックス形状であり、桝目に従って白及び黒が印刷された二次元バーコードであり、操作部14側に設けられたカメラ224により、ミラー226及び撮影窓227を介して撮像される(図6及び図20参照)。 The barcode 222 is, for example, a substantially square matrix shape, and is a two-dimensional barcode printed with white and black according to the grid, and the camera 224 provided on the operation unit 14 side passes through the mirror 226 and the photographing window 227. (See FIGS. 6 and 20).
 そこで、次に、バーコード222及びそれを撮像するカメラ224について説明する。 Therefore, next, the barcode 222 and the camera 224 that images the barcode 222 will be described.
 図3、図11及び図22Bに示すように、バーコード222は、XZ平面を構成するバーコードプレート220の上面(Y1方向面)に貼り付けられ、下部カバー37a、37bの合わせ面に形成される切欠230によって上部に露出している。バーコード222には、作業部16の個体情報、仕様、タイムスタンプ(製造日等)やシリアルナンバー、使用量(使用回数)上限等の情報が含まれている。バーコード222が保持している個体情報は、作業部毎に識別が可能なように異なる値が付与されている。また、バーコード222はミラー226を介して撮影されるため、鏡像となっている。ミラー226としては、例えば、PET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)とアルミによる複合鏡等を用いるとよい。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 11 and 22B, the barcode 222 is attached to the upper surface (Y1 direction surface) of the barcode plate 220 constituting the XZ plane, and is formed on the mating surface of the lower covers 37a and 37b. It is exposed to the upper part by the notch 230. The barcode 222 includes individual information, specifications, time stamp (manufacturing date, etc.), serial number, usage amount (usage count) upper limit, etc. of the working unit 16. The individual information held by the barcode 222 is given a different value so that it can be identified for each working unit. Further, since the barcode 222 is photographed through the mirror 226, it is a mirror image. As the mirror 226, for example, a composite mirror made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate) and aluminum may be used.
 バーコード222は1枚に限らず、複数枚からなる構成であってもよい。バーコード222が2枚からなる場合、一枚は個体情報、製造日、シリアルナンバー等の個体特有の情報を示し、もう一枚は仕様、使用量上限等の型式毎に共通的な情報を示すようにしてもよい。バーコード222は二次元データに限らず、一次元形状であってもよい。バーコード222における枡目の色は白及び黒に限らず、赤外線吸収色及び赤外線反射色であってもよく、又は3色以上の色の区別により情報を示すようにしてもよい。 The barcode 222 is not limited to a single sheet, and may be composed of a plurality of sheets. When the barcode 222 is composed of two pieces, one piece shows individual information such as individual information, production date, serial number, etc., and the other piece shows common information for each type such as specifications and upper limit of usage amount. You may do it. The barcode 222 is not limited to two-dimensional data, and may be a one-dimensional shape. The color of the grid in the barcode 222 is not limited to white and black, but may be an infrared absorption color and an infrared reflection color, or information may be indicated by distinguishing three or more colors.
 図6及び図20に示すように、カメラ224は、操作部14を構成するモータ100、102の下部に配置され、一方の上部カバー25bの内面に固定されている。カメラ224のX方向両側部には、一対のLED224a、224aが設けられている(図7も参照)。カメラ224は、例えばCCD形式又はCMOS形式からなり、バーコード222を撮像するためのカメラである。 As shown in FIGS. 6 and 20, the camera 224 is disposed below the motors 100 and 102 constituting the operation unit 14, and is fixed to the inner surface of one upper cover 25b. A pair of LEDs 224a and 224a are provided on both sides in the X direction of the camera 224 (see also FIG. 7). The camera 224 is a camera for imaging the barcode 222, for example, having a CCD format or a CMOS format.
 図20に示すように、カメラ224は、撮像方向が反射鏡であるミラー226で屈曲されてバーコード222を撮像可能な向き(略Z1方向)に設定されており、つまり、屈曲方向(直交方向)に位置した被写体であるバーコード222を、ミラー226を介して撮像可能である。同様に、LED224aは、光軸がミラー226で屈曲されてバーコード222を照明する向き(略Z1方向)に設定されている。LED224aにより、カメラ224はバーコード222を一層確実に認識することができる。LED224aは、カメラ224を挟んで左右対称位置に設けられており、バーコード222をバランスよく照明することができる。LED224aは、カメラ224を挟んで上下に設けられていてもよく、等間隔に3以上設けられていてもよい。LED224aが十分な光量を有する場合には1つでもよい。 As shown in FIG. 20, the camera 224 is set in a direction (substantially Z1 direction) in which the imaging direction is bent by a mirror 226 that is a reflecting mirror and the barcode 222 can be imaged. The bar code 222, which is the subject located at), can be imaged via the mirror 226. Similarly, the LED 224a is set in a direction (approximately Z1 direction) in which the optical axis is bent by the mirror 226 and the barcode 222 is illuminated. The LED 224a allows the camera 224 to recognize the barcode 222 more reliably. The LEDs 224a are provided at symmetrical positions with the camera 224 in between, and can illuminate the barcode 222 with good balance. The LEDs 224a may be provided above and below the camera 224, or three or more LEDs may be provided at equal intervals. If the LED 224a has a sufficient amount of light, it may be one.
 ミラー226のY2方向には、上部カバー25を透過させる撮影窓227が設けられており(図20参照)、すなわち、操作部14において、カメラ224、LED224a及びミラー226は、上部カバー25内に収納されている(図2及び図6参照)。さらに、操作部14に作業部16が装着された状態では、上部カバー25及び下部カバー37によってバーコード222も略閉空間内に配置されるため、当該マニピュレータ10の使用時に、バーコード222及びカメラ224が血液等で汚れることを防止可能であると共に、不要な外乱光を遮蔽してLED224aによる安定した撮像が可能となる。また、バーコード222とカメラ224との相対的な位置及び向きが固定的であることから、カメラ224側では、バーコード222の位置及び向きを特定する必要がなく、これらを特定するためのコードが不要か又は少量で足り、その分、バーコード222における記録可能な情報量が多くなる、あるいは省スペースでの配置が可能となる。 A photographing window 227 that allows the upper cover 25 to pass through is provided in the Y2 direction of the mirror 226 (see FIG. 20). That is, in the operation unit 14, the camera 224, the LED 224a, and the mirror 226 are housed in the upper cover 25. (See FIGS. 2 and 6). Further, in a state where the working unit 16 is mounted on the operation unit 14, the barcode 222 is also disposed in the substantially closed space by the upper cover 25 and the lower cover 37, so that the barcode 222 and the camera are used when the manipulator 10 is used. The 224 can be prevented from being contaminated with blood or the like, and unnecessary disturbance light can be shielded to enable stable imaging with the LED 224a. In addition, since the relative position and orientation of the barcode 222 and the camera 224 are fixed, it is not necessary to specify the position and orientation of the barcode 222 on the camera 224 side, and a code for specifying them. Therefore, the amount of information that can be recorded on the barcode 222 is increased, or a space-saving arrangement is possible.
 このようなバーコード222を作業部16に設けたことにより、操作部14及びコントローラ514では、カメラ224を用いて作業部16の個体情報を認識することができ、マニピュレータ10を構成するモータ100、102等を当該作業部16の種類(例えば、グリッパやはさみ、電気メス)に対応するように適切に且つ正確に駆動制御することができる。 By providing such a barcode 222 in the working unit 16, the operation unit 14 and the controller 514 can recognize individual information of the working unit 16 using the camera 224, and the motor 100 constituting the manipulator 10, 102 and the like can be appropriately and accurately driven and controlled so as to correspond to the type of the working unit 16 (for example, gripper, scissors, electric knife).
 ここで、作業部16が操作部14に装着されたことは、着脱センサ314及び検出シャフト316(図7等参照)によって迅速に検出することができる。そこで、コントローラ514では、着脱センサ314による作業部16の装着の検出を、カメラ224及びLED224aを起動制御してバーコード222から個体信号を取得するためのトリガ信号とすることもできる。 Here, the attachment of the working unit 16 to the operation unit 14 can be quickly detected by the detachable sensor 314 and the detection shaft 316 (see FIG. 7 and the like). Therefore, in the controller 514, the detection of the attachment of the working unit 16 by the attachment / detachment sensor 314 can be used as a trigger signal for acquiring the individual signal from the barcode 222 by controlling the activation of the camera 224 and the LED 224a.
 すなわち、コントローラ514は、作業部16が操作部14に装着されたと略同時に、カメラ224及びLED224aを駆動制御してバーコード222から個体信号を取得する。コントローラ514では、少なくとも作業部16が操作部14に装着されたときに個体信号を取得すれば足り、それ以外のときにはカメラ224及びLED224aの動作を停止しておくことができ、処理負荷が低減すると共に省電力化を図ることができる。さらに、バーコード222は直接的な通電の必要がなく操作部14及び作業部16には電気的接点が存在せず、しかもバッテリ等の蓄電体もないため一層省電力であると共に、操作部14から取り外した作業部16の洗浄や滅菌等を一層容易に行うことができる。 That is, the controller 514 obtains an individual signal from the barcode 222 by drivingly controlling the camera 224 and the LED 224a substantially simultaneously with the operation unit 16 being mounted on the operation unit 14. In the controller 514, it is only necessary to acquire the individual signal at least when the working unit 16 is attached to the operation unit 14, and the operation of the camera 224 and the LED 224a can be stopped at other times, thereby reducing the processing load. In addition, power saving can be achieved. Further, the bar code 222 does not need to be directly energized, the operation unit 14 and the work unit 16 have no electrical contacts, and there is no power storage unit such as a battery, so that the power consumption is further reduced. It is possible to more easily perform cleaning, sterilization, and the like of the working unit 16 removed from the apparatus.
 図20から諒解されるように、カメラ224とバーコード222とを、ミラー226を介して屈曲させて配置したことにより、カメラ224がバーコード222を読み取るために必要な焦点距離(例えば、50mm程度)を容易に確保することができる。すなわち、例えば、カメラ224をバーコード222の鉛直上方(Y1方向)で下向きに配置すると、カメラ224がモータ100、102等よりも上方に設置されるため、操作部14(上部カバー25)を特にY方向に大型化する必要があり、当該マニピュレータ10も大型化する。これに対し、ミラー226を設けたことにより、操作部14の長手方向(Z方向)のスペースを有効に利用してカメラ224を設置することが可能となる。特に本実施形態のように、モータ100、102をZ方向に沿って横置きした構造の場合には、該モータ100、102の下の空きスペースをカメラ224の設置スペースとして有効に利用することができる。 As can be understood from FIG. 20, the camera 224 and the barcode 222 are arranged to be bent through the mirror 226, so that the camera 224 has a focal length (for example, about 50 mm) necessary for reading the barcode 222. ) Can be secured easily. That is, for example, when the camera 224 is disposed vertically downward (Y1 direction) of the barcode 222, the camera 224 is installed above the motors 100, 102, etc., so that the operation unit 14 (upper cover 25) is particularly arranged. It is necessary to increase the size in the Y direction, and the manipulator 10 is also increased in size. On the other hand, by providing the mirror 226, the camera 224 can be installed by effectively using the space in the longitudinal direction (Z direction) of the operation unit 14. Particularly in the case of a structure in which the motors 100 and 102 are placed horizontally along the Z direction as in the present embodiment, the empty space under the motors 100 and 102 can be effectively used as an installation space for the camera 224. it can.
 図20に示す構成の場合、カメラ224によるバーコード222の読み取り方向がミラー226を介して略直角に設定されているが、例えば、図21に示すように、カメラ224によるバーコード222の読み取り方向を傾斜させた構成とすることもできる。 In the case of the configuration shown in FIG. 20, the reading direction of the barcode 222 by the camera 224 is set at a substantially right angle through the mirror 226. For example, the reading direction of the barcode 222 by the camera 224 is shown in FIG. It can also be set as the structure which inclined.
 図21に示す構成例では、カメラ224によるバーコード222の読み取り方向がZ2側に傾斜しており、ミラー226を介してバーコード222を斜め方向から撮像する構造となっている。 In the configuration example shown in FIG. 21, the reading direction of the barcode 222 by the camera 224 is inclined to the Z2 side, and the barcode 222 is imaged from an oblique direction via the mirror 226.
 この構成によれば、図21中に2点鎖線で示す略直角での読み取り方向の場合と比べて、ミラー226からバーコード222までの距離を延長することができる。このため、カメラ224からバーコード222までの焦点距離を一層容易に確保することができ、例えば、図20に示す構成に比べてカメラ224の位置をZ1方向にずらすこともでき、操作部14(上部カバー25)の一層の小型化が可能となる。 According to this configuration, the distance from the mirror 226 to the barcode 222 can be extended compared to the case of the reading direction at a substantially right angle indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. For this reason, the focal distance from the camera 224 to the barcode 222 can be secured more easily. For example, the position of the camera 224 can be shifted in the Z1 direction as compared with the configuration shown in FIG. The upper cover 25) can be further reduced in size.
 さらに、カメラ224と並設された照明用のLED224aからの光は、ミラー226及び撮影窓227を介してバーコード222を照らすが、この際、図21から諒解されるように、撮影窓227の表面で反射された光がカメラ224へと戻ることがない。このため、LED224aの照明光の反射によってバーコード222の読み取り精度が低下することを防止することができる。なお、バーコード222ができるだけカメラ224の正面を向くように、バーコード222をX軸回りに適宜回転させ傾けた状態(図21におけるバーコード222の右側を上に上げた状態)で配置してもよい。 Further, the light from the LED 224a for illumination arranged in parallel with the camera 224 illuminates the barcode 222 through the mirror 226 and the imaging window 227. At this time, as can be understood from FIG. Light reflected from the surface does not return to the camera 224. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the reading accuracy of the barcode 222 from being lowered due to the reflection of the illumination light of the LED 224a. The barcode 222 is appropriately rotated around the X axis and tilted (the right side of the barcode 222 in FIG. 21 is raised upward) so that the barcode 222 faces the front of the camera 224 as much as possible. Also good.
 次に、操作部14側のマスタスイッチ34及び複合入力部24について説明する。 Next, the master switch 34 and the composite input unit 24 on the operation unit 14 side will be described.
 マスタスイッチ34(図1及び図6参照)は、マニピュレータ10の動作状態の有効又は無効を設定するための入力手段であり、その操作は入力検出部(トグルスイッチ又はタクトスイッチ等)350によって検出され、検出された信号がコントローラ514に供給される。LED29は、マニピュレータ10の制御状態を示すインジケータであり、操作者が容易に認識可能な大きさであり、且つ操作に支障がない程度に十分に小型軽量である。LED29は、上部カバー25の頂面(Y1方向面)における略中央部で、視認性のよい位置に設けられており、マスタスイッチ34と並んで配置されている。LED29は、例えば、マスタスイッチ34によるON操作に同期して点灯等をするため、操作者はマスタスイッチ34の操作をしながらその入力状態をLED29により確実に認識することができる。LED29は、例えば、緑色及び赤色をそれぞれ発光可能であり、さらに各色につき点灯及び点滅が可能である。 The master switch 34 (see FIGS. 1 and 6) is an input means for setting whether the operation state of the manipulator 10 is valid or invalid, and its operation is detected by an input detection unit (such as a toggle switch or a tact switch) 350. The detected signal is supplied to the controller 514. The LED 29 is an indicator that indicates the control state of the manipulator 10, has a size that can be easily recognized by the operator, and is sufficiently small and light enough that there is no hindrance to the operation. The LED 29 is provided at a position with good visibility at a substantially central portion on the top surface (Y1 direction surface) of the upper cover 25, and is arranged side by side with the master switch 34. For example, since the LED 29 is turned on in synchronization with the ON operation by the master switch 34, the operator can surely recognize the input state by the LED 29 while operating the master switch 34. The LED 29 can emit, for example, green and red, and can be turned on and off for each color.
 図6及び図7に示すように、マスタスイッチ34は、一方の上部カバー25bの内面に支持部材352を介して固定された基板354上に配置され、上部カバー25内の部分がスイッチカバー356によって外部から密封されている。 As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the master switch 34 is disposed on a substrate 354 fixed to the inner surface of one upper cover 25 b via a support member 352, and a portion in the upper cover 25 is formed by the switch cover 356. Sealed from the outside.
 コントローラ514(図1参照)では、マスタスイッチ34の入力状態を読み込み、オンされた際に後述する原点サーチ動作を行ってマニピュレータ10を所定の使用可能状態に駆動制御する。これにより、操作部14の操作指令が有効となり、先端動作部12に所望の動作を付与することが可能となる。 The controller 514 (see FIG. 1) reads the input state of the master switch 34, and when it is turned on, performs an origin search operation described later to drive-control the manipulator 10 to a predetermined usable state. Thereby, the operation command of the operation unit 14 becomes valid, and a desired operation can be given to the distal end operation unit 12.
 図4及び図5に示すように、複合入力部24は、Z軸(Y軸)を中心としてX1方向及びX2方向に対称な構造であり、先端動作部12に対してロール方向(軸回転方向)及びヨー方向(左右方向)の回転指令を与える複合的な入力部である。グリップハンドル26の上面は、Z1方向に向けてY1方向に上がる傾斜面26aとなっており、複合入力部24はこの傾斜面26aに設けられている。傾斜面26aの傾斜角は、グリップハンドル26を人手で把持したときに複合入力部24が親指又は人差し指で操作し易い角度であり、Z方向を基準として20°~35°程度が好適である。 As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the composite input unit 24 has a symmetrical structure in the X1 direction and the X2 direction around the Z axis (Y axis), and is in the roll direction (axial rotation direction) with respect to the distal end working unit 12. ) And a yaw direction (left-right direction) rotation command. The upper surface of the grip handle 26 is an inclined surface 26a that rises in the Y1 direction toward the Z1 direction, and the composite input unit 24 is provided on the inclined surface 26a. The inclination angle of the inclined surface 26a is an angle at which the composite input unit 24 can be easily operated with the thumb or index finger when the grip handle 26 is gripped by hand, and is preferably about 20 ° to 35 ° with respect to the Z direction.
 複合入力部24は、傾斜面26aに配置されたセンサホルダ52によって支持されており、傾斜面26aのZ1側(Y1側)の回転操作部54と、そのZ2側(Y2側)に設けられた傾動操作部56と、傾動操作部56の下部側面にそれぞれ配設された3つのスイッチ操作子58a、58b、58cとを有する。 The composite input unit 24 is supported by the sensor holder 52 disposed on the inclined surface 26a, and is provided on the Z1 side (Y1 side) of the inclined surface 26a and on the Z2 side (Y2 side) thereof. The tilt operation unit 56 includes three switch operators 58a, 58b, and 58c disposed on the lower side surface of the tilt operation unit 56, respectively.
 図5に示すように、センサホルダ52内には、スイッチ基板62が設けられ、該スイッチ基板62には、回転操作部54への入力操作を検出する入力検出部(タクトスイッチ)66aと、傾動操作部56への入力操作を検出する入力検出部(タクトスイッチ)66bと、スイッチ操作子58a~58cへの入力操作を検出する入力検出部(タクトスイッチ)66c~66eとが設けられる。このような複合入力部24により、モータ100、102、駆動シャフト115、116及びプーリ158a、158bが駆動され、可撓性部材であるワイヤ1052、1054を介して先端動作部12をロール方向及びヨー方向に動作させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 5, a switch substrate 62 is provided in the sensor holder 52, and the switch substrate 62 is tilted with an input detection unit (tact switch) 66 a that detects an input operation to the rotation operation unit 54. An input detection unit (tact switch) 66b for detecting an input operation to the operation unit 56 and input detection units (tact switches) 66c to 66e for detecting an input operation to the switch operators 58a to 58c are provided. The composite input unit 24 drives the motors 100 and 102, the drive shafts 115 and 116, and the pulleys 158a and 158b, and moves the tip operation unit 12 in the roll direction and yaw through the wires 1052 and 1054 which are flexible members. Can be operated in the direction.
 スイッチ操作子58bは、回転操作部54及び傾動操作部56の有効及び無効の切換や、ヨー軸機構(ピボット軸機構)を所定の初期姿勢に戻す(一度押すと初期姿勢まで自動的に移動し、停止する)、又は初期姿勢方向に移動させる(押しているときだけ初期姿勢方向に移動し、初期姿勢になったら自動的に停止する)ためのスイッチとして用いるとよい。 The switch operator 58b switches between valid / invalid of the rotation operation unit 54 and the tilt operation unit 56 and returns the yaw axis mechanism (pivot axis mechanism) to a predetermined initial position (once it is pressed once, it automatically moves to the initial position). , Stop) or move in the initial posture direction (moves in the initial posture direction only when pressed, and automatically stops when the initial posture is reached).
 スイッチ操作子58a及び58cは、ロール回転機構を所定の初期姿勢に戻す、又は初期姿勢方向に移動させるためのスイッチとして用いるとよい。スイッチ操作子58a及び58cは、全く同一の機能を有するスイッチとして左右に配置することで、操作者が操作部14を右手で把持した場合でも左手で把持した場合でも問題なく、同様の操作をすることができる。具体的には、右手操作の場合及び左手操作のいずれの場合にも、例えば親指による同様の操作が可能である。また、現在のロール回転機構の位置(正領域か負領域か)を意識せずにロール回転機構を所定の初期姿勢まで戻し、又は初期姿勢方向に移動させることができる。 The switch operators 58a and 58c are preferably used as switches for returning the roll rotation mechanism to a predetermined initial posture or moving it in the initial posture direction. The switch operators 58a and 58c are arranged on the left and right as switches having exactly the same function, so that the operator can perform the same operation without any problem regardless of whether the operator grips the operation unit 14 with the right hand or the left hand. be able to. Specifically, the same operation with the thumb, for example, is possible in both the right-hand operation and the left-hand operation. Also, the roll rotation mechanism can be returned to a predetermined initial posture or moved in the initial posture direction without being aware of the current position of the roll rotation mechanism (positive region or negative region).
 図5に示すように、回転操作部54は、YZ方向に沿う軸(図示せず)を中心として回動可能な構成であり、X1方向及びX2方向にそれぞれ伸びたレバー72aと、両レバー72a、72aの間でX、Y、Z方向に適度に膨出して3方に切欠72bを設けた操作子72cとを有する。レバー72aの左右両端は、表面に滑り止め用の多数の筋が設けられた半円形状となっている。操作子72cは、初期位置の状態で上部カバー25a、25bと連続的な面(平面又は曲面)を構成しており(図4参照)、無駄な突起や段差等がなく、外観上で好適であるとともに、操作もし易い形状とされている。 As shown in FIG. 5, the rotation operation unit 54 is configured to be rotatable about an axis (not shown) along the YZ direction, and a lever 72a extending in the X1 direction and the X2 direction, and both levers 72a. , 72a, and a manipulator 72c provided with notches 72b in three directions that swell appropriately in the X, Y, and Z directions. The left and right ends of the lever 72a have a semicircular shape with a number of anti-slip lines on the surface. The operation element 72c forms a continuous surface (a flat surface or a curved surface) with the upper covers 25a and 25b in the initial position (see FIG. 4), and has no useless protrusions or steps, which is preferable in appearance. In addition, the shape is easy to operate.
 回転操作部54は、操作子72cの切欠72bを指で周方向に向かう回動操作がなされ、ロール回動機構を動作させる機能を有する。このように外周面に指掛け部が設けられている回転操作部54によれば、前記YZ方向に沿う軸を中心とした回動操作がなされ、ロール回動機構についての直感的な操作性が得られる。また、指掛け部が傾動操作部56の端部よりも外径側に設けられていることにより、該傾動操作部56との使い分けが容易である。 The rotation operation unit 54 has a function of rotating the notch 72b of the operation element 72c in the circumferential direction with a finger and operating the roll rotation mechanism. As described above, according to the rotation operation unit 54 having the finger rest on the outer peripheral surface, the rotation operation is performed around the axis along the YZ direction, and an intuitive operability of the roll rotation mechanism is obtained. It is done. In addition, since the finger-hanging portion is provided on the outer diameter side of the end portion of the tilt operation portion 56, it is easy to use the finger hook portion with the tilt operation portion 56.
 図5に示すように、傾動操作部56は、YZ方向に沿う軸74を中心として傾動可能な傾動板76を設けた構成である。軸74はX方向に関して複合入力部24の中心となっている。傾動操作部56は、傾動板76を指で押し込むことによる傾動操作がなされ、ヨー軸機構(ピボット軸機構)を動作させる機能を有する。 As shown in FIG. 5, the tilting operation unit 56 is provided with a tilting plate 76 that can tilt around an axis 74 along the YZ direction. The shaft 74 is the center of the composite input unit 24 in the X direction. The tilt operation unit 56 has a function of operating a yaw shaft mechanism (pivot shaft mechanism) by performing a tilt operation by pushing the tilt plate 76 with a finger.
 このように、複合入力部24において、回転操作部54は周方向に向かう回動操作がなされ、傾動操作部56は押し込むことによる傾動操作がなされ、このような操作方法の違いにより、ロール回動機構とヨー(ピボット)軸機構との対応付けが容易に理解され、より直感的な操作が可能となる。 As described above, in the composite input unit 24, the rotation operation unit 54 is rotated in the circumferential direction, and the tilt operation unit 56 is tilted by being pushed. The correspondence between the mechanism and the yaw (pivot) shaft mechanism is easily understood, and a more intuitive operation is possible.
 また、センサホルダ52は、上部カバー25と密着して当該複合入力部24の周囲をシールする機能も有し、複合入力部24の周辺から液体等が上部カバー25内に浸入することを防止している。勿論、センサホルダ52と別体のシール部材を配設してもよい。 The sensor holder 52 also has a function of tightly contacting the upper cover 25 and sealing the periphery of the composite input unit 24, and prevents liquid or the like from entering the upper cover 25 from the periphery of the composite input unit 24. ing. Of course, a seal member separate from the sensor holder 52 may be provided.
 以上より、操作部14において上部カバー25内は、複合入力部24の周辺がセンサホルダ52によりシールされ(図4及び図6参照)、マスタスイッチ34の周辺がスイッチカバー356によりシールされ(図6参照)、カメラ224及びミラー226とバーコード222との間が撮影窓227によりシールされ(図6及び図20参照)、上部ブラケット104の底面周辺がOリング105、131、320、326、328によりシールされ(図6、図9及び図10参照)、これにより密封されている。従って、血液や洗浄液等が上部カバー25内に浸入することを防止でき、作業部16と分離した状態であっても操作部14の洗浄や滅菌等が容易となる。 As described above, in the upper cover 25 of the operation unit 14, the periphery of the composite input unit 24 is sealed by the sensor holder 52 (see FIGS. 4 and 6), and the periphery of the master switch 34 is sealed by the switch cover 356 (FIG. 6). Between the camera 224 and mirror 226 and the barcode 222 is sealed by the photographing window 227 (see FIGS. 6 and 20), and the bottom surface of the upper bracket 104 is surrounded by O- rings 105, 131, 320, 326, and 328. Sealed (see FIGS. 6, 9 and 10) and sealed by this. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent blood, a cleaning solution, and the like from entering the upper cover 25, and the operation unit 14 can be easily cleaned and sterilized even when separated from the working unit 16.
 次に、操作部14(駆動部30)と作業部16との着脱の構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration for attaching and detaching the operation unit 14 (drive unit 30) and the working unit 16 will be described.
 図2及び図6に示すように、駆動部30は上部カバー25内に収納されており、操作部14及び作業部16が分離された状態において、上部カバー25の下面側(Y2方向)からギア機構部106等を支持する上部ブラケット104の底面が露呈する。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 6, the drive unit 30 is housed in the upper cover 25, and the gear from the lower surface side (Y2 direction) of the upper cover 25 in a state where the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are separated. The bottom surface of the upper bracket 104 that supports the mechanism unit 106 and the like is exposed.
 図2及び図22Aに示すように、上部カバー25から露出している上部ブラケット104の底面からは、駆動シャフト115、116と、各駆動シャフト115、116に対応する係合凸部137、138と、各係合凸部137、138に対応するカップリングセンサ306、308の検出シャフト310、312と、着脱センサ314の検出シャフト316とがY2方向に突出している。さらに、上部ブラケット104の底面からは、一対のガイドピン163、163がY2方向に突出している。各ガイドピン163近傍の上部カバー25aのX1方向面及び上部カバー25bのX2方向面に形成された凹部399、399内には、下端側が上部カバー25からY2方向に突出した着脱レバー400、400がそれぞれ設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 22A, from the bottom surface of the upper bracket 104 exposed from the upper cover 25, the drive shafts 115 and 116 and the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 corresponding to the drive shafts 115 and 116, The detection shafts 310 and 312 of the coupling sensors 306 and 308 corresponding to the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and the detection shaft 316 of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 protrude in the Y2 direction. Further, a pair of guide pins 163 and 163 protrude in the Y2 direction from the bottom surface of the upper bracket 104. In the recesses 399 and 399 formed in the X1 direction surface of the upper cover 25a and the X2 direction surface of the upper cover 25b in the vicinity of each guide pin 163, the detachable levers 400 and 400 whose lower ends protrude from the upper cover 25 in the Y2 direction are provided. Each is provided.
 2本のガイドピン163、163は、下部ブラケット32の2つのピン穴161、161に対向する位置で、上部ブラケット104の底面Z2方向端のX方向両端にそれぞれ設けられている(図6、図22A及び図22B参照)。 The two guide pins 163 and 163 are provided at both ends in the X direction of the bottom Z2 direction end of the upper bracket 104 at positions opposed to the two pin holes 161 and 161 of the lower bracket 32 (FIG. 6, FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B).
 図1及び図2に示すように、2つの着脱レバー400、400は、駆動部30を覆う上部カバー25の左右側面(X1及びX2側面)に対称に設けられており、Z方向に沿った回動軸400aの上部(Y1側)に設けられた一対の弾性部材400b、400bにより、Y2方向端の内側に形成された爪部400cが上部カバー25の内側に向かう方向で弾性的に付勢されている。着脱レバー400の上部表面(Y1側)はやや窪んでおり、弾性部材400bの付勢力に抗して当該着脱レバー400を開放させるために指で押圧する操作面400dを構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the two attachment / detachment levers 400 and 400 are provided symmetrically on the left and right side surfaces (X1 and X2 side surfaces) of the upper cover 25 that covers the driving unit 30, and are rotated along the Z direction. By a pair of elastic members 400b and 400b provided on the upper portion (Y1 side) of the moving shaft 400a, the claw portion 400c formed on the inner side of the Y2 direction end is elastically biased in the direction toward the inner side of the upper cover 25. ing. The upper surface (Y1 side) of the detachable lever 400 is slightly depressed, and constitutes an operation surface 400d that is pressed by a finger to open the detachable lever 400 against the urging force of the elastic member 400b.
 このような着脱レバー400によれば、操作部14が作業部16に装着される際には、爪部400cが、下部カバー37のX方向両側面に形成された凹部401内に固定された係止部401aに係合する。これにより、操作部14と作業部16とを確実に連結し固定することができる。一方、操作部14及び作業部16が装着された状態で、2つの操作面400d、400dを略同時に内側へと押圧することにより、爪部400cと係止部401aとの係合状態が解除され、操作部14と作業部16とを分離させることができる。 According to such a detachable lever 400, when the operation unit 14 is attached to the working unit 16, the claw portions 400 c are fixed in the recesses 401 formed on both side surfaces in the X direction of the lower cover 37. Engage with the stop 401a. Thereby, the operation part 14 and the working part 16 can be reliably connected and fixed. On the other hand, by pressing the two operation surfaces 400d and 400d inwardly at the same time with the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 mounted, the engagement state between the claw portion 400c and the locking portion 401a is released. The operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 can be separated.
 操作部14及び作業部16の装着時には、2本並列して設けられたガイドピン163が作業部16側の2つのピン穴161に嵌挿されるため、駆動部30(操作部14)は作業部16に対して確実に位置決めされ、安定して保持される。勿論、ガイドピンは3本以上としてもよい。ガイドピン163は、X-Z平面内に作用するモーメントを受けることができ、係合部やプーリ、駆動シャフト等に加わる力を低減することができる。 When the operating unit 14 and the working unit 16 are mounted, two guide pins 163 provided in parallel are fitted into the two pin holes 161 on the working unit 16 side, so that the drive unit 30 (the operating unit 14) is the working unit. 16 is reliably positioned and stably held. Of course, three or more guide pins may be used. The guide pin 163 can receive a moment acting in the XZ plane, and can reduce the force applied to the engaging portion, the pulley, the drive shaft, and the like.
 さらに、図2、図3及び図6に示すように、このような装着時には、上部カバー25の底面側(Y2側)でグリップハンドル26の根元近傍に形成された位置決め凹部406に対し、下部カバー37のZ2方向端に形成された位置決め凸部408が係合する。これにより、操作部14と作業部16とを一層確実に位置決めすることができ、しかも装着後における操作部14と作業部16との間でのねじり方向等での剛性を高めることができる。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 2, 3 and 6, when mounting, the lower cover is positioned against the positioning recess 406 formed near the base of the grip handle 26 on the bottom surface side (Y2 side) of the upper cover 25. The positioning convex part 408 formed at the Z2 direction end of 37 is engaged. Thereby, the operation part 14 and the working part 16 can be positioned more reliably, and the rigidity in the torsional direction and the like between the operation part 14 and the working part 16 after mounting can be increased.
 図2及び図22Aに示すように、駆動シャフト115(116)の先端(Y2方向端)に設けられた係合凸部137(138)には、軸中心から放射状に延びた円弧状の複数(5つ)の凸部として、1つの大凸部402aと、4つの小凸部402bとが設けられている。図22Aから諒解されるように、大凸部402aは、均等に配置された6つの小凸部のうちの2つを連結した形状となっている。 As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 22A, the engagement convex portion 137 (138) provided at the tip (Y2 direction end) of the drive shaft 115 (116) has a plurality of arc-shaped ( As five (5) convex portions, one large convex portion 402a and four small convex portions 402b are provided. As understood from FIG. 22A, the large convex portion 402a has a shape in which two of the six small convex portions arranged evenly are connected.
 一方、図3及び図22Bに示すように、プーリ158a(158b)の先端(Y1方向端)に設けられた係合凹部176a(176b)には、前記係合凸部137(138)の形状に対応し、軸中心から放射状に延びた円弧状の複数(5つ)の凹部として、1つの大凹部404aと、4つの小凹部404bとが設けられている。図22Bから諒解されるように、大凹部404aは、均等に配置された6つの小凹部のうちの2つを連結した形状となっている。さらに、これら大凹部404a及び小凹部404bを設けた溝部の中心には、Y2方向にさらに深い中央凹部404cが設けられている。中央凹部404cは、係合凸部137、138の中心からY2方向に突出した駆動シャフト115、116先端の逃げ部であり(図25B参照)、同軸となるように位置決めするためのガイドの機能も有する。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 22B, the engagement recess 176a (176b) provided at the tip (Y1 direction end) of the pulley 158a (158b) has the shape of the engagement protrusion 137 (138). Correspondingly, one large concave portion 404a and four small concave portions 404b are provided as a plurality (five) of circular arc-shaped concave portions extending radially from the axial center. As can be understood from FIG. 22B, the large concave portion 404a has a shape in which two of the six small concave portions arranged uniformly are connected. Furthermore, a central recess 404c that is deeper in the Y2 direction is provided at the center of the groove provided with the large recess 404a and the small recess 404b. The central concave portion 404c is a relief portion at the tip of the drive shafts 115 and 116 protruding in the Y2 direction from the centers of the engaging convex portions 137 and 138 (see FIG. 25B), and also has a function of a guide for positioning so as to be coaxial. Have.
 図22A及び図22Bから諒解されるように、係合凸部137、138と係合凹部176a、176bとは、互いに所定の係合位相にある状態で係合可能である。すなわち、大凸部402aと大凹部404aとが係合し、且つ、全ての小凸部402bと小凹部404bとが係合し、これにより、操作部14と作業部16とが装着された状態で、モータ100、102の回転駆動力を、駆動シャフト115、116からプーリ158a、158bへと確実に伝達することができる。 22A and 22B, the engaging convex portions 137 and 138 and the engaging concave portions 176a and 176b can be engaged with each other in a state where they are in a predetermined engaging phase. That is, the large convex portion 402a and the large concave portion 404a are engaged, and all the small convex portions 402b and the small concave portions 404b are engaged, whereby the operation portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted. Thus, the rotational driving force of the motors 100 and 102 can be reliably transmitted from the drive shafts 115 and 116 to the pulleys 158a and 158b.
 この際、係合凸部137(138)は、駆動シャフト115(116)の波形部115c(116c)に対して挿通されているため、該駆動シャフト115(116)と共に回転する。さらに、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とは、周方向に複数配置された大凸部402a及び小凸部402bと大凹部404a及び小凹部404bとが互いに噛合っているため、駆動シャフト115(116)の回転駆動力を一層確実にプーリ158a(158b)へと伝達することができる。なお、駆動シャフト115(116)側に係合凹部を設け、プーリ158a(158b)側に係合凸部を設けるようにしてもよい。 At this time, since the engaging convex portion 137 (138) is inserted into the corrugated portion 115c (116c) of the driving shaft 115 (116), it rotates together with the driving shaft 115 (116). Further, the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are configured such that a plurality of large convex portions 402a and small convex portions 402b and large concave portions 404a and small concave portions 404b arranged in the circumferential direction mesh with each other. Therefore, the rotational driving force of the drive shaft 115 (116) can be transmitted to the pulley 158a (158b) more reliably. An engagement recess may be provided on the drive shaft 115 (116) side, and an engagement protrusion may be provided on the pulley 158a (158b) side.
 以上のように、駆動部30側の係合凸部137、138は、駆動シャフト115、116を回転軸として回転可能である(図22A参照)。同様に、作業部16側の係合凹部176a、176bは、プーリ158a、158bを回転軸として回転可能であるが(図22B参照)、その回転範囲は、ストッパ179aと当接部177a、177bとの当接による規制作用により、所定の正転範囲(図14A中の矢印+θ参照)及び逆転範囲(図14A中の矢印-θ参照)に規制されている。 As described above, the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 on the drive unit 30 side can rotate about the drive shafts 115 and 116 as rotation axes (see FIG. 22A). Similarly, the engagement recesses 176a and 176b on the working unit 16 side can be rotated about the pulleys 158a and 158b as rotation axes (see FIG. 22B), but the rotation range thereof is the stopper 179a and the contact portions 177a and 177b. Are regulated to a predetermined forward rotation range (see arrow + θ in FIG. 14A) and reverse rotation range (see arrow −θ in FIG. 14A).
 なお、プーリ158a、158bの回転範囲は、他の構造によって規制してもよく、例えば、図23に示すように、プーリ158a、158b(係合凹部176a、176b)に、その外径方向に突出した当接部(当接部材)177cを設け、下部ブラケット32の上面(Y1方向面)に、前記当接部177cが所定の正転及び逆転を行った際に当接し、それ以上の回転を規制するストッパ179bを設けてもよい。これらの当接部177c及びストッパ179bは、上記の当接部177a、177b及びストッパ179aの構造のように、係合凹部176a、176bの下部に形成した円弧切欠部177(図12及び図14A参照)内に配置されるように構成してもよい。 The rotation range of the pulleys 158a and 158b may be restricted by other structures. For example, as shown in FIG. 23, the pulleys 158a and 158b (engaging recesses 176a and 176b) protrude in the outer diameter direction. The abutting portion (abutting member) 177c is provided, and abuts on the upper surface (Y1 direction surface) of the lower bracket 32 when the abutting portion 177c performs predetermined forward rotation and reverse rotation, and further rotates. A stopper 179b for regulating may be provided. These contact portions 177c and stoppers 179b are arc-shaped notches 177 (see FIGS. 12 and 14A) formed in the lower portions of the engagement recesses 176a and 176b as in the structure of the contact portions 177a and 177b and the stopper 179a. ).
 また、係合凸部137、138及び係合凹部176a、176bは、それぞれ中心から放射状に延びた凸部及び凹部のうち、他より大きな1つの大凸部402a及び大凹部404aを持ち、回転中心に対して非対称な形状とされている(図22A及び図22B参照)。 The engaging convex portions 137 and 138 and the engaging concave portions 176a and 176b have one large convex portion 402a and a large concave portion 404a larger than the other among the convex portions and concave portions extending radially from the center, respectively. (See FIGS. 22A and 22B).
 従って、一方の係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aと、他方の係合凸部138及び係合凹部176bとは、それぞれ図24Bに示すように、互いの大凸部402aと大凹部404aとが一致した場合、つまり単一の回転角度(位相)でのみ係合可能であり、図24Aに示すように、それ以外の回転角度(位相)では構造的に係合不能となっている。すなわち、操作部14と作業部16との装着時、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とが互いに係合不能な回転位相である場合には、係合可能な回転位相に駆動制御する係合動作(カップリング動作)が必要である。さらに、係合動作の終了後には、コントローラ514が先端動作部12を正確に且つ精度よく駆動制御するため、先端動作部12を所定の原点姿勢(図1、図54及び図56参照)とし、モータ100、102を所定の原点位相とすべく、ワイヤ1052、1054を往復駆動するプーリ158a、158b及び駆動シャフト115、116と、モータ100、102の回転位相を原点に復帰させる原点サーチ動作を実施する必要がある。 Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 24B, the one engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a, and the other engaging convex portion 138 and the engaging concave portion 176b are respectively a large convex portion 402a and a large concave portion 404a. Can be engaged only at a single rotation angle (phase), and, as shown in FIG. 24A, the engagement is structurally impossible at other rotation angles (phases). That is, when the operating portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted, if the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are in a rotational phase in which they cannot be engaged with each other, the engaging rotation is possible. An engagement operation (coupling operation) that drives and controls the phase is required. Furthermore, after the engagement operation is completed, the controller 514 controls the distal end working unit 12 accurately and accurately, so that the distal end working unit 12 has a predetermined origin posture (see FIGS. 1, 54, and 56), In order to set the motors 100 and 102 to the predetermined origin phase, the pulleys 158a and 158b and the drive shafts 115 and 116 for reciprocatingly driving the wires 1052 and 1054 and the origin search operation for returning the rotation phases of the motors 100 and 102 to the origin are performed. There is a need to.
 なお、係合凸部137、138と係合凹部176a、176bとは、上記のように、単一の位相でのみ互いに係合可能に構成する以外にも、複数の位相で係合可能に構成することも可能であるが、詳細は後述する。また、大凸部402aと大凹部404aとを一致させる係合構造以外にも、小凸部402bと小凹部404bとを一致させる係合構造等、各種の構造でもよく、要は、所定の位相で係合凸部と係合凹部とが互いに係合し、回転力を伝達可能なものであればよい。また、係合凸部137や係合凹部176a等の形状は、他の形状であっても当然よく、要は、駆動シャフト115、116からの回転駆動力を従動軸であるプーリ158a、158bに確実に伝達可能且つ着脱可能な形状であればよい。 The engaging convex portions 137 and 138 and the engaging concave portions 176a and 176b are configured to be engageable in a plurality of phases in addition to being configured to engage with each other only in a single phase as described above. It is possible to do this, but details will be described later. In addition to the engagement structure in which the large convex portion 402a and the large concave portion 404a are matched, various structures such as an engagement structure in which the small convex portion 402b and the small concave portion 404b are matched may be used. As long as the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion are engaged with each other, the rotational force can be transmitted. Also, the shape of the engaging convex portion 137, the engaging concave portion 176a, etc. may be other shapes. In short, the rotational driving force from the drive shafts 115, 116 is applied to the pulleys 158a, 158b which are driven shafts. Any shape that can be reliably transmitted and detachable may be used.
 次に、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)との係合動作(カップリング動作)及びこの係合動作と共に実施される原点サーチ動作について説明する。なお、一方の係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aの係合動作及び原点サーチ動作と、他方の係合凸部138及び係合凹部176bの係合動作及び原点サーチ動作とは略同様である。このため、以下では一方の係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aの係合動作及び原点サーチ動作について代表的に説明する。 Next, an engagement operation (coupling operation) between the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) and an origin search operation performed along with this engagement operation will be described. Note that the engagement operation and origin search operation of one engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement recess portion 176a and the engagement operation and origin search operation of the other engagement projection portion 138 and the engagement recess portion 176b are substantially the same. . For this reason, below, the engagement operation and the origin search operation of one of the engagement protrusions 137 and the engagement recesses 176a will be representatively described.
 先ず、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)との間での係合動作について説明する。 First, the engaging operation between the engaging projection 137 (138) and the engaging recess 176a (176b) will be described.
 図24A及び図25Aは、操作部14と作業部16とが装着される際、係合凸部137(138)及び係合凹部176a(176b)の回転位相が略90°ずれている場合、すなわち、大凸部402a及び大凹部404aが略90°ずれており、小凸部402b及び小凹部404bもずれており、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aとが互いに係合不能である状態の一例である。本実施形態に係るマニピュレータ10では、このような状態であっても、操作部14と作業部16とを外観上では装着可能である。 FIGS. 24A and 25A show a case where the rotation phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are shifted by approximately 90 ° when the operation portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted. The large convex portion 402a and the large concave portion 404a are displaced by approximately 90 °, the small convex portion 402b and the small concave portion 404b are also displaced, and the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a cannot be engaged with each other. It is an example. In the manipulator 10 according to the present embodiment, the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 can be mounted on the appearance even in such a state.
 すなわち、図25A及び図25Bから諒解されるように、操作部14及び作業部16の装着時において、係合凸部137が係合凹部176aと係合できない場合(図25A参照)、操作部14が作業部16へと押し下げられるのに伴い、係合凸部137の先端下面(Y2方向端面)は係合凹部176aの先端上面(Y1方向端面)に当接し、コイルばね121の付勢力に抗して駆動シャフト115の波形部115cに沿ってY1方向に退動する。 That is, as can be understood from FIGS. 25A and 25B, when the engaging projection 137 cannot be engaged with the engaging recess 176a when the operating portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted (see FIG. 25A), the operating portion 14 Is pushed down to the working portion 16, the lower end surface (Y2 direction end surface) of the engagement convex portion 137 comes into contact with the upper end surface (Y1 direction end surface) of the engagement concave portion 176 a and resists the biasing force of the coil spring 121. Then, it moves backward in the Y1 direction along the corrugated portion 115c of the drive shaft 115.
 その結果、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aが係合しないままであっても(図25A参照)、着脱レバー400の爪部400cが係止部401aに係合し(図1~図3参照)、操作部14と作業部16との装着が完了する。この装着完了は、検出シャフト316が止板179に着座したことが着脱センサ314に検出されることによりコントローラ514でも認識される。 As a result, even if the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are not engaged (see FIG. 25A), the claw portion 400c of the detachable lever 400 is engaged with the locking portion 401a (FIGS. 1 to 3). Reference), the mounting of the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 is completed. This attachment completion is recognized by the controller 514 when the attachment / detachment sensor 314 detects that the detection shaft 316 is seated on the stop plate 179.
 この際、図25Aに示すように、カップリングセンサ306用の検出シャフト310は、その下端のフランジ310bが係合凸部137の環状溝部139に係合していることから、係合凸部137のY1方向への退動に伴ってY1方向に退動する。従って、カップリングセンサ306は、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aとの係合動作の完了を検出できず、つまり、コントローラ514は、操作部14と作業部16の装着が完了したことを認識すると同時に、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aの係合が完了していないことを認識する。 At this time, as shown in FIG. 25A, the detection shaft 310 for the coupling sensor 306 is engaged with the annular groove 139 of the engaging protrusion 137 because the flange 310b at the lower end thereof is engaged with the engaging protrusion 137. Retreats in the Y1 direction with the retreat in the Y1 direction. Accordingly, the coupling sensor 306 cannot detect the completion of the engaging operation between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a. That is, the controller 514 indicates that the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 have been mounted. Simultaneously with the recognition, it is recognized that the engagement between the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a is not completed.
 そこで、コントローラ514では、例えばマスタスイッチ34(図1参照)がオン操作されることにより、前記原点サーチ動作の一動作として、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aとを係合させる係合動作(カップリング動作)を実施する。 Therefore, in the controller 514, for example, when the master switch 34 (see FIG. 1) is turned on, an engagement operation for engaging the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a as one operation of the origin search operation. (Coupling operation) is performed.
 図24A及び図25Aに示すように、先ず、係合凸部137の先端下面が係合凹部176aの先端上面に当接して着座している状態でモータ100が駆動される。これにより、ギア機構部106を介して駆動シャフト115が回転される一方、プーリ158aは回転されず、図24A中の破線矢印に示すように、係合凸部137が係合凹部176a上を摺接しながら回転する。 As shown in FIGS. 24A and 25A, first, the motor 100 is driven in a state where the lower surface of the front end of the engaging convex portion 137 is seated in contact with the upper surface of the front end of the engaging concave portion 176a. As a result, the drive shaft 115 is rotated via the gear mechanism portion 106, while the pulley 158a is not rotated, and the engagement convex portion 137 slides on the engagement concave portion 176a as indicated by the broken line arrow in FIG. 24A. Rotates while touching.
 図24Bに示すように、回転する大凸部402aが大凹部404aに一致すると、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aが係合可能な位相となるため、図25Bに示すように、係合凸部137はコイルばね121の付勢力によってY2方向に進動され、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aが互いに係合する。これにより、検出シャフト310も係合凸部137と共にY2方向に進動するため、カップリングセンサ306は、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aとの係合動作の完了を検出することができる。そして、駆動シャフト115とプーリ158aとが回転駆動力を伝達可能に連結されるため、係合凹部176aの回転位相、つまりプーリ158a及びワイヤ1054を介在した先端動作部12の動作姿勢についても、モータ100の回転駆動力によって制御可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIG. 24B, when the rotating large convex portion 402a coincides with the large concave portion 404a, the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are engaged with each other. The convex portion 137 is advanced in the Y2 direction by the biasing force of the coil spring 121, and the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are engaged with each other. As a result, the detection shaft 310 also moves in the Y2 direction together with the engaging convex portion 137, so that the coupling sensor 306 can detect the completion of the engaging operation between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a. . Further, since the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are coupled so as to be able to transmit the rotational driving force, the rotational phase of the engaging recess 176a, that is, the operating posture of the distal end operating unit 12 with the pulley 158a and the wire 1054 interposed therebetween is also considered. It becomes a controllable state with 100 rotational driving force.
 なお、コイルばね121によって弾性支持する対象を係合凹部176a(176b)側としても略同様の作用を得ることができるが、カップリングセンサ306は操作部14側に設けた方がコントローラ514との接続等にとって都合がよく、このため、検出シャフト310が連結される係合凸部137(138)側がコイルばね121によって弾性支持されて進退可能に構成されている方が望ましい。 Note that substantially the same operation can be obtained even if the object to be elastically supported by the coil spring 121 is the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) side, but the coupling sensor 306 is provided on the operation unit 14 side with the controller 514. For this reason, it is preferable that the engaging convex portion 137 (138) side to which the detection shaft 310 is coupled is elastically supported by the coil spring 121 and can be moved forward and backward.
 次に、上記の係合動作と共に実施される原点サーチ動作について説明する。本実施形態では、コントローラ514の制御下に該原点サーチ動作が駆動制御され、つまりコントローラ514が原点サーチ部としての機能を有する。 Next, the origin search operation performed together with the above engagement operation will be described. In the present embodiment, the origin search operation is driven and controlled under the control of the controller 514, that is, the controller 514 functions as an origin search unit.
 図26A~図26Dは、操作部14及び作業部16が外観上装着された状態での、係合凸部137(破線で示す)と係合凹部176a(実線で示す)の互いの初期位相(カップリングポジション)の各パターンを例示した説明図である。 26A to 26D show the initial phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (shown by a broken line) and the engaging concave portion 176a (shown by a solid line) in a state where the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are externally mounted ( It is explanatory drawing which illustrated each pattern of the coupling position).
 図26A~図26Dにおいて、一点鎖線で示す直線M0はモータ原点M0、つまりモータ100、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aの原点位相を示すと共に、先端動作部12が原点姿勢となる位相を示している。モータ原点M0は、図7及び図8に示す検出片333(334)の半円状の円板部の2つの端部333a、333a(334a、334a)が原点検出センサ331(332)を通過することにより、該原点検出センサ331(332)の出力が切り替わる点として、コントローラ514により検出される。検出片333には検出される端部333aが180°位相となっている。上記したように、プーリ158aの回転範囲は、正転及び逆転の範囲が共に180°未満となっているため(図14A等参照)、検出片333を180°位相とすることにより、原点に対して正領域であるか、あるいは負領域であるかを判断できる。 26A to 26D, a straight line M0 indicated by a one-dot chain line indicates the motor origin M0, that is, the origin phase of the motor 100, the drive shaft 115, and the pulley 158a, and the phase at which the distal end working unit 12 assumes the origin posture. As for the motor origin M0, two end portions 333a, 333a (334a, 334a) of the semicircular disk portion of the detection piece 333 (334) shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 pass through the origin detection sensor 331 (332). Thus, the controller 514 detects that the output of the origin detection sensor 331 (332) is switched. The detection piece 333 has a detected end portion 333a having a 180 ° phase. As described above, since the rotation range of the pulley 158a is less than 180 ° in both the forward rotation and the reverse rotation (see FIG. 14A, etc.), by setting the detection piece 333 to a 180 ° phase, Thus, it can be determined whether the region is a positive region or a negative region.
 なお、図26A~図26Dでは、理解の容易のため、駆動シャフト115側の係合凸部137を破線大円形状に示すと共に、大凸部402aを破線小円形状に示す一方、プーリ158a側の係合凹部176aを実線大円形状に示すと共に、大凹部404aを実線小円形状に示している。また、係合凹部176a(プーリ158a)の回転範囲を明確にするため、係合凹部176a側の当接部177a(177b)を外径方向に突出した当接部材として図示すると共に、その回転を規制するストッパ(プーリ動作限)179aを、ハッチングを付与した直線で図示しており、換言すれば、図23の変形例に示す当接部177cとストッパ179bとの当接による回転範囲の規制に類似した構造として図示しており、図27A以降についても同様である。さらに、このような係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aの係合のケースとしては、プーリ158aの初期位相によって8種類のケースが存在し得、原点サーチのために各ケース毎に8つの動作パターンで動作するようにプログラムされている。なお、基本的には、8つの動作パターンであるが、この動作パターンはモータ原点M0を中心とした対称系であることから、本実施形態では、コントローラ514の制御下に実施される図26A~図26Dに示す4つの代表的な動作パターンについて説明する。 In FIG. 26A to FIG. 26D, for easy understanding, the engagement convex portion 137 on the drive shaft 115 side is shown in a broken-line large circle shape, and the large convex portion 402a is shown in a broken-line small circle shape, while the pulley 158a side is shown. The engagement concave portion 176a is shown in a solid large circle shape, and the large concave portion 404a is shown in a solid line small circle shape. In addition, in order to clarify the rotation range of the engagement recess 176a (pulley 158a), the contact portion 177a (177b) on the engagement recess 176a side is illustrated as a contact member protruding in the outer diameter direction, and the rotation is performed. The stopper (pulley operation limit) 179a to be controlled is illustrated by a straight line with hatching. In other words, the rotation range is controlled by the contact between the contact portion 177c and the stopper 179b shown in the modification of FIG. This is illustrated as a similar structure, and the same applies to FIG. Further, as the cases of engagement of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a, there can be eight types of cases depending on the initial phase of the pulley 158a, and eight operations are performed for each case for the origin search. Programmed to work with patterns. Basically, there are eight operation patterns. Since this operation pattern is a symmetric system with the motor origin M0 as the center, in this embodiment, FIG. 26A to FIG. The four typical operation patterns shown in FIG. 26D will be described.
 図26Aは、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相を基準とした場合に、モータ原点M0と逆方向(逆転方向)に係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相がある状態を例示したものであり、このカップリングポジションからの係合動作及び原点サーチ動作を、以下、動作パターン(1)と呼ぶ。図26Bは、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)及び係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相が最初から(つまり、駆動部30及び作業部16が装着された瞬間から)一致している状態を例示したものであり、以下、動作パターン(2)と呼ぶ。図26Cは、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相を基準とした場合に、該係合凸部137(大凸部402a)とモータ原点M0との間に、係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相がある状態を例示したものであり、以下、動作パターン(3)と呼ぶ。図26Dは、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相を基準とした場合に、モータ原点M0の正方向(正転方向)に係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相がある状態を例示したものであり、以下、動作パターン(4)と呼ぶ。 FIG. 26A shows a state in which the phase of the engagement recess 176a (large recess 404a) is in the opposite direction (reverse direction) to the motor origin M0 when the phase of the engagement protrusion 137 (large protrusion 402a) is used as a reference. The engagement operation and the origin search operation from the coupling position are illustrated below as an operation pattern (1). In FIG. 26B, the phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) coincide from the beginning (that is, from the moment when the driving unit 30 and the working unit 16 are mounted). This is an example of a state of being present and is hereinafter referred to as an operation pattern (2). FIG. 26C shows an engagement recess 176a (between the engagement projection 137 (large projection 402a) and the motor origin M0 when the phase of the engagement projection 137 (large projection 402a) is used as a reference. The state in which the phase of the large concave portion 404a) is illustrated is illustrated, and is hereinafter referred to as an operation pattern (3). FIG. 26D shows a state in which the phase of the engagement recess 176a (large recess 404a) is in the positive direction (forward rotation direction) of the motor origin M0 when the phase of the engagement protrusion 137 (large protrusion 402a) is used as a reference. And is hereinafter referred to as an operation pattern (4).
 基本的なプログラム・シーケンスは、モータ原点M0の検出動作と係合動作から構成される。先ず、モータ原点M0の検出を行う。モータ原点M0の検出動作では、原点検出センサ331からスタート時の正負領域を判断し、駆動シャフト115をモータ原点M0方向へ動作させる。モータ原点M0の検出後、正負いずれかの動作限からいずれかの動作限へ連続的に動作させる。 The basic program sequence consists of the detection operation and engagement operation of the motor origin M0. First, the motor origin M0 is detected. In the operation of detecting the motor origin M0, the origin detection sensor 331 determines the positive / negative area at the start, and the drive shaft 115 is moved in the direction of the motor origin M0. After the motor origin M0 is detected, the motor is continuously operated from either the positive or negative operation limit to one of the operation limits.
 モータ原点M0検出時以降に、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aの係合が係合センサであるカップリングセンサ306により確認されれば、動作限から動作限へ連続的に動作させるシーケンスを終了し、モータ原点M0へ移動させ、原点サーチ動作は完了する。 If the engagement of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a is confirmed by the coupling sensor 306 as an engagement sensor after the motor origin M0 is detected, a sequence for continuously operating from the operation limit to the operation limit is determined. This is finished and moved to the motor origin M0, and the origin search operation is completed.
 上記の係合凸部137と係合凹部176aのそれぞれの位相関係により、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aの係合のタイミングや位置は異なるため、結果として動作パターンは複数考えられ、基本的には4ケースが考えられる。それぞれのケースにおける動作パターンを説明する。 The timing and position of engagement between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a differ depending on the phase relationship between the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a. As a result, a plurality of operation patterns can be considered. 4 cases are considered. The operation pattern in each case will be described.
 動作パターン(1)について、図27A~図27Dを参照して説明する。動作パターン(1)では初期状態において、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相に対し、モータ原点M0と逆方向(逆転方向)に係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相がある(図26A及び図27A参照)。 Operation pattern (1) will be described with reference to FIGS. 27A to 27D. In the operation pattern (1), in the initial state, the phase of the engagement concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) is opposite to the motor origin M0 (reverse direction) with respect to the phase of the engagement convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a). (See FIGS. 26A and 27A).
 先ず、駆動シャフト115は原点検出センサ331により負領域であることが分かるため、モータ100を駆動制御して駆動シャフト115を正方向(図27Aで時計回り)に回転させ、図27A中の破線矢印で示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)をモータ原点M0方向に回転させる。そうすると、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)はモータ原点M0に一致した位相となり(図27B参照)、原点検出センサ331により検出片333の端部333aが検出され(図8参照)、この位相をコントローラ514はモータ100の原点として認識する。 First, since the origin shaft detection sensor 331 shows that the drive shaft 115 is in the negative region, the motor 100 is driven and controlled to rotate the drive shaft 115 in the positive direction (clockwise in FIG. 27A). As shown, the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is rotated in the motor origin M0 direction. Then, the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) has a phase that matches the motor origin M0 (see FIG. 27B), and the origin detection sensor 331 detects the end 333a of the detection piece 333 (see FIG. 8). The controller 514 recognizes the phase as the origin of the motor 100.
 続けて、図27C中の破線矢印で示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)をさらに正転方向に回転させることにより、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相が係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相に一致して、互いに係合する(図27C参照)。係合凸部137と係合凹部176aとの係合動作は、図24A~図25Bを参照して上記した通りであり、この係合は、カップリングセンサ306を介してコントローラ514によって検出される。 Subsequently, as indicated by a broken line arrow in FIG. 27C, the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is changed by further rotating the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) in the normal rotation direction. The engaging recesses 176a (large recesses 404a) are in phase with each other (see FIG. 27C). The engagement operation of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a is as described above with reference to FIGS. 24A to 25B, and this engagement is detected by the controller 514 via the coupling sensor 306. .
 そこで、図30C中の実線矢印に示すように、係合凹部176aと係合した係合凸部137をモータ原点M0へと回転させることにより、係合凹部176aも一緒にモータ原点M0に回転し、図27D等に示す場合と同様に、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aが所定の原点位相に設定され、先端動作部12も所定の原点姿勢となる。 Therefore, as shown by the solid arrow in FIG. 30C, by rotating the engaging convex portion 137 engaged with the engaging concave portion 176a to the motor origin M0, the engaging concave portion 176a is also rotated to the motor origin M0 together. Similarly to the case shown in FIG. 27D and the like, the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase, and the distal end working unit 12 also has a predetermined origin posture.
 動作パターン(2)について、図28A~図28Dを参照して説明する。動作パターン(2)では初期状態において、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)及び係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相が最初から一致しており(図26B及び図28A参照)、この係合は、カップリングセンサ306を介してコントローラ514によって検出されている。 The operation pattern (2) will be described with reference to FIGS. 28A to 28D. In the operation pattern (2), in the initial state, the phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) coincide from the beginning (see FIGS. 26B and 28A). Engagement is detected by the controller 514 via the coupling sensor 306.
 先ず、図28A中の矢印に示すように、係合凹部176aに係合した係合凸部137をモータ原点M0へと回転させることにより、係合凹部176aも一緒にモータ原点M0に回転する。そうすると、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aはモータ原点M0に一致した位相となり(図28B参照)、原点検出センサ331により検出片333の端部333aが検出され(図8参照)、この位相をコントローラ514はモータ100の原点として認識する。このため、モータ100の回転が停止されるが、図28Aから図28Bに示すようにして原点が検出された際には、検出と略同時にモータ100を停止させたとしても、モータ100は原点位置から多少のオーバーランをしている(図28C参照)。 First, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 28A, by rotating the engaging convex portion 137 engaged with the engaging concave portion 176a to the motor origin M0, the engaging concave portion 176a is also rotated to the motor origin M0 together. Then, the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a have a phase that coincides with the motor origin M0 (see FIG. 28B), and the end portion 333a of the detection piece 333 is detected by the origin detecting sensor 331 (see FIG. 8). Is recognized as the origin of the motor 100. For this reason, the rotation of the motor 100 is stopped. However, when the origin is detected as shown in FIGS. 28A to 28B, even if the motor 100 is stopped substantially at the same time as the detection, the motor 100 remains at the origin position. To overrun (see FIG. 28C).
 そこで、図28Dに示すように、モータ原点M0まで逆転方向にモータ100を回転させることにより、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aがモータ原点M0に戻されて停止され、これにより、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aが所定の原点位相に設定され、先端動作部12も所定の原点姿勢となる。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 28D, by rotating the motor 100 in the reverse direction to the motor origin M0, the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a are returned to the motor origin M0 and stopped. 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase, and the distal end working unit 12 is also in a predetermined origin posture.
 動作パターン(3)について、図29A~図29Cを参照して説明する。動作パターン(3)では初期状態において、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相を基準とした場合に、該係合凸部137(大凸部402a)とモータ原点M0との間に、係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相がある(図26C及び図29A参照)。 The operation pattern (3) will be described with reference to FIGS. 29A to 29C. In the operation pattern (3), when the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is used as a reference in the initial state, between the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the motor origin M0. There is a phase of the engaging recess 176a (large recess 404a) (see FIGS. 26C and 29A).
 先ず、モータ100を駆動制御して、図29A中の破線矢印で示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)をモータ原点M0方向に回転させる。そうすると、図29Bに示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相が係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相に一致して互いに係合し、この係合は、カップリングセンサ306を介してコントローラ514によって検出される。 First, the drive control of the motor 100 is performed, and the engagement convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is rotated in the motor origin M0 direction as shown by the broken line arrow in FIG. 29A. Then, as shown in FIG. 29B, the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) matches the phase of the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) and is engaged with each other. It is detected by the controller 514 via the sensor 306.
 そこで、図29B中の矢印に示すように、係合凹部176aに係合した係合凸部137をモータ原点M0へと回転させることにより、係合凹部176aも一緒にモータ原点M0に回転されて、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aはモータ原点M0に一致した位相となり(図29C参照)、原点検出センサ331により検出片333の端部333aが検出され(図8参照)、この位相をコントローラ514はモータ100の原点として認識する。続いて、図28B~図28Dに示す動作と略同様、図29Cの往復矢印で示すように、モータ100はモータ原点M0を多少オーバーランして停止された後、逆転方向に回転されることにより、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aがモータ原点M0に戻されて停止され、これにより、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aが所定の原点位相に設定され、先端動作部12も所定の原点姿勢となる。 Therefore, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 29B, by rotating the engagement convex portion 137 engaged with the engagement concave portion 176a to the motor origin M0, the engagement recess 176a is also rotated to the motor origin M0 together. The engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a have a phase that coincides with the motor origin M0 (see FIG. 29C), and the origin detecting sensor 331 detects the end 333a of the detecting piece 333 (see FIG. 8). The controller 514 recognizes the origin of the motor 100. Subsequently, as shown by the reciprocating arrow in FIG. 29C, the motor 100 is stopped by slightly overrunning the motor origin M0 and then rotated in the reverse direction, as shown by the reciprocating arrow in FIG. 29C. The engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a are returned to the motor origin M0 and stopped, whereby the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase, and the distal end operating portion 12 is also set to a predetermined origin posture. Become.
 動作パターン(4)について、図30A~図30Cを参照して説明する。動作パターン(4)では初期状態において、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相を基準とした場合に、モータ原点M0の正方向(正転方向)に係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相がある(図26D及び図30A参照)。 The operation pattern (4) will be described with reference to FIGS. 30A to 30C. In the operation pattern (4), in the initial state, when the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is used as a reference, the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) extends in the positive direction (forward rotation direction) of the motor origin M0. ) (See FIGS. 26D and 30A).
 先ず、モータ100を駆動制御して、図30A中の破線矢印で示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)をモータ原点M0方向に回転させる。そうすると、図30Bに示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)はモータ原点M0に一致した位相となり、原点検出センサ331により検出片333の端部333aが検出され(図8参照)、この位相をコントローラ514はモータ100の原点として認識する。 First, the drive control of the motor 100 is performed, and the engagement convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is rotated in the direction of the motor origin M0 as indicated by a broken line arrow in FIG. 30A. Then, as shown in FIG. 30B, the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) has a phase that coincides with the motor origin M0, and the origin detection sensor 331 detects the end 333a of the detection piece 333 (see FIG. 8). The controller 514 recognizes this phase as the origin of the motor 100.
 続けて、図30B中の破線矢印で示すように、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)をさらに正転方向に回転させることにより、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)の位相が係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相に一致して、互いに係合し(図30C参照)、この係合は、カップリングセンサ306を介してコントローラ514によって検出される。 Subsequently, as indicated by a broken-line arrow in FIG. 30B, the phase of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) is changed by further rotating the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) in the forward rotation direction. The engagement recesses 176a (large recesses 404a) are in phase with each other (see FIG. 30C), and this engagement is detected by the controller 514 via the coupling sensor 306.
 そこで、図27Dに示す場合と略同様に、係合凹部176aに係合した係合凸部137をモータ原点M0へと戻すことにより、係合凹部176aも一緒にモータ原点M0に回転し、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aが所定の原点位相に設定され、先端動作部12も所定の原点姿勢となる。 Therefore, in substantially the same manner as shown in FIG. 27D, by returning the engaging convex portion 137 engaged with the engaging concave portion 176a to the motor origin M0, the engaging concave portion 176a is also rotated to the motor origin M0 and driven. The shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase, and the distal end working unit 12 is also in a predetermined origin posture.
 ところで、場合によっては、係合凸部137と係合凹部176aとの摩擦や引っ掛かり等により、両者が係合(嵌合)していない状態であっても、プーリ158aは、駆動シャフト115と共に連れ回りされ回転することも考えられる。そのような場合、動作パターン(1)では、図27Cの位置では係合せず、最悪の場合、ストッパ179a(+動作限)の位置で係合することになる。動作パターン(3)、(4)の場合も同様に、ストッパ179a(+動作限)の位置で係合することになる。つまり、プーリ158aが駆動シャフト115と連れ回った場合でも、少なくとも正負の動作限から動作限へ連続的に動作するシーケンスが含まれていたら、動作限近傍で係合させることは可能である。なお、動作限方向へ動作しているときに、動作限近傍で係合した場合でも、シーケンス的には、既にモータ原点M0の検出は完了しているため、動作限の位置はわかっており、動作限近傍では、減速、停止等の処置は可能であり、ストッパ179aに機械的に高速状態で衝突して、駆動系に機械的ダメージや破損・破壊を与えることなく、高速に原点サーチ動作を行うことが可能である。 By the way, depending on the case, the pulley 158a is moved together with the drive shaft 115 even if the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a are not engaged (fitted) due to friction or catching. It is also possible to rotate and rotate. In such a case, the operation pattern (1) does not engage at the position of FIG. 27C, and in the worst case, engages at the position of the stopper 179a (+ operation limit). Similarly, in the case of the operation patterns (3) and (4), the engagement is performed at the position of the stopper 179a (+ operation limit). That is, even when the pulley 158a rotates with the drive shaft 115, it can be engaged in the vicinity of the operation limit if at least a sequence of continuous operation from the positive / negative operation limit to the operation limit is included. Even when engaged in the vicinity of the operation limit when operating in the direction of the operation limit, since the detection of the motor origin M0 has already been completed in sequence, the position of the operation limit is known. In the vicinity of the operation limit, measures such as deceleration and stop are possible, and the origin search operation is performed at high speed without causing mechanical damage, breakage or destruction to the drive system by colliding with the stopper 179a in a mechanically high speed state. Is possible.
 また、動作パターン(1)の場合、図27Bから図27Cの状態へ動作する方法として、同一方向へ回転させた場合について説明したが、図27Bの動作後、動作限であるストッパ179aの位置で一旦停止し、逆方向回転させてもよい。この場合も、シーケンス的には、既にモータ原点M0の検出は完了しているため、一旦停止し反転させることは容易である。θの角度が小さい場合には、一旦停止させた方が、移動距離が短くなり、原点サーチ動作を短縮させることが可能である。 In the case of the operation pattern (1), as a method of operating from the state of FIG. 27B to the state of FIG. 27C, the case of rotating in the same direction has been described, but after the operation of FIG. It may be temporarily stopped and rotated in the reverse direction. Also in this case, since the detection of the motor origin M0 has already been completed in sequence, it is easy to stop and reverse it. If the angle of θ is small, the movement distance becomes shorter and the origin search operation can be shortened if it is temporarily stopped.
 同一方向へ回転させるか、反転させるか、どちらのシーケンス・プラグラムをコントローラ514に組み込むかは、動作範囲である許容回転範囲θ、原点サーチ最大許容時間、係合部の位相状態の頻度等を考慮して決定すればよい。 Whether to rotate or reverse in the same direction, or to incorporate the sequence program into the controller 514, considers the allowable rotation range θ, which is the operation range, the maximum origin search allowable time, the frequency of the phase state of the engaging part, etc. And decide.
 原点サーチ動作は、操作ボタン(マスタスイッチ34)を押したらスタートし自動的に完了する、もしくは、スイッチ(マスタスイッチ34)を押しているときだけ、サーチ動作を行い、離したら停止、再度押すと再スタート等のようにしてもよい。後者の場合、マニュアル的な操作となり、異常を感じたときや、途中停止したいときに、原点サーチ動作をすぐに停止させることができる。 The origin search operation starts when the operation button (master switch 34) is pressed and automatically completes. Alternatively, the search operation is performed only when the switch (master switch 34) is pressed, stops when released, and restarts when pressed again. You may do it like a start. In the latter case, the operation is a manual operation, and the origin search operation can be immediately stopped when an abnormality is felt or when it is desired to stop halfway.
 ところで、上記したように、駆動シャフト115(116)とプーリ158a(158b)との係合(カップリング)は、上記例示した単一の位相でのみ係合可能に構成する以外にも、2以上の位相で係合可能に構成することもできる。 By the way, as described above, the engagement (coupling) between the drive shaft 115 (116) and the pulley 158a (158b) is not limited to the above-described single phase, but may be two or more. It can also be configured to be engageable at the phase.
 次に、駆動シャフト115(116)及びプーリ158a(158b)の係合凸部137(138)及び係合凹部176a(176b)の係合位相の構成例について説明する。 Next, a configuration example of the engagement phase of the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) of the drive shaft 115 (116) and the pulley 158a (158b) will be described.
 駆動シャフト115(116)とプーリ158a(158b)とのカップリングにおける係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)との係合位相は、例えば、先端動作部12の構成の違い等によりプーリ158a(158b)に設定される動作領域(許容回転範囲)に応じて設定されるとよく、単一の位相以外にも、2以上の位相での係合を可能に構成することができる。 The engagement phase between the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) in the coupling of the drive shaft 115 (116) and the pulley 158a (158b) is, for example, the difference in the configuration of the distal end working portion 12. It may be set according to the operation region (allowable rotation range) set in the pulley 158a (158b) by, for example, and it may be configured to allow engagement in two or more phases in addition to a single phase. it can.
 先端動作部12を直接的に動作させる従動軸であるプーリ158a(158b)の動作領域である許容回転範囲をθ(°)とし、360(°)/θ(°)の商の整数部分をnとすると、上記した原点サーチ動作等を考慮して、最大n箇所での係合が可能、つまりn箇所以下の位相でのみ係合可能に構成される。 Let θ (°) be an allowable rotation range that is an operation region of the pulley 158a (158b) that is a driven shaft that directly operates the distal end working unit 12, and an integer part of a quotient of 360 (°) / θ (°) is n. Then, in consideration of the above-described origin search operation and the like, it is possible to engage at a maximum of n places, that is, to be engageable only at a phase of n places or less.
 そこで、許容回転範囲θと係合箇所(n箇所)との関係は、次の(1)~(5)に例示するように設定できる。なお、前記許容回転範囲θは、図14Aに示すプーリ158aの場合、矢印+θが例えば90°であり、矢印-θが例えば90°であるとすると許容回転範囲θが180°となり、プーリ158bの場合、矢印+θが例えば135°であり、矢印-θが例えば135°であるとすると許容回転範囲θが270°となる。 Therefore, the relationship between the allowable rotation range θ and the engagement location (n location) can be set as exemplified in the following (1) to (5). In the case of the pulley 158a shown in FIG. 14A, the allowable rotation range θ is 90 °, for example, the arrow + θ is 90 °, and the arrow −θ is 90 °, for example, the allowable rotation range θ is 180 °, and the pulley 158b In this case, if the arrow + θ is, for example, 135 ° and the arrow −θ is, for example, 135 °, the allowable rotation range θ is 270 °.
 (1)θが180°(度)以上360°(度)未満の場合には1箇所であり、係合凸部及び係合凹部は単一位相の形状で係合可能に構成する必要がある。(2)θが120°以上180°未満の場合には2箇所以下であり、係合凸部及び係合凹部は180°位相形状で係合可能に構成することができる。(3)θが90°以上120°未満の場合には3箇所以下であり、係合凸部及び係合凹部は120°位相の形状で係合可能に構成することができる。(4)θが72°以上90°未満の場合には4箇所以下であり、係合凸部及び係合凹部は90°位相の形状で係合可能に構成することができる。(5)θが60°以上72°未満の場合には5箇所以下であり、係合凸部及び係合凹部は72°位相の形状で係合可能に構成することができ、それ以降の動作領域についても同様である。 (1) When θ is 180 ° (degrees) or more and less than 360 ° (degrees), there is one place, and the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion need to be configured to be engageable in a single phase shape. . (2) When θ is 120 ° or more and less than 180 °, there are two or less places, and the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion can be configured to be engageable in a 180 ° phase shape. (3) When θ is 90 ° or more and less than 120 °, the number is three or less, and the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion can be configured to be engageable in a 120 ° phase shape. (4) When θ is not less than 72 ° and less than 90 °, there are four locations or less, and the engaging convex portion and the engaging concave portion can be configured to be engageable in a 90 ° phase shape. (5) When θ is 60 ° or more and less than 72 °, the number is 5 or less, and the engagement convex portion and the engagement concave portion can be configured to be engageable in a 72 ° phase shape, and the subsequent operation The same applies to the area.
 例えば、図14Aでは、プーリ158a、158bの許容回転範囲θ(矢印+θと矢印-θとが示す範囲の合計)が、それぞれ180°、270°に設定されている。このため、上記(1)に示すように、係合可能箇所は1箇所とする必要があり、係合凸部137、138と係合凹部176a、176bの係合位相も単一の位相でのみ係合するように構成している。 For example, in FIG. 14A, the permissible rotation ranges θ of pulleys 158a and 158b (the sum of the ranges indicated by arrows + θ and −θ) are set to 180 ° and 270 °, respectively. For this reason, as shown in the above (1), it is necessary to have one place where engagement is possible, and the engagement phases of the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and the engagement concave portions 176a and 176b are also only a single phase. It is configured to engage.
 一方、図31A及び図31Bに示すように、プーリ158a(158b)の許容回転範囲θ(矢印+θと矢印-θとが示す範囲の合計)が、120°以上180°未満に設定されている場合(120°≦θ<180°)には、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とは、互いに2つの大凸部402a及び大凹部404aを有する180°位相の形状に構成し、2箇所(1箇所でも当然よい)で係合可能に構成することができる。なお、図32A及び図32Bは、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とを180°位相の形状に構成した場合、つまり、120°≦θ<180°での他の形状例であり、勿論これ以外の形状としてもよい。 On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 31A and 31B, when the allowable rotation range θ of pulley 158a (158b) (the sum of the ranges indicated by arrows + θ and −θ) is set to 120 ° or more and less than 180 ° (120 ° ≦ θ <180 °), the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) have a 180 ° phase shape having two large convex portions 402a and large concave portions 404a. It can comprise, and it can comprise so that engagement is possible at two places (it is natural even if it is one place). 32A and 32B show a case where the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are configured in a 180 ° phase shape, that is, other cases where 120 ° ≦ θ <180 °. It is a shape example, and of course, other shapes may be used.
 図33A及び図33Bに示すように、プーリ158a(158b)の許容回転範囲θが、90°以上120°未満に設定されている場合(90°≦θ<120°)には、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とは、互いに3つの大凸部402a及び大凹部404aを有する120°位相の形状に構成し、3箇所(1又は2箇所でも当然よい)で係合可能に構成することができる。なお、図34A及び図34Bは、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とを120°位相の形状に構成した場合、つまり、90°≦θ<120°での他の形状例であり、勿論これ以外の形状としてもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 33A and 33B, when the allowable rotation range θ of the pulley 158a (158b) is set to 90 ° or more and less than 120 ° (90 ° ≦ θ <120 °), the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement recess 176a (176b) are formed in a 120 ° phase shape having three large protrusions 402a and a large recess 404a, and are engaged at three positions (which may be one or two positions as a matter of course). Can be configured. 34A and 34B show the case where the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are formed in a 120 ° phase shape, that is, other cases of 90 ° ≦ θ <120 °. It is a shape example, and of course, other shapes may be used.
 このように、互いにカップリングして回転駆動力を伝達する係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)とは、プーリ158a(158b)の回転許容範囲θに応じて、n箇所以下で係合可能に構成することができる。特に、上記(2)や(3)等に示すように複数箇所での係合が可能な場合には、それぞれ最大の係合箇所、例えば上記(2)では2箇所、上記(3)では3箇所で係合可能な形状に構成すれば、カップリング形状の対称化を図ることができ、原点サーチ動作に要する時間を可及的に短縮することが可能となる。なお、上記(2)~(5)等に示す2箇所以上での係合を可能にした形状とした場合であっても、原点サーチ動作は、図26A~図30Cに示されるような単一位相形状の場合の動作と略同様に実施可能である。 As described above, the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) that couple with each other and transmit the rotational driving force are n places according to the rotation allowable range θ of the pulley 158a (158b). It can comprise so that engagement is possible below. In particular, as shown in the above (2), (3), etc., when engagement at a plurality of locations is possible, each of the maximum engagement locations, for example, 2 locations in (2) above and 3 in (3) above. If it is configured in a shape that can be engaged at a location, the coupling shape can be symmetrized, and the time required for the origin search operation can be shortened as much as possible. Note that even when the shape is such that the engagement at two or more locations shown in (2) to (5) above is possible, the origin search operation is performed in a single manner as shown in FIGS. 26A to 30C. The operation can be performed in substantially the same manner as in the case of the phase shape.
 同様に、原点検出センサ331(332)のセンサドグである検出片333(334)についても上記カップリングの係合箇所(n箇所)に伴って形状を変更することができ、n箇所の係合位相に設定された場合にはn・2箇所で切り替えて原点検出センサ331(332)で検出可能に構成すればよい。例えば、上記したように、単一の係合位相の場合には、正転及び逆転がそれぞれ180°未満となるため、検出片333(334)が180°位相の形状(2軸)で構成されており、これによりモータ原点を一層迅速に検出可能となっている。 Similarly, the shape of the detection piece 333 (334), which is a sensor dog of the origin detection sensor 331 (332), can be changed in accordance with the coupling engagement position (n position), and the n engagement phases can be changed. If it is set to n, it may be configured to be detected by the origin detection sensor 331 (332) by switching at n · 2 places. For example, as described above, in the case of a single engagement phase, since the forward rotation and the reverse rotation are each less than 180 °, the detection piece 333 (334) is configured in a 180 ° phase shape (biaxial). This makes it possible to detect the motor origin more quickly.
 より具体的には、検出片333の形状について、例えば、180°≦許容回転範囲θ<360°の場合には、図7及び図8に示すように半円の180°位相の形状とするとよく、120°≦θ<180°の場合には、図35に示すように1/4円が2箇所にある90°位相の形状とするとよく、90°≦θ<120°の場合には、図36に示すように1/6円が3箇所にある60°位相の形状とするとよい。このように、許容回転範囲θやカップリングの係合形状(n箇所カップリング形状)に応じて、原点検出センサ331のセンサドグである検出片333の位相形状を最適に構成することにより、モータ原点M0を一層迅速に検出することが可能となる。 More specifically, as for the shape of the detection piece 333, for example, when 180 ° ≦ allowable rotation range θ <360 °, the shape of the semicircular 180 ° phase may be used as shown in FIGS. In the case of 120 ° ≦ θ <180 °, the shape of the 90 ° phase may be a two-quarter circle as shown in FIG. 35. In the case of 90 ° ≦ θ <120 °, As shown in FIG. 36, it is preferable to have a 60 ° phase shape in which there are three 1/6 circles. Thus, the motor origin is configured by optimally configuring the phase shape of the detection piece 333, which is the sensor dog of the origin detection sensor 331, according to the allowable rotation range θ and the coupling engagement shape (n-point coupling shape). It becomes possible to detect M0 more rapidly.
 次に、基本的には以上のように構成されるマニピュレータ10における起動動作(使用準備動作)及び該起動動作に関連した操作部14及び作業部16の装着動作について、図37のフローチャートを参照して説明する。以下では、単一位相で係合する係合凸部137(138)及び係合凹部176a(176b)を用いた構成を例示して説明するが、上記した2以上の位相で係合する構成のもの(図31A等参照)であっても略同様に制御及び動作可能である。 Next, with respect to the starting operation (use preparation operation) in the manipulator 10 basically configured as described above and the mounting operation of the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 related to the starting operation, refer to the flowchart of FIG. I will explain. In the following, a configuration using the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) that engage with each other in a single phase will be described as an example. Even a thing (see FIG. 31A etc.) can be controlled and operated in substantially the same manner.
 図37のステップS1において、マニピュレータ10を含むシステムを起動するために、先ず、操作者はコントローラ514の電源スイッチ516(図1参照)をオンし、コントローラ514及び周辺システム等を起動する(ステップS2)。 In step S1 of FIG. 37, in order to start up the system including the manipulator 10, first, the operator turns on the power switch 516 (see FIG. 1) of the controller 514 to start up the controller 514 and the peripheral system (step S2). ).
 次に、ステップS3において、操作部14をコントローラ514に対して装着する。例えば、操作部14のグリップハンドル26下端から延びたケーブル61先端のコネクタ520をコントローラ514の第1ポート515aに接続する(図1参照)。 Next, in step S3, the operation unit 14 is attached to the controller 514. For example, the connector 520 at the tip of the cable 61 extending from the lower end of the grip handle 26 of the operation unit 14 is connected to the first port 515a of the controller 514 (see FIG. 1).
 ステップS4では、コントローラ514に接続された操作部14に対し、所定の先端動作部12を備えた作業部16を装着する。この装着動作は、上記したように、操作部14から突出している2本のガイドピン163、163がそれぞれ作業部16のピン穴161、161に嵌合するように、且つ、操作部14の位置決め凹部406が作業部16の位置決め凸部408に係合するように位置合わせを行いつつ、操作部14と作業部16とを互いに押圧して密着させる(図6、図22A及び図22B参照)。これにより、着脱レバー400の爪部400cが係止部401aに係合し(図1~図3参照)、操作部14と作業部16との装着が完了する。操作部14と作業部16との装着が完了したことは、検出シャフト316が止板179に着座したことが着脱センサ314に検出されることにより(図7、図25A及び図25B参照)、コントローラ514に認識される。 In step S4, the working unit 16 including the predetermined tip operating unit 12 is attached to the operation unit 14 connected to the controller 514. As described above, the mounting operation is performed so that the two guide pins 163 and 163 protruding from the operation unit 14 are fitted in the pin holes 161 and 161 of the working unit 16 and the operation unit 14 is positioned. Positioning is performed so that the concave portion 406 engages with the positioning convex portion 408 of the working portion 16, the operating portion 14 and the working portion 16 are pressed and brought into close contact with each other (see FIGS. 6, 22A, and 22B). Thereby, the claw portion 400c of the detachable lever 400 is engaged with the locking portion 401a (see FIGS. 1 to 3), and the mounting of the operation portion 14 and the working portion 16 is completed. The completion of the mounting of the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 is based on the fact that the attachment / detachment sensor 314 detects that the detection shaft 316 is seated on the stop plate 179 (see FIGS. 7, 25A and 25B). 514.
 そこで、ステップS5において、コントローラ514は、ステップS4での着脱センサ314の検出をトリガとして、又は他の図示しないスイッチ入力等に基づき、カメラ224及びLED224aを駆動制御してバーコード222を撮像し(図20参照)、バーコード222から作業部16の個体情報として、仕様(先端動作部12の種類)、使用回数及び使用量制限(上限)等を取得する。また、コントローラ514では、作業部16の個体情報を取得し、該個体情報に応じて作業部16の種類に応じてモータ100、102等を適切に制御することができる。 Therefore, in step S5, the controller 514 captures an image of the barcode 222 by controlling the driving of the camera 224 and the LED 224a based on the detection of the attachment / detachment sensor 314 in step S4 or based on other switch input (not shown) ( As shown in FIG. 20, the specification (type of the tip operation unit 12), the number of uses, the use amount limit (upper limit), and the like are acquired from the barcode 222 as individual information of the working unit 16. Further, the controller 514 can acquire individual information of the working unit 16 and appropriately control the motors 100 and 102 and the like according to the type of the working unit 16 according to the individual information.
 上記したように、操作部14と作業部16とが外見上装着完了した状態であっても、実質的な装着として駆動シャフト115(116)とプーリ158a(158b)とを係合させる係合動作と、この係合動作と共に実施して、モータ100(102)や先端動作部12を所定の原点位置や原点姿勢に設定する原点サーチ動作を行う必要がある。 As described above, even when the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are apparently mounted, the engagement operation for engaging the drive shaft 115 (116) and the pulley 158a (158b) as substantial mounting. It is necessary to perform an origin search operation for setting the motor 100 (102) and the distal end operating unit 12 to a predetermined origin position and origin posture together with this engagement operation.
 そこで、ステップS6において、操作部14と作業部16とが装着されたマニピュレータ10のマスタスイッチ34(図1参照)をオンすることにより、ステップS7において、コントローラ514の制御下に、又は操作部14に内蔵される図示しない制御部の制御下に、図26A~図30Cに例示される上記した原点サーチ動作が実施される。これにより、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)が係合されると共に(図25B及び図27C等参照)、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aが所定の原点位相に設定され(図27D等参照)、先端動作部12も所定の原点姿勢に設定されて、マニピュレータ10の使用準備が完了する(ステップS8)。このように、原点サーチ動作が実行されることにより、原点位置の検出を容易に行うことができる共に、操作部14と作業部16の装着後の動作開始を一層円滑に実行することができる。 Therefore, in step S6, by turning on the master switch 34 (see FIG. 1) of the manipulator 10 to which the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are attached, in step S7, under the control of the controller 514 or the operation unit 14 The above-described origin search operation illustrated in FIGS. 26A to 30C is performed under the control of a control unit (not shown) incorporated in the system. As a result, the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a (176b) are engaged (see FIGS. 25B and 27C, etc.), and the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase ( As shown in FIG. 27D, the distal end working unit 12 is also set to a predetermined origin posture, and the preparation for use of the manipulator 10 is completed (step S8). As described above, by performing the origin search operation, the origin position can be easily detected, and the operation start after the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 are mounted can be more smoothly performed.
 上記ステップS7による原点サーチ動作中には、マスタスイッチ34と並設されたLED29(図1参照)を、例えば緑色で点滅させるように制御する。そうすると、操作者は原点サーチ動作が実施されていることを容易に認識することができる。また、ステップS8により使用準備が完了した後は、LED29を、例えば緑色で点灯させるように制御することにより、マニピュレータ10が正常に起動されて所定の使用可能状態にあることを操作者に明示することができる。なお、LED29は、上記ステップS1~S6までは消灯されているが、その処理状態に応じた点灯や点滅等をするように制御してもよいことは勿論である。 During the origin search operation in step S7, the LED 29 (see FIG. 1) arranged in parallel with the master switch 34 is controlled to blink in green, for example. Then, the operator can easily recognize that the origin search operation is being performed. Further, after the preparation for use is completed in step S8, the LED 29 is controlled so as to be lit in green, for example, to clearly indicate to the operator that the manipulator 10 is normally activated and is in a predetermined usable state. be able to. The LED 29 is not lit until the above steps S1 to S6. Of course, the LED 29 may be controlled to be turned on or blinking according to the processing state.
 ステップS8により使用準備が完了された後、つまりマニピュレータ10が使用可能状態となった後、操作者は、グリップハンドル26を把持すると共に、複合入力部24及びトリガレバー36を操作して、マニピュレータ10を所定の手技に対応して動作させることができる。 After the preparation for use is completed in step S8, that is, after the manipulator 10 is ready for use, the operator holds the grip handle 26 and operates the composite input unit 24 and the trigger lever 36 to operate the manipulator 10. Can be operated in accordance with a predetermined procedure.
 この状態で、例えば手技の一時中断等により、マスタスイッチ34がオフされた場合には(ステップS9)、LED29が消灯されてマニピュレータ10の使用可能状態が停止される。その後、作業部16を取り外す等することなく、続けて手技を行う場合には、再びマスタスイッチ34をオンすることにより(ステップS10)、ステップS8へと戻り、マニピュレータ10は再び使用可能状態となり、操作者は所定の手技を開始し又は継続することができる。この際、ステップS9からステップS10までの間、つまりマスタスイッチ34がオフされた後、オンされるまでの間に、作業部16の操作部14からの取り外し等が行われない限りは、ステップS7で設定されたモータ100、102や先端動作部12の原点位置がずれることはなく、ステップS10の後は迅速にステップS8に移行することができる。 In this state, when the master switch 34 is turned off, for example, due to a temporary interruption of the procedure (step S9), the LED 29 is turned off and the usable state of the manipulator 10 is stopped. After that, when performing the procedure without removing the working unit 16 or the like, by turning on the master switch 34 again (step S10), the process returns to step S8, and the manipulator 10 becomes usable again. An operator can initiate or continue a predetermined procedure. At this time, unless the detachment of the working unit 16 from the operation unit 14 or the like is performed from step S9 to step S10, that is, after the master switch 34 is turned off, the step S7 is performed. The origin positions of the motors 100 and 102 and the distal end working unit 12 set in step S5 are not shifted, and after step S10, the process can quickly move to step S8.
 一方、ステップS8の後、例えば他の手技に対応して作業部16を変更するために、作業部16と操作部14とを取り外した場合には(ステップS11及びステップS12)、それぞれステップS4及びステップS3へと戻り、その後は上記した制御フローが実施される。 On the other hand, after step S8, for example, when the work unit 16 and the operation unit 14 are removed in order to change the work unit 16 in response to another procedure (step S11 and step S12), step S4 and step S4, respectively. Returning to step S3, the control flow described above is performed thereafter.
 ところで、上記ステップS5に示すバーコード222の読取動作では、例えば、図37中にE1~E3で示すようなエラーを生じることがある。マニピュレータ10で発生するエラーは、次のエラーE1~E3及びエラーE4以外の状態に係るものも当然発生する可能性があるが、以下ではエラーE1~E4を例示して説明する。 By the way, in the reading operation of the bar code 222 shown in step S5, for example, errors as indicated by E1 to E3 in FIG. 37 may occur. Although errors that occur in the manipulator 10 may naturally occur in relation to states other than the following errors E1 to E3 and error E4, errors E1 to E4 will be described below as examples.
 エラーE1(バーコード読取異常)は、ステップS5におけるバーコード222の読取動作によって、バーコード222の読取異常が生じた場合、例えばカメラ224でバーコード222を正確に撮像できない場合やバーコード222がコントローラ514の制御対象の作業部16等以外のものの場合等である。この場合には、ステップS13において、LED29を、例えば赤色で点滅させるように制御する作業部取り外し要請が実施される。該作業部取り外し要請は、LED29の表示以外にも、コントローラ514の表示部(ディスプレイ)517(図1参照)にエラーE1の表示を行い、また図示しないスピーカ等により警告音等を発生するようにしてもよい。この作業部取り外し要請に応じて、操作者が作業部16を操作部14から取り外した場合には、LED29による前記赤色の点滅が消灯され、上記ステップS4に戻る。そこで、操作者は作業部16の再確認やバーコード222の汚れ等の確認等を行うことになる。 Error E1 (abnormal barcode reading) occurs when the barcode 222 reading abnormality occurs in step S5, for example, when the barcode 222 cannot be accurately captured by the camera 224 or when the barcode 222 is This is the case other than the work unit 16 or the like to be controlled by the controller 514. In this case, in step S13, a work unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red, for example, is performed. In addition to the LED 29 display, the work unit removal request displays an error E1 on the display unit (display) 517 (see FIG. 1) of the controller 514 and generates a warning sound or the like through a speaker (not shown). May be. When the operator removes the work unit 16 from the operation unit 14 in response to the work unit removal request, the red flashing by the LED 29 is turned off, and the process returns to step S4. Therefore, the operator reconfirms the working unit 16 and confirms the stain of the barcode 222 and the like.
 エラーE2(使用量制限オーバー)は、ステップS5におけるバーコード222の読取動作によって、装着された作業部16が使用量制限オーバーとなっている場合である。これは、例えば所定の作業部16の使用回数制限が10回であるところ、既に10回の使用がなされているにもかかわらず当該作業部16が装着された場合や、累積使用時間制限が300時間であるところ、既に300時間を越える使用がなされているにもかかわらず当該作業部16が装着された場合や、又はマニピュレータ先端部の屈曲動作や回転動作が累積使用角度制限を越えて使用された場合等に報知されるエラーである。この場合には、上記エラーE1の場合と略同様に、ステップS13において、LED29を、例えば赤色で点滅させるように制御する作業部取り外し要請が実施される。勿論、この場合の作業部取り外し要請についても、コントローラ514の表示部517にエラーE2の表示を行い、また前記警告音等を発生するようにしてもよい。この作業部取り外し要請に応じて、操作者が作業部16を操作部14から取り外した場合には、LED29による前記赤色の点滅が消灯され、上記ステップS4に戻る。そこで、操作者は作業部16を新たな作業部16に交換する等の作業を行うことになる。 Error E2 (use amount limit over) is a case where the attached working unit 16 is over the use amount limit due to the reading operation of the barcode 222 in step S5. This is because, for example, when the number of uses of the predetermined work unit 16 is 10 times, when the work unit 16 is mounted even though the use of the predetermined work unit 16 has already been performed, or the cumulative use time limit is 300. In terms of time, when the working unit 16 is mounted even though it has already been used for more than 300 hours, or the bending or rotating operation of the manipulator tip is used beyond the cumulative use angle limit. This is an error that is notified in the event of a failure In this case, in substantially the same manner as in the case of the error E1, a work unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red, for example, is performed in step S13. Of course, regarding the work unit removal request in this case, an error E2 may be displayed on the display unit 517 of the controller 514, and the warning sound or the like may be generated. When the operator removes the work unit 16 from the operation unit 14 in response to the work unit removal request, the red flashing by the LED 29 is turned off, and the process returns to step S4. Therefore, the operator performs work such as replacing the work unit 16 with a new work unit 16.
 エラーE3(撮影モジュール系異常)は、ステップS5におけるバーコード222の読取動作において、カメラ224が正常に機能しなかった場合等である。この場合には、ステップS14において、LED29を、例えば赤色で点滅させるように制御する操作部取り外し要請が実施される。この場合にも、コントローラ514の表示部517にエラーE3の表示を行い、また前記警告音等を発生するようにしてもよい。この操作部取り外し要請に応じて、操作者が操作部14を作業部16から取り外した場合には、LED29による前記赤色の点滅が消灯され、上記ステップS3に戻る。そこで、操作者は操作部14の確認や交換等の作業を行うことになる。 Error E3 (imaging module system abnormality) is a case where the camera 224 does not function normally in the reading operation of the barcode 222 in step S5. In this case, in step S14, an operation unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red, for example, is performed. Also in this case, the error E3 may be displayed on the display unit 517 of the controller 514, and the warning sound or the like may be generated. When the operator removes the operation unit 14 from the work unit 16 in response to the operation unit removal request, the red blinking by the LED 29 is turned off, and the process returns to step S3. Therefore, the operator performs operations such as confirmation and replacement of the operation unit 14.
 同様に、上記ステップS7に示す原点サーチ動作では、例えば、図37中にE4で示すようなエラーを生じることがある。エラーE4(操作部系異常)は、ステップS7における原点サーチ動作中に異常が生じた場合、例えばコントローラ514によりモータ100、102の異常が検知された場合や原点サーチが所定時間内に完了しない場合(カップリングセンサ306等の検出ができない場合)等である。この場合には、上記エラーE3の場合と略同様に、ステップS14において、LED29を、例えば赤色で点滅させるように制御する操作部取り外し要請が実施される。この場合にも、コントローラ514の表示部517にエラーE3の表示を行い、また前記警告音等を発生するようにしてもよい。この操作部取り外し要請に応じて、操作者が操作部14を作業部16から取り外した場合には、LED29による前記赤色の点滅が消灯され、上記ステップS3に戻る。そこで、操作者は操作部14の確認や交換等の作業を行うことになる。 Similarly, in the origin search operation shown in step S7, an error as indicated by E4 in FIG. 37 may occur, for example. Error E4 (operation system abnormality) occurs when an abnormality occurs during the origin search operation in step S7, for example, when an abnormality of the motors 100 and 102 is detected by the controller 514, or when the origin search is not completed within a predetermined time. (When the coupling sensor 306 cannot be detected). In this case, in the same manner as in the case of the error E3, in step S14, an operation unit removal request for controlling the LED 29 to blink in red, for example, is performed. Also in this case, the error E3 may be displayed on the display unit 517 of the controller 514, and the warning sound or the like may be generated. When the operator removes the operation unit 14 from the work unit 16 in response to the operation unit removal request, the red blinking by the LED 29 is turned off, and the process returns to step S3. Therefore, the operator performs operations such as confirmation and replacement of the operation unit 14.
 なお、各ステップS1~S14を含む各状態において、例えば、コントローラ514の電源スイッチ516や図示しない別の主電源スイッチ等がオフされた場合や、コントローラ514に接続された図示しない電源プラグ等からの電源コードが抜ける等した場合、さらにはコントローラ514で各種の故障や異常等が発生した場合には、マニピュレータ10では所定の終了処理(LED29は、例えば赤色の点滅に制御される)の後、操作終了となる。 In each state including steps S1 to S14, for example, when the power switch 516 of the controller 514 or another main power switch (not shown) is turned off, or from a power plug (not shown) connected to the controller 514 or the like. When the power cord is disconnected, or when various failures or abnormalities occur in the controller 514, the manipulator 10 operates after a predetermined termination process (the LED 29 is controlled to flash, for example, red). End.
 以上のように、本実施形態に係るマニピュレータ10によれば、駆動部30を含む操作部14と作業部16とが互いに着脱可能であり、従動軸であるプーリ158a、158bの許容回転範囲θに基づいて設定された1以上(n箇所)の位相で駆動シャフト115、116側の係合凸部137、138とプーリ158a、158b側の係合凹部176a、176bとが互いに係合可能に構成されている。このため、プーリ158a、158bの回転によって動作される先端動作部12の動作領域を考慮した最大数(n箇所)の係合位相で係合凸部137、138と係合凹部176a、176bとの係合を可能に構成することができ、カップリング形状の対称化を図ることができ、原点サーチ動作に要する時間を可及的に短縮することが可能となる。 As described above, according to the manipulator 10 according to the present embodiment, the operation unit 14 including the drive unit 30 and the working unit 16 can be attached to and detached from each other, and the allowable rotation range θ of the pulleys 158a and 158b that are driven shafts is achieved. The engagement convex portions 137 and 138 on the drive shafts 115 and 116 side and the engagement concave portions 176a and 176b on the pulleys 158a and 158b side can be engaged with each other at one or more (n places) phases set based on the phase. ing. Therefore, the engagement convex portions 137 and 138 and the engagement concave portions 176a and 176b are engaged with the maximum number (n places) of engagement phases in consideration of the operation region of the tip operation portion 12 operated by the rotation of the pulleys 158a and 158b. The engagement can be configured, the coupling shape can be symmetrized, and the time required for the origin search operation can be shortened as much as possible.
 この場合、係合凸部137(138)がコイルばね121によって弾性支持されているため、操作部14と作業部16とを装着した際、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)の係合位相が一致していない状態であっても、これら係合凸部137等が破損することがない。さらに、弾性支持された係合凸部137(138)にカップリングセンサ306(308)の検出部である検出シャフト310、312が連結されていることにより、カップリングの検出が容易且つ確実であり、しかもカップリングセンサ306(308)は操作部14側にあるため、コントローラ514等への接続も容易である。しかも、上記したように、n箇所以下の位相でのみ係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)が係合可能に構成することにより、原点サーチ動作での原点誤検出等の不良の発生を有効に抑えることができる。 In this case, since the engaging convex portion 137 (138) is elastically supported by the coil spring 121, when the operating portion 14 and the working portion 16 are mounted, the engaging convex portion 137 (138) and the engaging concave portion 176a ( Even if the engagement phase of 176b) is not in agreement, these engagement projections 137 and the like are not damaged. Further, since the detection shafts 310 and 312 which are detection portions of the coupling sensor 306 (308) are connected to the engagement convex portions 137 (138) which are elastically supported, the detection of the coupling is easy and reliable. Moreover, since the coupling sensor 306 (308) is on the operation unit 14 side, connection to the controller 514 and the like is easy. In addition, as described above, the engagement convex portion 137 (138) and the engagement concave portion 176a (176b) are configured to be engageable only at the phase of n or less, thereby making it possible to detect an origin error in the origin search operation. The occurrence of defects can be effectively suppressed.
 また、着脱センサ314及びカップリングセンサ306(308)を設けたことにより、操作部14(駆動部30)と作業部16との装着、及び係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)との係合を確実に検出することができ、装着不良や係合不良を防止することができる。 Further, the attachment / detachment sensor 314 and the coupling sensor 306 (308) are provided, so that the operation unit 14 (drive unit 30) and the working unit 16 are mounted, and the engagement projection 137 (138) and the engagement recess 176a ( 176b) can be reliably detected, and mounting failure and engagement failure can be prevented.
 マニピュレータ10では、先端動作部12を機械的に駆動する機構部であるトリガレバー36、トリガレバー取付部32b及び棒状又は線状の伝達部材であるロッド192a、192b等が全て作業部16側に設けられている。一方、先端動作部12を電気的に駆動する機構部である駆動部30等と、プーリ158a、158b及びワイヤ1052、1054等とは互いに操作部14側と作業部16側に分離するように設けられている。つまり、電気的な駆動部を構成するモータ100、102の回転駆動力は、係合凸部137(138)と係合凹部176a(176b)との間のカップリング構造によって比較的容易に分離可能な構造に構成することができるが、トリガレバー36の操作をロッド192a等によって直接的に伝達する機械的な駆動部は分離構造を構成すると、その構造がやや複雑になり易い。そこで、マニピュレータ10では、機械的な駆動部を構成するトリガレバー36やロッド192a等を作業部16側にまとめて配置したことにより、操作部14と作業部16との着脱構造が一層簡便に構成されている。特に、ロッド192a、192bはZ方向での進退動作によってトリガレバー36への入力を伝達する構造、つまり棒状又は線状の伝達部材として構成されていることから、これらを分離しない構造としたことにより、前記着脱構造が一層簡素化されている。 In the manipulator 10, a trigger lever 36 that is a mechanism that mechanically drives the distal end working unit 12, a trigger lever mounting portion 32 b, and rods 192 a and 192 b that are rod-shaped or linear transmission members are all provided on the working unit 16 side. It has been. On the other hand, the drive unit 30 which is a mechanism unit for electrically driving the distal end working unit 12, the pulleys 158a, 158b, the wires 1052, 1054, etc. are provided so as to be separated from each other on the operation unit 14 side and the working unit 16 side. It has been. That is, the rotational driving force of the motors 100 and 102 constituting the electric drive unit can be separated relatively easily by the coupling structure between the engagement convex part 137 (138) and the engagement concave part 176a (176b). However, if the mechanical drive unit that directly transmits the operation of the trigger lever 36 by the rod 192a or the like constitutes a separation structure, the structure tends to be somewhat complicated. Therefore, in the manipulator 10, the trigger lever 36, the rod 192a, and the like constituting the mechanical drive unit are collectively arranged on the working unit 16 side, so that the detachable structure between the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 is further simplified. Has been. In particular, the rods 192a and 192b are configured to transmit the input to the trigger lever 36 by advancing and retreating operations in the Z direction, that is, as rod-shaped or linear transmission members, so that they are not separated. The attachment / detachment structure is further simplified.
 この場合、トリガレバー36のラッチ機構を構成する爪部206aと係合リング27とが、それぞれ作業部16側(又は操作部14側でもよい)と操作部14側(又は作業部16側でもよい)に設けられている。これにより、トリガレバー36にその位置を固定するラッチ機構を搭載した場合であっても、操作部14と作業部16とを容易に着脱可能な構成にすることができる。 In this case, the claw portion 206a and the engagement ring 27 constituting the latch mechanism of the trigger lever 36 may be on the working portion 16 side (or the operating portion 14 side) and the operating portion 14 side (or the working portion 16 side), respectively. ). Thereby, even if it is a case where the latch mechanism which fixes the position to the trigger lever 36 is mounted, it can be set as the structure which can attach or detach the operation part 14 and the operation | work part 16 easily.
 このようなトリガレバー36及びそのラッチ構造は、例えば、図38~図49に示すような構造とすることもできる。すなわち、上記の通り、前記のトリガレバー36は、グリップハンドル26の方向に引ききった状態を維持させるラッチ機構が作業部16側のラチェット爪206と操作部14側の係合リング27によって構成されており、作業部16を操作部14から取り外した状態ではラッチされない。ところが、手技の種類によっては、作業部16を操作部14から取り外した単体でトリガレバー36をラッチさせておくと便利な場合もある。例えば、作業部16が単体の状態でその連結シャフト18をトラカール20から出し入れする場合であり、このような場合には先端動作部12のエンドエフェクタ(グリッパ)1300を閉状態に維持させるためにトリガレバー36を引ききった状態に維持させておくことが好ましい。以下、作業部16が単体の状態でもトリガレバー36を引いた状態に維持する自己ラッチ機構900a~900gについて説明する。 Such a trigger lever 36 and its latch structure may be structured as shown in FIGS. 38 to 49, for example. That is, as described above, the trigger lever 36 includes the ratchet pawl 206 on the working unit 16 side and the engagement ring 27 on the operation unit 14 side, which is a latch mechanism that maintains the pulled state in the direction of the grip handle 26. In the state where the working unit 16 is detached from the operation unit 14, it is not latched. However, depending on the type of procedure, it may be convenient to latch the trigger lever 36 as a single unit with the working unit 16 removed from the operation unit 14. For example, when the working unit 16 is a single unit, the connecting shaft 18 is taken in and out of the trocar 20, and in such a case, a trigger is used to keep the end effector (gripper) 1300 of the distal end working unit 12 closed. It is preferable to keep the lever 36 in a fully pulled state. Hereinafter, the self-latching mechanisms 900a to 900g that keep the trigger lever 36 pulled even when the working unit 16 is a single unit will be described.
 図38に示すように、第1例に係る自己ラッチ機構900aは、トリガレバー取付部32bの下面に設けられたZ方向に延在する長孔902と、指輪部202の斜め上方部の軸904に軸支されたラッチアーム906とを有する。ラッチアーム906における軸904の周辺部は内部空間203内にある。 As shown in FIG. 38, the self-latch mechanism 900a according to the first example includes a long hole 902 provided in the lower surface of the trigger lever mounting portion 32b and extending in the Z direction, and a shaft 904 obliquely above the ring portion 202. And a latch arm 906 supported on the shaft. A peripheral portion of the shaft 904 in the latch arm 906 is in the internal space 203.
 長孔902のZ2方向端部には、斜め上方に折れ曲がった短いラッチ溝902aが設けられている。ラッチアーム906は、軸904よりも前方(Z1側)で先端のローラ908が長孔902に挿入されてガイドされるガイドバー910と、軸904よりも後方(Z2側)で円弧形状をなすバランスバー912とを有する。バランスバー912は、指輪部202の円弧と同形状であり、中央部で下向きの指押突起912aと、端部の錘912bとを有する。 A short latch groove 902a bent obliquely upward is provided at the end of the long hole 902 in the Z2 direction. The latch arm 906 includes a guide bar 910 that is guided by a front end roller 908 inserted into the long hole 902 in front of the shaft 904 (Z1 side), and an arc-shaped balance behind the shaft 904 (Z2 side). Bar 912. The balance bar 912 has the same shape as the arc of the ring portion 202, and includes a finger pressing projection 912a that faces downward at the center portion, and a weight 912b at the end portion.
 バランスバー912は、円弧形状であることから適度な長さが確保されるとともに端部に錘912bを有することからガイドバー910よりもやや重く、ラッチアーム906は図38における時計方向の回転力を受けている。この回転力は小さく、トリガレバー36の操作に支障はない。バランスバー912は適度な長さが確保されているが、円弧形状であることからZ2方向に過度に突出することはなくグリップハンドル26に干渉することはない。図38から明らかなように、トリガレバー36を先端方向(Z1方向)に押し出しているときにはバランスバー912のほぼ全部は内部空間203よりも外に出ている。ここで、時計方向への回転力は、ばねの力を用いてもよい。 Since the balance bar 912 has a circular arc shape, an appropriate length is ensured and a weight 912b is provided at the end, so that the balance bar 912 is slightly heavier than the guide bar 910, and the latch arm 906 has a clockwise rotational force in FIG. is recieving. This rotational force is small and does not hinder the operation of the trigger lever 36. The balance bar 912 has an appropriate length, but since it has an arc shape, it does not protrude excessively in the Z2 direction and does not interfere with the grip handle 26. As is clear from FIG. 38, when the trigger lever 36 is pushed in the distal direction (Z1 direction), almost all of the balance bar 912 is out of the internal space 203. Here, a spring force may be used as the clockwise rotational force.
 図39に示すように、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に引ききると、ローラ908は、長孔902におけるZ方向直線部における端部に達し、このときグリッパであるエンドエフェクタ1300は閉状態となる。ラッチアーム906は、バランスバー912による回転力を受けていることから、ここでトリガレバー36から指を離すと時計方向にやや回転し、図40に示すようにローラ908はラッチ溝902aに嵌り込む。これによって、トリガレバー36はその位置に保持され、ラッチされることになる。 As shown in FIG. 39, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the roller 908 reaches the end of the elongated hole 902 at the straight portion in the Z direction, and at this time, the end effector 1300, which is a gripper, is closed. Since the latch arm 906 receives the rotational force from the balance bar 912, when the finger is released from the trigger lever 36, the latch arm 906 rotates slightly clockwise, and the roller 908 fits into the latch groove 902a as shown in FIG. . As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position and latched.
 図40に示すように、バランスバー912は指輪部202の周辺部に沿って内部空間203に入り込むことから、外方に無駄な突起がなく扱い易い。指押突起912aは指輪部202内にやや突出しており、該指押突起912aを押し込むことによってラッチ状態は簡便に解除される。 As shown in FIG. 40, since the balance bar 912 enters the internal space 203 along the periphery of the ring portion 202, it is easy to handle without a wasteful protrusion on the outside. The finger pressing projection 912a slightly protrudes into the ring portion 202, and the latched state is easily released by pushing the finger pressing projection 912a.
 次に、図41に示すように、第2例に係る自己ラッチ機構900bは、トリガレバー取付部32bの軸920に軸支されたガイドアーム922と、トリガレバー36に設けられた長孔924と、指輪部202の斜め下方部の軸926に軸支されたラッチアーム928と、該ラッチアーム928の端部を上方に向かって付勢するばね930とを有する。ガイドアーム922の下端部とラッチアーム928のほぼ全部は内部空間203内にある。 Next, as shown in FIG. 41, the self-latching mechanism 900b according to the second example includes a guide arm 922 pivotally supported on the shaft 920 of the trigger lever mounting portion 32b, and a long hole 924 provided in the trigger lever 36. And a latch arm 928 that is pivotally supported by a shaft 926 at an oblique lower portion of the ring portion 202, and a spring 930 that biases the end of the latch arm 928 upward. Almost all of the lower end of the guide arm 922 and the latch arm 928 are in the internal space 203.
 長孔924は、指輪部202の前方(Z1側)において、アーム部200と略平行に延在しており、ガイドアーム922の下端に設けられたローラ932が挿入されている。長孔924のZ2側には低いガイド壁924aが設けられている。 The long hole 924 extends substantially in parallel with the arm part 200 in front of the ring part 202 (Z1 side), and a roller 932 provided at the lower end of the guide arm 922 is inserted therein. On the Z2 side of the long hole 924, a low guide wall 924a is provided.
 ラッチアーム928は、軸926の部分で屈曲した幅広V字形状であって、軸926よりも前方(Z1側)の前方アーム934と、軸926よりも後方(Z2側)の後方アーム936とを有する。 The latch arm 928 has a wide V-shape bent at a portion of the shaft 926, and includes a front arm 934 in front of the shaft 926 (Z1 side) and a rear arm 936 in rear of the shaft 926 (Z2 side). Have.
 前方アーム934は、先端の切欠部934aと、該切欠部934aよりもやや根元側で側方に突出したストッパ934bとを有する。ストッパ934bはガイド壁924aに当接しており、ラッチアーム928の図41における反時計方向への回転を制限している。 The front arm 934 has a notch 934a at the tip and a stopper 934b that protrudes to the side slightly on the root side from the notch 934a. The stopper 934b is in contact with the guide wall 924a and restricts the rotation of the latch arm 928 in the counterclockwise direction in FIG.
 後方アーム936は、中央部上面に設けられた指押部936aを有する。後方アーム936のZ2方向端部は、ばね930によって上方に向かって付勢されており、ラッチアーム928は図41における反時計方向の回転力を受けており、前記のストッパ934b及びばね930の反対側に突設されたストッパピン937によって所定角度で止まり、切欠部934aは長孔924の上端部近傍に配置されている。 The rear arm 936 has a finger pressing part 936a provided on the upper surface of the central part. The Z2 direction end of the rear arm 936 is biased upward by a spring 930, and the latch arm 928 receives a counterclockwise rotational force in FIG. 41, opposite to the stopper 934b and the spring 930. The stopper pin 937 projecting on the side stops at a predetermined angle, and the notch 934 a is disposed in the vicinity of the upper end of the long hole 924.
 トリガレバー36をZ2方向に引くと、ローラ932は長孔924によって上方へ案内され、ガイドアーム922は軸920を中心として反時計方向に回転する。やがてローラ932は切欠部934aの手前側に形成された三角形状部934cに当接して、ばね930の付勢力に抗して該三角形状部934cを乗り越える。ばね930は適度に軽く、乗り越え操作に支障はない。ローラ932が三角形状部934cを乗り越えるときに適度なクリック感が得られ、操作者はラッチ状態を確認できる。 When the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the roller 932 is guided upward by the long hole 924, and the guide arm 922 rotates counterclockwise about the shaft 920. Eventually, the roller 932 comes into contact with the triangular portion 934c formed on the front side of the notch 934a and climbs over the triangular portion 934c against the urging force of the spring 930. The spring 930 is moderately light, and there is no hindrance to the climbing operation. When the roller 932 gets over the triangular portion 934c, an appropriate click feeling is obtained, and the operator can confirm the latched state.
 図42に示すように、ローラ932は切欠部934aに嵌り込む。後方アーム936はばね930によって反時計方向に付勢され続けていることから、ストッパ934bがガイド壁924aに当接(又は略当接)する位置まで戻され、同時にストッパピン937から後方アーム936が一瞬離れた後当接し、結局ローラ932は切欠部934aと長孔924の上端部で形成される隙間に保持されることになる。これにより、トリガレバー36はその位置に保持され、ラッチされることになる。指押部936aは指輪部202内にやや突出しており、該指押部936aを押し込むことによってラッチ状態は簡便に解除される。 42, the roller 932 fits into the notch 934a. Since the rear arm 936 is continuously urged counterclockwise by the spring 930, the stopper 934b is returned to a position where it abuts (or substantially abuts) on the guide wall 924a, and at the same time, the rear arm 936 is moved from the stopper pin 937. After a momentary separation, the rollers 932 are held in a gap formed by the notch 934a and the upper end of the elongated hole 924. As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position and is latched. The finger pressing part 936a slightly protrudes into the ring part 202, and the latched state is easily released by pushing the finger pressing part 936a.
 次に、図43A~図44に示すように、第3例に係る自己ラッチ機構900cは、トリガレバー取付部32bの一側面に設けられたZ方向に延在する長孔940と、指輪部202の斜め上方部の軸942に軸支されたラッチアーム944と、指輪部202の略半周に沿って配置された略L字状のスイングアーム946と、スイングアーム946を揺動させるレバー208とを備える。ラッチアーム944における軸942の周辺部と、スイングアーム946及びレバー208の一部は、内部空間203内に配置されている。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 43A to 44, the self-latching mechanism 900c according to the third example includes a long hole 940 provided in one side surface of the trigger lever attachment portion 32b and a ring portion 202. A latch arm 944 that is pivotally supported by a shaft 942 at an obliquely upper portion, a substantially L-shaped swing arm 946 that is disposed along a substantially half circumference of the ring portion 202, and a lever 208 that swings the swing arm 946. Prepare. A peripheral portion of the shaft 942 in the latch arm 944 and a part of the swing arm 946 and the lever 208 are disposed in the internal space 203.
 長孔940のZ2方向端部には、斜め上方に折れ曲がった短いラッチ溝940aが設けられている。ラッチアーム944は、軸942よりも前方(Z1側)で先端のローラ948が長孔940に挿入されてガイドされるロッドである。ラッチアーム944は、軸942に設けられたねじりばね950により、軸942を中心として図43Aで時計方向の付勢力を受けている。 A short latch groove 940a bent obliquely upward is provided at the end of the long hole 940 in the Z2 direction. The latch arm 944 is a rod that is guided by inserting a roller 948 at the front end into the elongated hole 940 in front of the shaft 942 (Z1 side). The latch arm 944 receives a biasing force in the clockwise direction in FIG. 43A about the shaft 942 by a torsion spring 950 provided on the shaft 942.
 スイングアーム946は、L字の屈曲部が揺動軸207に軸支されると共に、該屈曲部からY1方向に湾曲して延びた第1アーム952と、該屈曲部からZ2方向に延びた第2アーム954とを有する。第2アーム954のZ2側端部は、コイルばね956によって上方に付勢されており、つまり、スイングアーム946は、コイルばね956により、揺動軸207を中心として図43Aで反時計方向の付勢力を受けている。 The swing arm 946 has an L-shaped bent portion pivotally supported by the swing shaft 207, a first arm 952 that extends from the bent portion in a Y1 direction, and a first arm 952 that extends in the Z2 direction from the bent portion. 2 arms 954. The Z2 side end of the second arm 954 is biased upward by the coil spring 956, that is, the swing arm 946 is counterclockwise in FIG. 43A about the swing shaft 207 by the coil spring 956. I am receiving power.
 レバー208は、図17に示すレバー208と略同形状且つ略同機能であり、内部空間203内の一端側が揺動軸213に軸支されている。このため、レバー208は、コイルばね956によってY2方向に付勢された第2アーム954のZ1方向端によって押圧されるため、図43Aや図44に示すような姿勢で保持しておくことができる。 The lever 208 has substantially the same shape and function as the lever 208 shown in FIG. 17, and one end side in the internal space 203 is pivotally supported by the swing shaft 213. For this reason, since the lever 208 is pressed by the Z1 direction end of the second arm 954 urged in the Y2 direction by the coil spring 956, it can be held in a posture as shown in FIG. 43A or FIG. .
 先ず、図43Aに示すように、レバー208の操作端208bをY2方向に押し下げたアンロック状態(ラッチ解除状態)では、レバー208の押圧面208aが第2アーム954の揺動軸207よりZ2側に突出した部位に当接しており、コイルばね956の付勢作用下に、図43Aに示す状態でスイングアーム946が固定される。これにより、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に大きく引き寄せたとしても、図43Bに示すようにラッチアーム944のY2側端部が第1アーム952の先端に当接して回り止めされる。なお、このときグリッパであるエンドエフェクタ1300は閉状態となる。従って、ローラ948が長孔940におけるZ方向直線部に常時配置され、トリガレバー36がラッチ(ロック)されず、アンロック状態のままで使用することができる。 First, as shown in FIG. 43A, in the unlocked state (latch release state) in which the operation end 208b of the lever 208 is pushed down in the Y2 direction, the pressing surface 208a of the lever 208 is on the Z2 side from the swing shaft 207 of the second arm 954. The swing arm 946 is fixed in the state shown in FIG. 43A under the biasing action of the coil spring 956. As a result, even if the trigger lever 36 is largely pulled in the Z2 direction, the Y2 side end of the latch arm 944 comes into contact with the tip of the first arm 952 and is prevented from rotating as shown in FIG. 43B. At this time, the end effector 1300 which is a gripper is in a closed state. Therefore, the roller 948 is always disposed in the Z-direction linear portion in the long hole 940, and the trigger lever 36 is not latched (locked), and can be used in an unlocked state.
 一方、図44に示すように、レバー208の操作端208bをY1方向に押し上げた状態では、ラッチアーム944のY2側端部と第1アーム952の先端とが当接しない。そこで、この状態でトリガレバー36をZ2方向に引ききると、ローラ948は、長孔940におけるZ方向直線部のZ2側端部に達する。この際、トリガレバー36から指を離すと、ラッチアーム944がねじりばね950によって時計方向の付勢力を受けていることから、トリガレバー36が時計方向にやや回転し、図44に示すようにローラ948がラッチ溝940aに嵌り込む。これにより、トリガレバー36はその位置に保持され、その動作がロックされてラッチ状態となる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 44, when the operation end 208b of the lever 208 is pushed up in the Y1 direction, the Y2 side end of the latch arm 944 does not contact the tip of the first arm 952. Accordingly, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction in this state, the roller 948 reaches the Z2 side end of the Z-direction straight line portion in the elongated hole 940. At this time, when the finger is released from the trigger lever 36, the latch arm 944 receives a clockwise biasing force by the torsion spring 950, so that the trigger lever 36 rotates slightly in the clockwise direction, as shown in FIG. 948 fits into the latch groove 940a. As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position, the operation is locked, and a latch state is established.
 続いて、ラッチ状態を解除する場合には、図43Bに示すように、レバー208の外部に露出した操作端208bをY2方向に押し下げ、該レバー208を、揺動軸213を支点として揺動させる。これにより、押圧面208aがスイングアーム946をコイルばね956の弾性力に抗して揺動させ、第1アーム952の先端がラッチアーム944の基端を押し込むため、ラッチアーム944はねじりばね950の付勢力に抗して反時計方向に回転し、ローラ948がラッチ溝940aから外れ、ラッチ状態が解除される。 Subsequently, when releasing the latched state, as shown in FIG. 43B, the operation end 208b exposed to the outside of the lever 208 is pushed down in the Y2 direction, and the lever 208 is swung around the rocking shaft 213 as a fulcrum. . As a result, the pressing surface 208a swings the swing arm 946 against the elastic force of the coil spring 956, and the distal end of the first arm 952 pushes the proximal end of the latch arm 944. It rotates counterclockwise against the urging force, and the roller 948 is removed from the latch groove 940a, and the latched state is released.
 次に、図45A~図46に示すように、第4例に係る自己ラッチ機構900dは、ラッチ溝940aを有する長孔940と、軸942に軸支されて先端にローラ948を有するラッチアーム944と、指輪部202の略半周に沿って配置された略L字状のスイングアーム958とを備える。ラッチアーム944における軸942の周辺部と、スイングアーム958の大部分は、内部空間203内に配置されている。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 45A to 46, a self-latching mechanism 900d according to a fourth example includes a long hole 940 having a latch groove 940a and a latch arm 944 that is supported by a shaft 942 and has a roller 948 at the tip. And a substantially L-shaped swing arm 958 disposed along a substantially half circumference of the ring portion 202. A peripheral portion of the shaft 942 in the latch arm 944 and most of the swing arm 958 are disposed in the internal space 203.
 ラッチアーム944は、軸942に設けられたねじりばね950により、軸942を中心として図45Aで時計方向の付勢力を受けている。 The latch arm 944 receives a biasing force in the clockwise direction in FIG. 45A around the shaft 942 by a torsion spring 950 provided on the shaft 942.
 スイングアーム958は、L字の屈曲部からY1方向に延びた第1アーム962と、該屈曲部からZ2方向に延びた第2アーム964とを有し、該屈曲部の外側には、ピン966が係合する切欠き968が形成されている。スイングアーム958は、第1アーム962の中央付近に設けられた揺動軸960に軸支されると共に、揺動軸960に設けられたねじりばね970により、揺動軸960を中心として図45Aで時計方向の付勢力を受けている。 The swing arm 958 includes a first arm 962 extending in the Y1 direction from the L-shaped bent portion and a second arm 964 extending in the Z2 direction from the bent portion, and a pin 966 is disposed outside the bent portion. A notch 968 that engages is formed. The swing arm 958 is supported by a swing shaft 960 provided in the vicinity of the center of the first arm 962, and by a torsion spring 970 provided on the swing shaft 960, the swing arm 958 is centered on the swing shaft 960 in FIG. Receives a clockwise urging force.
 図45Aに示す状態は、スイングアーム958がねじりばね970によって時計方向に付勢され、ピン966が切欠き968の奥部に当接したアンロック状態(ラッチ解除状態)である。この状態では、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に大きく引き寄せたとしても、図45Bに示すようにラッチアーム944のY2(Z2)側端部が第1アーム962の先端に当接して回り止めされる。従って、ローラ948が長孔940におけるZ方向直線部に常時配置され、トリガレバー36がラッチ(ロック)されず、アンロック状態のままで使用することができる。 45A is an unlocked state (latch release state) in which the swing arm 958 is urged clockwise by the torsion spring 970 and the pin 966 is in contact with the back of the notch 968. FIG. In this state, even if the trigger lever 36 is largely pulled in the Z2 direction, the Y2 (Z2) side end of the latch arm 944 comes into contact with the tip of the first arm 962 and is prevented from rotating as shown in FIG. 45B. Therefore, the roller 948 is always disposed in the Z-direction linear portion in the long hole 940, and the trigger lever 36 is not latched (locked), and can be used in an unlocked state.
 図45A及び図45Bに示すように、前記のアンロック状態では、スイングアーム958の屈曲部外側の第1操作端958aが内部空間203から外部に多少突出している。 45A and 45B, in the unlocked state, the first operation end 958a outside the bent portion of the swing arm 958 slightly protrudes from the internal space 203 to the outside.
 そこで、図46に示すように、第1操作端958aを押し込み、スイングアーム958をねじりばね970の付勢力に抗して反時計方向に回転させると、第1アーム962の先端がZ1方向に後退する。この状態で、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に引ききると、ローラ948は、長孔940におけるZ方向直線部のZ2側端部に達すると共に、ラッチアーム944がねじりばね950によって時計方向に回転し、ローラ948がラッチ溝940aに嵌り込む。これにより、図46に示すように、ラッチアーム944とスイングアーム958とが当接した状態でその動作が固定され、トリガレバー36はその位置に保持され、その動作がロックされてラッチ状態となる。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 46, when the first operating end 958a is pushed in and the swing arm 958 is rotated counterclockwise against the biasing force of the torsion spring 970, the tip of the first arm 962 moves backward in the Z1 direction. To do. In this state, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the roller 948 reaches the Z2 side end portion of the Z-direction linear portion in the elongated hole 940, and the latch arm 944 is rotated clockwise by the torsion spring 950. 948 fits into the latch groove 940a. As a result, as shown in FIG. 46, the operation is fixed in a state where the latch arm 944 and the swing arm 958 are in contact with each other, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position, and the operation is locked to be in a latch state. .
 なお、トリガレバー36をラッチ状態にしてロックするためには、上記のように第1操作端958aを押し込む以外にも、図45Bに示す状態から、トリガレバー36をZ2方向により強く引き寄せるだけの操作によっても可能である。すなわち、図45Bから諒解されるように、ラッチアーム944の回り止めをするスイングアーム958の第1アーム962の先端は、該スイングアーム958の回転軸である揺動軸960からの距離が短く、そのモーメントが小さい。このため、ラッチアーム944を付勢するねじりばね950に対して、スイングアーム958を付勢するねじりばね970の弾性力を適度に小さいものに設定しておけば、図45Bに示す状態からトリガレバー36を強く引き寄せるだけで、図46に示すように、スイングアーム958を反時計方向に強制的に回転させ、ラッチアーム944のローラ948をラッチ溝940aに嵌めてラッチ状態とすることができる。 Note that in order to lock the trigger lever 36 in the latched state, in addition to pushing the first operating end 958a as described above, the trigger lever 36 is simply pulled more strongly in the Z2 direction from the state shown in FIG. 45B. Is also possible. That is, as can be seen from FIG. 45B, the tip of the first arm 962 of the swing arm 958 that prevents the latch arm 944 from rotating has a short distance from the swing shaft 960 that is the rotation axis of the swing arm 958, The moment is small. For this reason, if the elastic force of the torsion spring 970 for urging the swing arm 958 is set to be moderately small with respect to the torsion spring 950 for urging the latch arm 944, the trigger lever can be moved from the state shown in FIG. 45B. 46, the swing arm 958 can be forcibly rotated counterclockwise and the roller 948 of the latch arm 944 can be fitted into the latch groove 940a to be in a latched state, as shown in FIG.
 続いて、ラッチ状態を解除する場合には、図46に示すラッチ状態で指輪部202内に突出しているスイングアーム958の第2操作端958bをY2方向に押し下げ、スイングアーム958を時計方向に回転させる。これにより、第1アーム962の先端がラッチアーム944の基端を押し込むため、該ラッチアーム944はねじりばね950の付勢力に抗して反時計方向に回転し、ローラ948がラッチ溝940aから外れ、ラッチ状態が解除される。 Subsequently, when releasing the latched state, the second operating end 958b of the swing arm 958 protruding into the ring portion 202 in the latched state shown in FIG. 46 is pushed down in the Y2 direction, and the swing arm 958 is rotated in the clockwise direction. Let As a result, the distal end of the first arm 962 pushes the proximal end of the latch arm 944, so that the latch arm 944 rotates counterclockwise against the biasing force of the torsion spring 950, and the roller 948 comes off the latch groove 940a. The latch state is released.
 次に、図47A及び図47Bに示すように、第5例に係る自己ラッチ機構900eは、ラッチ溝940aを有する長孔940と、指輪部202の斜め上方部の軸972に軸支されたラッチアーム974と、ラッチアーム974のY2方向端に軸976によって連結され、指輪部202のZ2側に沿って指掛け突起204bの途中まで延びたリンクアーム978とを備える。ラッチアーム944における軸942の周辺部と、リンクアーム978は、内部空間203内に配置されている。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 47A and 47B, the self-latching mechanism 900e according to the fifth example includes a long hole 940 having a latch groove 940a and a latch pivotally supported by a shaft 972 obliquely above the ring portion 202. The arm 974 includes a link arm 978 that is connected to the Y2 direction end of the latch arm 974 by a shaft 976 and extends partway along the Z2 side of the ring portion 202 to the finger hooking projection 204b. The peripheral portion of the shaft 942 in the latch arm 944 and the link arm 978 are disposed in the internal space 203.
 ラッチアーム974は、軸972よりも前方(Z1側)で先端のローラ948が長孔940に挿入されてガイドされるロッドである。 The latch arm 974 is a rod that is guided by inserting a roller 948 at the front end into the long hole 940 in front of the shaft 972 (Z1 side).
 リンクアーム978は、指輪部202の略半周に沿って設けられると共に、その先端がラッチアーム974に連結された湾曲部980と、該湾曲部980からY2方向に延びた直線部982とを有し、直線部982の先端が軸984によって軸支されている。リンクアーム978は、軸984に設けられたねじりばね986により、軸984を中心として図47Aで反時計方向の付勢力を受けている。すなわち、ねじりばね986から反時計方向の付勢力を受けるリンクアーム978が軸976によって連結されたラッチアーム974は、軸972を中心としてねじりばね986から間接的に図47Aで時計方向の付勢力を受けている。 The link arm 978 is provided along a substantially half circumference of the ring portion 202, and has a curved portion 980 whose tip is connected to the latch arm 974, and a linear portion 982 extending from the curved portion 980 in the Y2 direction. The tip of the straight portion 982 is pivotally supported by a shaft 984. The link arm 978 receives a biasing force counterclockwise in FIG. 47A about the shaft 984 by a torsion spring 986 provided on the shaft 984. That is, the latch arm 974 in which the link arm 978 receiving the counterclockwise biasing force from the torsion spring 986 is connected by the shaft 976 indirectly receives the clockwise biasing force in FIG. 47A from the torsion spring 986 around the shaft 972. is recieving.
 先ず、トリガレバー36をラッチ可能な状態で使用する場合には、指輪部202に指を掛けず、指掛け突起204a、204bに、例えば中指を掛けてトリガレバー36を操作する。つまり、図47Aに示すように、指輪部202内に突出している湾曲部980の操作面978aが押し込み操作を受けることがない。従って、この状態でトリガレバー36をZ2方向に引ききり、ローラ948が長孔940におけるZ方向直線部のZ2側端部に達すると、ラッチアーム974は、ねじりばね986によって時計方向の付勢力を受けていることから、図47Aに示すようにローラ948がラッチ溝940aに嵌り込む。これにより、トリガレバー36はその位置に保持され、その動作がロックされてラッチされた状態となる。 First, when the trigger lever 36 is used in a latchable state, the trigger lever 36 is operated by, for example, placing the middle finger on the finger hooking protrusions 204a and 204b without putting the finger on the ring portion 202. That is, as shown in FIG. 47A, the operation surface 978a of the bending portion 980 protruding into the ring portion 202 is not subjected to a pushing operation. Therefore, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction in this state and the roller 948 reaches the Z2 side end of the Z-direction straight line portion in the long hole 940, the latch arm 974 applies a clockwise biasing force by the torsion spring 986. As a result, the roller 948 fits into the latch groove 940a as shown in FIG. 47A. As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position, and its operation is locked and latched.
 続いて、ラッチ状態を解除する場合には、図47Aに示すように指輪部202内に突出しているリンクアーム978の操作面978aを押し込み操作する。これにより、図47Bに示すように、リンクアーム978がねじりばね986の付勢力に抗して時計方向に回転し、それに伴ってラッチアーム974が軸972を中心として反時計方向に回転するため、ローラ948がラッチ溝940aから外れ、ラッチ状態が解除される。 Subsequently, when releasing the latched state, the operation surface 978a of the link arm 978 protruding into the ring part 202 is pushed in as shown in FIG. 47A. As a result, as shown in FIG. 47B, the link arm 978 rotates clockwise against the biasing force of the torsion spring 986, and accordingly, the latch arm 974 rotates counterclockwise about the shaft 972. The roller 948 is removed from the latch groove 940a, and the latched state is released.
 一方、トリガレバー36がラッチされないアンロック状態で使用する場合には、指輪部202に、例えば人差し指(及び指掛け突起204a、204bに、例えば中指)を掛けてトリガレバー36を操作する。そうすると、図47Bに示すように、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に引き寄せる際には、指輪部202内に突出する操作面978aが常に押し込み操作を受けるため、ラッチアーム974は常にねじりばね986の付勢力に抗して反時計方向への回転力を受けることになる。従って、ローラ948が長孔940におけるZ方向直線部に常時配置されてラッチ溝940aに嵌ることがないため、トリガレバー36がラッチされず、アンロック状態のままで使用することができる。 On the other hand, when the trigger lever 36 is used in an unlocked state where the trigger lever 36 is not latched, the trigger lever 36 is operated by placing the index finger (and, for example, the middle finger on the finger hooking projections 204a and 204b) on the ring portion 202, for example. Then, as shown in FIG. 47B, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the operation surface 978a protruding into the ring portion 202 is always subjected to a pushing operation, so that the latch arm 974 is always biased by the torsion spring 986. It will be counterclockwise and receive a counterclockwise rotational force. Therefore, since the roller 948 is always disposed in the Z-direction straight portion of the long hole 940 and does not fit into the latch groove 940a, the trigger lever 36 is not latched and can be used in an unlocked state.
 次に、図48A及び図48Bに示すように、第6例に係る自己ラッチ機構900fは、図17~図18Bに示す構成例で操作部14側に設けた係合リング27に代えて、下部カバー37a、37bのZ2側端部をやや延伸させ、そこに下部カバー37a、37b間に渡る係合ピン(係合部)27aを設けて構成されている。なお、係合ピン27aは、トリガレバー取付部32bのZ2側端部をやや延伸させた箇所に設けてもよい。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 48A and 48B, the self-latch mechanism 900f according to the sixth example is replaced with the lower part of the engagement ring 27 provided on the operation unit 14 side in the configuration example shown in FIGS. The ends of the covers 37a and 37b on the Z2 side are slightly extended, and an engagement pin (engagement portion) 27a extending between the lower covers 37a and 37b is provided there. The engagement pin 27a may be provided at a location where the Z2 side end of the trigger lever mounting portion 32b is slightly extended.
 この自己ラッチ機構900fは、指輪部202の上部でZ1側端部が軸988によって軸支されたラチェット爪990と、該ラチェット爪990を揺動させるためのリンクバー991及びクランクバー992と、リンクバー991を揺動させるレバー208とを備える。ラチェット爪990、リンクバー991及びクランクバー992は、指輪部202の3方を囲むようにして内部空間203内に配置されている。 The self-latching mechanism 900f includes a ratchet claw 990 whose Z1 side end is pivotally supported by a shaft 988 at the upper part of the ring portion 202, a link bar 991 and a crank bar 992 for swinging the ratchet claw 990, and a link And a lever 208 for swinging the bar 991. The ratchet claw 990, the link bar 991, and the crank bar 992 are arranged in the internal space 203 so as to surround three sides of the ring portion 202.
 ラチェット爪990は、Z1側が軸988によって軸支され、Z2側には、凹部206bによって形成されて上方を指向した爪部206aが設けられている。ラチェット爪990のZ2側端部となる爪部206aには、クランクバー992の上端が軸993によって連結されている。クランクバー992の下端は、軸994によってリンクバー991のZ2側端部と連結されている。 The ratchet claw 990 is supported by a shaft 988 on the Z1 side, and a claw portion 206a formed by a recess 206b and directed upward is provided on the Z2 side. The upper end of the crank bar 992 is connected by a shaft 993 to the claw portion 206a which is the Z2 side end portion of the ratchet claw 990. The lower end of the crank bar 992 is connected to the Z2 side end of the link bar 991 by a shaft 994.
 リンクバー991は、Z1側が軸995によって軸支されると共に、該軸995よりZ1側の端部がコイルばね209によってY2方向へと付勢されている。コイルばね209により、リンクバー991は軸995を中心として図48Aで反時計方向の付勢力を受けると共に、Z2側端部に形成された凹部991aが内部空間203をX方向に渡るピン996に当接することで、それ以上の揺動が規制されている。 In the link bar 991, the Z1 side is pivotally supported by a shaft 995, and the end on the Z1 side from the shaft 995 is urged in the Y2 direction by a coil spring 209. Coil spring 209 causes link bar 991 to receive a counterclockwise biasing force in FIG. 48A centering on shaft 995, and recess 991a formed at the end on the Z2 side contacts internal space 203 with pin 996 extending in the X direction. Further contact is restricted by contact.
 従って、リンクバー991に軸994で連結されたクランクバー992は、コイルばね209により間接的にY1方向への付勢力を受け、さらにクランクバー992に軸993で連結されたラチェット爪990は、軸988を中心としてコイルばね209により軸988を中心として間接的に図48Aで反時計方向の付勢力を受けている。 Accordingly, the crank bar 992 connected to the link bar 991 by the shaft 994 is indirectly biased in the Y1 direction by the coil spring 209, and the ratchet pawl 990 connected to the crank bar 992 by the shaft 993 has a shaft The coil spring 209 receives the biasing force in the counterclockwise direction in FIG.
 先ず、図48Bに示すように、レバー208の操作端208bをY2方向に押し下げたアンロック状態(ラッチ解除状態)では、レバー208の押圧面208aがリンクバー991に当接しており、コイルばね209の付勢作用下に、図48Bに示す状態でリンクバー991が固定される。これにより、ラチェット爪990は爪部206aが下方に引き下げられた状態となることから、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に大きく引き寄せたとしても、図48Bに示すように爪部206aが係合ピン27aに係合することがなく、トリガレバー36がラッチされず、アンロック状態のままで使用することができる。 First, as shown in FIG. 48B, in the unlocked state (latch release state) in which the operating end 208b of the lever 208 is pushed down in the Y2 direction, the pressing surface 208a of the lever 208 is in contact with the link bar 991, and the coil spring 209 Under the biasing action, the link bar 991 is fixed in the state shown in FIG. 48B. As a result, the ratchet pawl 990 is brought into a state in which the pawl portion 206a is pulled down, so that even if the trigger lever 36 is largely pulled in the Z2 direction, the pawl portion 206a is moved to the engagement pin 27a as shown in FIG. 48B. The trigger lever 36 is not latched without being engaged, and can be used in an unlocked state.
 一方、図48Aに示すように、レバー208の操作端208bをY1方向に押し上げた状態では、リンクバー991がコイルばね209の付勢力によって軸995を中心として反時計方向の付勢力を受けており、凹部991aがピン996に当接した状態で固定され、つまり、ラチェット爪990は爪部206aが上方に付勢された状態となる。この状態で、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に引ききると、爪部206aが係合ピン27aに当接し、続いて爪部206aのZ2側傾斜面に係合ピン27aが摺接しつつ、爪部206aがコイルばね209の付勢力に抗して下方に揺動される。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 48A, in the state where the operation end 208b of the lever 208 is pushed up in the Y1 direction, the link bar 991 receives a biasing force in the counterclockwise direction around the shaft 995 by the biasing force of the coil spring 209. The concave portion 991a is fixed in contact with the pin 996, that is, the ratchet claw 990 is in a state where the claw portion 206a is biased upward. In this state, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the claw portion 206a comes into contact with the engagement pin 27a, and then the engagement pin 27a is in sliding contact with the Z2 side inclined surface of the claw portion 206a. The coil spring 209 is swung downward against the urging force of the coil spring 209.
 従って、係合ピン27aが爪部206aを乗り越えると、ラチェット爪990は、コイルばね209の付勢力により、リンクバー991がピン996に当接する位置まで戻され、同時に、係合ピン27aが爪部206a(凹部206b)に係合する(図48A参照)。これにより、トリガレバー36はその位置に保持され、その動作がロックされてラッチ状態となる。なお、ラッチ状態を解除する場合には、図48Bに示すように、レバー208の外部に露出した操作端208bをY2方向に押し下げればよい。 Therefore, when the engaging pin 27a gets over the claw portion 206a, the ratchet claw 990 is returned to the position where the link bar 991 contacts the pin 996 by the urging force of the coil spring 209, and at the same time, the engaging pin 27a is moved to the claw portion. It engages with 206a (concave portion 206b) (see FIG. 48A). As a result, the trigger lever 36 is held in that position, the operation is locked, and a latch state is established. To release the latched state, the operation end 208b exposed to the outside of the lever 208 may be pushed down in the Y2 direction as shown in FIG. 48B.
 次に、図49に示すように、第7例に係る自己ラッチ機構900gは、図17~図18Bに示す構成例で操作部14側に設けていた係合リング27に代えて、下部カバー37a、37bのZ2側端部を延伸させた係合アーム37cに係合溝(係合部)27bを設けた構成となっている。なお、この自己ラッチ機構900gは、係合リング27に代えて係合溝27bを設け、トリガレバー36の指輪部202のZ2側に係合アーム37cの逃げ部となるスリット997を設けた以外は、図17~図18Bに示す構成例と略同一である。すなわち、自己ラッチ機構900gにおいても、レバー208の位置により、トリガレバー36のラチェット爪206が係合溝27bに係合しないアンロック状態、及びラチェット爪206が係合溝27bに係合するラッチ状態とに使い分けることができる。なお、係合アーム37cは、下部カバー37ではなく、トリガレバー取付部32bに設けてもよい。 Next, as shown in FIG. 49, the self-latching mechanism 900g according to the seventh example is replaced with the lower cover 37a in place of the engagement ring 27 provided on the operation unit 14 side in the configuration example shown in FIGS. , 37b is provided with an engagement groove (engagement portion) 27b in an engagement arm 37c obtained by extending the Z2 side end. The self-latching mechanism 900g is provided with an engagement groove 27b instead of the engagement ring 27, and a slit 997 serving as a relief portion of the engagement arm 37c on the Z2 side of the ring portion 202 of the trigger lever 36. The configuration example shown in FIGS. 17 to 18B is substantially the same. That is, also in the self-latching mechanism 900g, depending on the position of the lever 208, an unlocked state where the ratchet pawl 206 of the trigger lever 36 does not engage with the engaging groove 27b, and a latched state where the ratchet pawl 206 engages with the engaging groove 27b. And can be used properly. The engaging arm 37c may be provided not on the lower cover 37 but on the trigger lever mounting portion 32b.
 これらの自己ラッチ機構900a~900gは、操作部14とは独立的に構成されていることから、該操作部14が無くてもラッチ状態が維持される。従って、トリガレバー36がラッチ状態に固定されたままの状態であっても、容易に操作部14と作業部16とを着脱することができる。しかも、作業部16を操作部14との装着状態に係わらず常にラッチ状態に維持しておくことができるため、先端動作部12のエンドエフェクタ1300を常に閉状態に維持しておくことができ、作業部16の取り扱い性が向上する。 Since these self-latching mechanisms 900a to 900g are configured independently of the operation unit 14, the latched state is maintained even without the operation unit 14. Therefore, even when the trigger lever 36 is fixed in the latched state, the operation unit 14 and the working unit 16 can be easily attached and detached. Moreover, since the working unit 16 can always be maintained in the latched state regardless of the state of attachment with the operation unit 14, the end effector 1300 of the distal end working unit 12 can be always maintained in the closed state. The handleability of the working unit 16 is improved.
 次に、上記した原点サーチ動作の他の方法について説明する。上記では、原点サーチ動作として、原点検出センサ331(332)による検出片333(334)の検出に基づき、原点サーチを行う場合を例示したが、他の方法で原点サーチを行うことも勿論可能である。 Next, another method of the origin search operation described above will be described. In the above, the case where the origin search is performed based on the detection of the detection piece 333 (334) by the origin detection sensor 331 (332) is illustrated as the origin search operation, but it is of course possible to perform the origin search by other methods. is there.
 図50A~図50Dは、原点サーチ動作の他の方法の説明図であり、初期状態において、係合凸部137(大凸部402a)及び係合凹部176a(大凹部404a)の位相が最初から一致している状態から、原点サーチ動作を行う場合であり、図28A~図28Dに示した動作パターン(2)の変形例である。勿論、他の動作パターンについても、略同様な変形例を適用可能である。 50A to 50D are explanatory views of another method of the origin search operation. In the initial state, the phases of the engaging convex portion 137 (large convex portion 402a) and the engaging concave portion 176a (large concave portion 404a) are from the beginning. This is a case where the origin search operation is performed from the state of coincidence, and is a modification of the operation pattern (2) shown in FIGS. 28A to 28D. Of course, a substantially similar modification can be applied to other operation patterns.
 先ず、図50A中の矢印に示すように、係合凹部176aに係合した係合凸部137を正転方向へと回転させることにより、原点サーチ動作が開始される。この際、モータ100(102)について、モータ回転速度は所定の設定速度(速度閾値)より大きく、モータ電流値は所定の電流値(電流閾値)より小さいものとする。 First, as shown by an arrow in FIG. 50A, the origin search operation is started by rotating the engagement convex portion 137 engaged with the engagement concave portion 176a in the normal rotation direction. At this time, for the motor 100 (102), the motor rotation speed is greater than a predetermined set speed (speed threshold), and the motor current value is smaller than the predetermined current value (current threshold).
 当該原点サーチ動作が開始されると、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aはモータ原点M0を通過すると共にさらに正転方向に回転され、正転側動作端となる一方のストッパ179aに当接部177aが当接し(図50B参照)、前記モータ回転速度が速度閾値より小さくなり、モータ電流値が電流閾値より大きくなる。すなわち、コントローラ514により、モータ100の電流値と回転速度とを検知しておくことで、先ず、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aの正転側領域(正領域)での動作限を検出することができ、現在位相も検出することができる。 When the origin search operation is started, the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a pass through the motor origin M0 and are further rotated in the forward rotation direction to come into contact with one stopper 179a serving as the forward rotation side operation end. The part 177a comes into contact (see FIG. 50B), the motor rotation speed becomes smaller than the speed threshold value, and the motor current value becomes larger than the current threshold value. That is, by detecting the current value and the rotation speed of the motor 100 by the controller 514, first, the operation limit in the forward rotation side region (forward region) of the engaging convex portion 137 and the engaging concave portion 176a is detected. The current phase can also be detected.
 従って、当該機構は対称系であることから、逆転側領域(負領域)についても演算可能であり、モータ100を原点位置へと戻すことができるが、本例では、より正確に且つより確実に原点サーチを行うため、逆転方向での検出も行うものとする。 Therefore, since the mechanism is a symmetric system, it is possible to calculate the reverse side region (negative region), and the motor 100 can be returned to the origin position. However, in this example, more accurately and more reliably. Since the origin search is performed, detection in the reverse direction is also performed.
 すなわち、図50C中の矢印に示すように、今度は逆転方向にモータ100を回転させ(この回転時には、前記モータ回転速度が速度閾値より大きく、モータ電流値が電流閾値より小さくなる)、最終的に逆転側動作端となる他方のストッパ(動作限)179aに当接部177aが当接し(図50C参照)、前記モータ回転速度が速度閾値より小さくなり、モータ電流値が電流閾値より大きくなる。 That is, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 50C, this time, the motor 100 is rotated in the reverse direction (at the time of this rotation, the motor rotation speed is larger than the speed threshold value and the motor current value is smaller than the current threshold value). The contact portion 177a comes into contact with the other stopper (operation limit) 179a serving as the reverse operation end (see FIG. 50C), the motor rotation speed becomes smaller than the speed threshold value, and the motor current value becomes larger than the current threshold value.
 従って、コントローラ514では、モータ100の逆転側領域(負領域)での動作限を検出することができ、検出した正領域での動作限と負領域での動作限との平均値を得ることにより原点サーチが完了し、図50Dに示すように、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aをモータ原点M0に戻して停止させ、これにより、駆動シャフト115及びプーリ158aが所定の原点位相に設定され、先端動作部12も所定の原点姿勢となる。 Therefore, the controller 514 can detect the operation limit in the reverse rotation side region (negative region) of the motor 100, and obtain the average value of the detected operation limit in the positive region and the operation limit in the negative region. The origin search is completed, and as shown in FIG. 50D, the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a are returned to the motor origin M0 and stopped, whereby the drive shaft 115 and the pulley 158a are set to a predetermined origin phase. The distal end working unit 12 also has a predetermined origin posture.
 上記では、係合状態からの原点サーチ動作について示したが、係合していない状態からの原点サーチ動作も可能である。例えば、正方向へ回転させることにより、原点サーチ動作が開始され、係合を認識するまで、正方向へ回転させることにより、係合状態とすることができる。係合状態となれば、その後は、基本的には、上記の原点サーチと同様の動作パターンとなる。プーリ158aが連れ回り回転する場合でも、正方向へ回転させた場合には、少なくともプーリ158aは、+動作限であるストッパ179aにて動作が規制され、この+動作限にて係合する。係合すると共に、モータ回転速度は速度閾値より小さくなり、モータ電流値は電流閾値より大きくなり、係合凸部137及び係合凹部176aの正転側領域での動作限を検出することができる。その後は、基本的には、上記の原点サーチと同様の動作パターンとなる。 In the above, the origin search operation from the engaged state is shown, but the origin search operation from the unengaged state is also possible. For example, the origin search operation is started by rotating in the forward direction, and the engaged state can be established by rotating in the forward direction until the engagement is recognized. Once in the engaged state, the operation pattern is basically the same as that of the origin search described above. Even when the pulley 158a rotates together with the pulley 158a, when the pulley 158a is rotated in the forward direction, at least the pulley 158a is restricted in operation by the stopper 179a which is the + operation limit, and is engaged at the + operation limit. At the same time, the motor rotation speed becomes smaller than the speed threshold value, the motor current value becomes larger than the current threshold value, and the operation limit in the forward rotation side region of the engagement convex portion 137 and the engagement concave portion 176a can be detected. . Thereafter, the operation pattern is basically the same as that of the above-described origin search.
 このような原点サーチ動作によれば、原点検出センサ331(332)や検出片333(334)等を省略することが可能となるため、マニピュレータ10の構成を一層簡素化することができる。 According to such an origin search operation, the origin detection sensor 331 (332), the detection piece 333 (334), and the like can be omitted, so that the configuration of the manipulator 10 can be further simplified.
 次に、以上のように構成されるマニピュレータ10に適用される先端動作部12の具体的な構成について、グリッパであるエンドエフェクタ1300を採用した構造を例示して説明する。先端動作部12としては、グリッパ以外の構造、例えばはさみや電気メス等も勿論適用可能であり、該先端動作部12を含む作業部16として構成することにより、操作部14に対して容易に着脱し交換することができる。 Next, a specific configuration of the distal end working unit 12 applied to the manipulator 10 configured as described above will be described by exemplifying a structure that employs an end effector 1300 that is a gripper. Of course, a structure other than a gripper, such as scissors or an electric knife, can be applied as the distal end working unit 12, and it can be easily attached to and detached from the operation unit 14 by configuring as the working unit 16 including the distal end working unit 12. Can be exchanged.
 図51に示すように、先端動作部12には、ロッド192a、受動ワイヤ1252a、アイドルプーリ1140a、ガイドプーリ1142a、受動プーリ1156aを含む第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aと、これに対応した第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bが設けられている。第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320a及び第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bは、エンドエフェクタ(グリッパ)1300を開閉させる基本的な構成である。 As shown in FIG. 51, the distal end working unit 12 includes a first end effector driving mechanism 1320a including a rod 192a, a passive wire 1252a, an idle pulley 1140a, a guide pulley 1142a, and a passive pulley 1156a, and a second end corresponding thereto. An effector driving mechanism 1320b is provided. The first end effector drive mechanism 1320a and the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b have a basic configuration for opening and closing the end effector (gripper) 1300.
 第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aにおける構成要素には符号にaを付し、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bにおける構成要素には符号にbを付して区別する。第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aにおける構成要素と第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bにおける構成要素で同じ機能のものについては、煩雑とならないよう、代表的に第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aについてのみ説明する場合がある。 The components in the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a are identified by a and the components in the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b are identified by b. The components of the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a and the components of the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b that have the same function may be described typically only with respect to the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a so as not to become complicated. is there.
 図51、図52においては、理解が容易となるように、第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aと第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bを紙面上で並列して示すが、実際のマニピュレータ10に適用する場合には、図53に示すように、各プーリの軸方向(つまりY方向)に並列させ、アイドルプーリ(円柱部材、伝達部材)1140a及び1140bと、ガイドプーリ(円柱部材、伝達部材)1142a及び1142bの回転軸は、それぞれ同軸上に配置するとよい。つまり、アイドルプーリ1140a及び1140bは軸1110(図53参照)に共通的に軸支することができ、ガイドプーリ1142aと1142bは軸1112に共通的に軸支することができる。ガイドプーリ1142aとガイドプーリ1142bを同軸構成とすることにより、ヨー軸動作機構が簡便になる。 In FIG. 51 and FIG. 52, the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a and the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b are shown side by side on the paper for easy understanding, but when applied to an actual manipulator 10. As shown in FIG. 53, the pulleys are arranged in parallel in the axial direction of each pulley (ie, the Y direction), and idle pulleys (columnar members, transmission members) 1140a and 1140b and guide pulleys (columnar members, transmission members) 1142a and 1142b The rotation axes may be arranged on the same axis. That is, the idle pulleys 1140a and 1140b can be pivotally supported on the shaft 1110 (see FIG. 53), and the guide pulleys 1142a and 1142b can be pivotally supported on the shaft 1112. By making the guide pulley 1142a and the guide pulley 1142b coaxial, the yaw axis operation mechanism is simplified.
 図54~図57に示すように、先端動作部12は、ワイヤ受動部1100と、複合機構部1102と、エンドエフェクタ1300とを有し、Y方向の第1回転軸Oyを中心にして、それよりも先の部分がヨー方向に回動する第1自由度と、第2回転軸Orを中心にしてロール方向に回転する第2自由度と、第3回転軸Ogを中心として先端のエンドエフェクタ1300を開閉させる第3自由度とを有する合計3自由度の機構となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 54 to 57, the distal end working unit 12 includes a wire passive unit 1100, a composite mechanism unit 1102, and an end effector 1300, which are centered on the first rotation axis Oy in the Y direction. A first degree of freedom in which the portion ahead rotates in the yaw direction, a second degree of freedom in rotation in the roll direction around the second rotation axis Or, and an end effector at the tip about the third rotation axis Og The mechanism has a total of three degrees of freedom having a third degree of freedom for opening and closing 1300.
 第1自由度の機構である第1回転軸Oyは、連結シャフト18の基端側から先端側に延在する軸線と非平行に回動可能に設定するとよい。第2自由度の機構である第2回転軸Orは先端動作部12における先端部(つまりエンドエフェクタ1300)の延在方向の軸線を中心として回転可能な機構とし、先端部をロール回転可能に設定するとよい。 The first rotation axis Oy, which is a mechanism with a first degree of freedom, may be set so as to be rotatable in a non-parallel manner with an axis extending from the proximal end side to the distal end side of the connecting shaft 18. The second rotation axis Or, which is a mechanism with a second degree of freedom, is a mechanism that can rotate around the axis in the extending direction of the distal end portion (that is, the end effector 1300) in the distal end working unit 12, and the distal end portion is set to be rotatable. Good.
 第1自由度の機構(ヨー方向)は、例えば±90°又はそれ以上の稼動範囲を有する傾動機構(又は屈曲機構)である。第2自由度の機構(ロール方向)は、例えば±180°又はそれ以上の稼動範囲を有する回転機構である。第3自由度の機構(エンドエフェクタ1300)は、例えば40°又はそれ以上開くことのできる開閉機構である。 The first degree of freedom mechanism (yaw direction) is, for example, a tilting mechanism (or bending mechanism) having an operating range of ± 90 ° or more. The mechanism of the second degree of freedom (roll direction) is a rotating mechanism having an operating range of ± 180 ° or more, for example. The mechanism of the third degree of freedom (end effector 1300) is an opening / closing mechanism that can be opened, for example, 40 ° or more.
 エンドエフェクタ1300は、手術において実際の作業を行う部分であり、第1回転軸Oy及び第2回転軸Orは、作業を行い易いようにエンドエフェクタ1300の姿勢を変えるための姿勢変更機構を構成する姿勢軸である。一般に、エンドエフェクタ1300を開閉させる第3自由度に係る機構部はグリッパ(又はグリッパ軸)とも呼ばれ、ヨー方向に回動する第1自由度に係る機構部はヨー軸とも呼ばれ、ロール方向に回転する第2自由度に係る機構部はロール軸とも呼ばれる。 The end effector 1300 is a part that performs an actual work in the operation, and the first rotation axis Oy and the second rotation axis Or constitute a posture changing mechanism for changing the posture of the end effector 1300 so that the work can be easily performed. It is a posture axis. In general, a mechanism unit related to the third degree of freedom for opening and closing the end effector 1300 is also called a gripper (or a gripper shaft), and a mechanism unit related to the first degree of freedom rotating in the yaw direction is also called a yaw axis. The mechanism part according to the second degree of freedom that rotates in the direction is also called a roll shaft.
 ワイヤ受動部1100は、一対の舌片部1058の間に設けられており、ワイヤ1052、ワイヤ1054のそれぞれの往復動作を回転動作に変換して複合機構部1102に伝達する部分である。ワイヤ受動部1100は、軸孔1060a、1060aに挿入される軸1110と、軸孔1060b、1060bに挿入される軸1112とを有する。軸1110、1112は、軸孔1060a、1060bに対して、例えば圧入もしくは溶接により固定される。軸1112は第1回転軸Oyの軸上に配置される(図54及び図57参照)。 The wire passive portion 1100 is provided between the pair of tongue pieces 1058, and is a portion that converts the reciprocating motions of the wires 1052 and 1054 into rotational motions and transmits them to the composite mechanism portion 1102. The wire passive portion 1100 includes a shaft 1110 inserted into the shaft holes 1060a and 1060a and a shaft 1112 inserted into the shaft holes 1060b and 1060b. The shafts 1110 and 1112 are fixed to the shaft holes 1060a and 1060b by, for example, press fitting or welding. The axis | shaft 1112 is arrange | positioned on the axis | shaft of the 1st rotating shaft Oy (refer FIG.54 and FIG.57).
 軸1112のY方向両端には、Y方向に対称形状の歯車体1126及びプーリ1130が設けられている。歯車体1126は、筒体1132と、該筒体1132の上部に同心状に設けられた歯車1134とを有する。プーリ1130は、筒体1132と略同径且つ略同形状である。歯車1134は、後述するギア体1146のフェイスギア1165に噛合する。 At both ends of the shaft 1112 in the Y direction, a gear body 1126 and a pulley 1130 that are symmetrical in the Y direction are provided. The gear body 1126 includes a cylindrical body 1132 and a gear 1134 provided concentrically on the top of the cylindrical body 1132. The pulley 1130 has substantially the same diameter and the same shape as the cylindrical body 1132. The gear 1134 meshes with a face gear 1165 of a gear body 1146 described later.
 筒体1132及びプーリ1130には、ワイヤ1052及び1054が所定の固定手段によって一部が固定されて巻き掛けられている。ワイヤ1052及び1054の巻き掛けられる角度は、例えば1.5回転(540°)である。プーリ1130は、主軸部材1144の基端部側に一体的に設けられており、この主軸部材1144は、軸1112により第1回転軸Oy(ヨー軸)を中心に回動(傾動)自在に支持されている。 A part of the wires 1052 and 1054 is fixed and wound around the cylindrical body 1132 and the pulley 1130 by a predetermined fixing means. The angle at which the wires 1052 and 1054 are wound is, for example, 1.5 rotations (540 °). The pulley 1130 is integrally provided on the base end side of the main shaft member 1144. The main shaft member 1144 is supported by the shaft 1112 so as to be rotatable (tilted) about the first rotation axis Oy (yaw axis). Has been.
 ワイヤ1054を回転動作させることにより、プーリ1130と一体的に設けられた主軸部材1144が第1回転軸Oyを中心に回動し、ヨー方向動作が行われる。ワイヤ1052(図54参照)を回転動作させることにより、歯車体1126が軸1112に対して回転し、ギア体1146が第2回転軸Orを基準として回転し、ロール回転動作が行われる。歯車体1126とプーリ1130をそれぞれ回転させると、ヨー方向動作とロール回転動作の複合動作が行われる。先端動作部12の機構は、このように、ワイヤ1052が歯車1134を介してフェイスギア1165を駆動するのに対してワイヤ1054は主軸部材1144を直接的に回転駆動する形式に限らず、例えば、特開2008-253463号公報における図25に示される構成に相当するような差動機構であってもよい。 By rotating the wire 1054, the main shaft member 1144 provided integrally with the pulley 1130 rotates about the first rotation axis Oy, and the yaw operation is performed. By rotating the wire 1052 (see FIG. 54), the gear body 1126 rotates with respect to the shaft 1112, the gear body 1146 rotates with reference to the second rotation axis Or, and a roll rotation operation is performed. When the gear body 1126 and the pulley 1130 are rotated, a combined operation of the yaw direction operation and the roll rotation operation is performed. As described above, the mechanism of the distal end working unit 12 is not limited to the type in which the wire 1052 drives the face gear 1165 via the gear 1134 while the wire 1054 directly drives the main shaft member 1144 to rotate. A differential mechanism corresponding to the configuration shown in FIG. 25 in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-253463 may be used.
 軸1110の略中央部にはアイドルプーリ(円柱部材、伝達部材)1140aが回転自在に軸支されており、軸1112の略中央部にはガイドプーリ(円柱部材、伝達部材)1142aが回転自在に軸支されている。アイドルプーリ1140aは、ガイドプーリ1142aに巻きかける受動ワイヤ(可撓性部材、伝達部材)1252aの巻き掛け角度を常に一定(両側あわせて約180°)に保つためにある。アイドルプーリ1140aの代わりに、ガイドプーリ1142aに受動ワイヤ1252aを1巻き以上してもよい。アイドルプーリ1140a及びガイドプーリ1142aは、受動ワイヤ1252a(図59参照)に対する滑り、及び摩擦による摩耗を低減するために、表面を滑らかにし、又は摩擦の少ない材質を用いるとよい。ガイドプーリ1142aは、姿勢変更機構におけるヨー軸Oyに設けられている。 An idle pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1140a is rotatably supported at a substantially central portion of the shaft 1110, and a guide pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1142a is rotatable at a substantially central portion of the shaft 1112. It is pivotally supported. The idle pulley 1140a is provided to keep the winding angle of the passive wire (flexible member, transmission member) 1252a wound around the guide pulley 1142a constant at all times (approximately 180 ° on both sides). Instead of the idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a may have one or more turns of the passive wire 1252a. The idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a may be made of a material having a smooth surface or less friction in order to reduce slipping on the passive wire 1252a (see FIG. 59) and wear due to friction. The guide pulley 1142a is provided on the yaw axis Oy in the posture changing mechanism.
 軸1112における、歯車体1126とガイドプーリ1142aとの間にはプーリ1130を有する主軸部材1144が回転自在に軸支されている。主軸部材1144は、複合機構部1102に向けて突出する筒部を有する。主軸部材1144の軸心部には方形の孔1144aが設けられている。主軸部材1144のZ2方向端部には、ガイドプーリ1142aのY方向上面及びガイドプーリ1142bのY方向下面を保持するとともに、軸1112が挿通する孔を有する2枚の補助板1144bが設けられている。補助板1144bはZ1方向に向かって幅広となる山形であって、糸等の異物の侵入を防止する。 A main shaft member 1144 having a pulley 1130 is rotatably supported between the gear body 1126 and the guide pulley 1142a in the shaft 1112. The main shaft member 1144 has a cylindrical portion that protrudes toward the composite mechanism portion 1102. A square hole 1144 a is provided in the axial center portion of the main shaft member 1144. At the end in the Z2 direction of the main shaft member 1144, two auxiliary plates 1144b that hold the upper surface in the Y direction of the guide pulley 1142a and the lower surface in the Y direction of the guide pulley 1142b and have a hole through which the shaft 1112 passes are provided. . The auxiliary plate 1144b has a mountain shape that becomes wider in the Z1 direction and prevents intrusion of foreign matter such as yarn.
 複合機構部1102は、エンドエフェクタ1300の開閉動作機構と、該エンドエフェクタ1300の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変更機構とを含む複合的な機構部である。 The composite mechanism unit 1102 is a composite mechanism unit including an opening / closing operation mechanism of the end effector 1300 and a posture changing mechanism that changes the posture of the end effector 1300.
 複合機構部1102は、主軸部材1144の筒部周面に対して回転自在に嵌挿されたギア体1146と主軸部材1144の先端に設けられたナット体1148と、Z2方向端部が孔1144aに挿入される断面四角の伝達部材1152と、該伝達部材1152のZ2方向端部に対してピン1154により回転自在に軸支される受動プーリ(円柱部材、伝達部材)1156aと、受動板(伝達部材)1158と、円筒状のカバー1160とを有する。 The compound mechanism portion 1102 includes a gear body 1146 that is rotatably inserted into the circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion of the main shaft member 1144, a nut body 1148 provided at the tip of the main shaft member 1144, and an end portion in the Z2 direction in the hole 1144a. A square-shaped transmission member 1152 to be inserted, a passive pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1156a rotatably supported by a pin 1154 with respect to the Z2 direction end of the transmission member 1152, and a passive plate (transmission member) ) 1158 and a cylindrical cover 1160.
 主軸部材1144におけるギア体1146と当接する部分には、樹脂製のスラスト軸受部材1144cが設けられている。ナット体1148におけるギア体1146と当接する部分には、樹脂製のスラスト軸受部材1148aが設けられている。スラスト軸受部材1144c及び1148aは低摩擦材であって、当接部分の摩擦及びトルクを低減するとともに、フェイスギア1165に負荷が直接的にかかることを防止する。スラスト軸受部材1144c及び1148aは、いわゆる滑り軸受であるが、転がり軸受を設けてもよい。これにより、エンドエフェクタ1300を強く閉じた場合や開いた場合、すなわちギア体1146が主軸部材1144に強く当接する場合でも、ロール軸動作をスムーズに行うことができる。 A resin-made thrust bearing member 1144c is provided at a portion of the main shaft member 1144 that comes into contact with the gear body 1146. A thrust bearing member 1148a made of resin is provided on a portion of the nut body 1148 that contacts the gear body 1146. The thrust bearing members 1144c and 1148a are low-friction materials, and reduce the friction and torque of the contact portion and prevent the load from being directly applied to the face gear 1165. The thrust bearing members 1144c and 1148a are so-called sliding bearings, but may be provided with rolling bearings. Thereby, even when the end effector 1300 is strongly closed or opened, that is, even when the gear body 1146 strongly contacts the main shaft member 1144, the roll shaft operation can be performed smoothly.
 ギア体1146は、段付き筒形状であって、Z2方向の大径部1162と、Z1方向の小径部1164と、大径部1162のZ2方向端面に設けられたフェイスギア1165とを有する。フェイスギア1165は、歯車1134に噛合する。ギア体1146は、ナット体1148が主軸部材1144に対して抜けることを防止する。大径部1162の外周には、ねじが設けてある。 The gear body 1146 has a stepped cylindrical shape, and includes a large diameter portion 1162 in the Z2 direction, a small diameter portion 1164 in the Z1 direction, and a face gear 1165 provided on the end surface of the large diameter portion 1162 in the Z2 direction. Face gear 1165 meshes with gear 1134. The gear body 1146 prevents the nut body 1148 from coming off from the main shaft member 1144. A screw is provided on the outer periphery of the large diameter portion 1162.
 受動板1158は、Z2方向の凹部1166と、該凹部1166の底面に設けられた係合部1168と、Y方向両面にそれぞれ設けられた軸方向のリブ1170と、リンク孔1172とを有する。係合部1168は、伝達部材1152の先端に設けられたきのこ状の突起1174に係合する形状である。この係合により、受動板1158と伝達部材1152は、相対的なロール軸の回転が可能になる。受動板1158の幅はカバー1160の内径に略等しい。 The passive plate 1158 has a concave portion 1166 in the Z2 direction, an engaging portion 1168 provided on the bottom surface of the concave portion 1166, axial ribs 1170 provided on both sides in the Y direction, and link holes 1172, respectively. The engaging portion 1168 has a shape that engages with a mushroom-like protrusion 1174 provided at the tip of the transmission member 1152. By this engagement, the passive plate 1158 and the transmission member 1152 can rotate relative to each other. The width of the passive plate 1158 is substantially equal to the inner diameter of the cover 1160.
 カバー1160は、複合機構部1102の略全体を覆う大きさであり、複合機構部1102及びエンドエフェクタ1300に異物(生体組織、薬剤、糸等)が入り込むことが防止される。カバー1160の内面には、受動板1158の2つのリブ1170が嵌る軸方向の2本の溝1175が対向する向きに設けられている。溝1175にリブ1170が嵌ることにより受動板1158が軸方向にガイドされる。受動板1158の係合部1168には突起1174が係合することから、受動プーリ1156aは孔1144a内において、受動板1158及び伝達部材1152とともに軸方向に進退可能であるとともに、伝達部材1152を基準としてロール回転が可能である。カバー1160は、ギア体1146の大径部1162に対して螺入、圧入等の手段により固定されている。 The cover 1160 is sized to cover substantially the entire composite mechanism section 1102 and prevents foreign matter (biological tissue, medicine, thread, etc.) from entering the composite mechanism section 1102 and the end effector 1300. Two axial grooves 1175 in which the two ribs 1170 of the passive plate 1158 are fitted are provided on the inner surface of the cover 1160 so as to face each other. The passive plate 1158 is guided in the axial direction by fitting the rib 1170 into the groove 1175. Since the protrusion 1174 engages with the engaging portion 1168 of the passive plate 1158, the passive pulley 1156 a can advance and retreat in the axial direction together with the passive plate 1158 and the transmission member 1152 in the hole 1144 a, and the transmission member 1152 can be used as a reference. As a result, roll rotation is possible. The cover 1160 is fixed to the large diameter portion 1162 of the gear body 1146 by means such as screwing or press fitting.
 カバー1160は、ギア体1146と基部側で結合(螺合、圧入、溶接等)されており、ギア体1146の回転とともにカバー1160及びエンドエフェクタ1300はロール軸動作を行う。 The cover 1160 is coupled to the gear body 1146 on the base side (screwing, press-fitting, welding, etc.), and the cover 1160 and the end effector 1300 perform a roll axis operation as the gear body 1146 rotates.
 レバー部1310と受動板1158は、グリッパリンク1220により連接されている。つまり、各グリッパリンク1220の一端の孔1220aは、孔1218とともにピン1222が挿入され、他端の孔1220bは、受動板1158のリンク孔1172とともにピン1224が挿入されて連接されている。 The lever portion 1310 and the passive plate 1158 are connected by a gripper link 1220. That is, the pin 1222 is inserted into the hole 1220 a at one end of each gripper link 1220 together with the hole 1218, and the pin 1224 is inserted into the hole 1220 b at the other end together with the link hole 1172 of the passive plate 1158.
 図58に示すように、アイドルプーリ1140aは、同軸上の第1層アイドルプーリ(第1層アイドル円柱体)1232と第2層アイドルプーリ(第2層アイドル円柱体)1234の2枚が並列して構成されており、ガイドプーリ1142aは、同軸上の第1層ガイドプーリ(第1層ガイド円柱体)1236と第2層ガイドプーリ(第2層ガイド円柱体)1238の2枚が並列して構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 58, the idle pulley 1140a has two coaxially arranged first-layer idle pulley (first-layer idle cylinder) 1232 and second-layer idle pulley (second-layer idle cylinder) 1234 in parallel. The guide pulley 1142a is composed of a coaxial first layer guide pulley (first layer guide column) 1236 and a second layer guide pulley (second layer guide column) 1238 arranged in parallel. It is configured.
 図59に示すように、ロッド192aのZ1方向端部は、ワイヤ係合部1250aによって受動ワイヤ(可撓性部材)1252aの両端部に接続されている。 As shown in FIG. 59, the end portion in the Z1 direction of the rod 192a is connected to both ends of a passive wire (flexible member) 1252a by a wire engaging portion 1250a.
 図60及び図61に示すように、ワイヤ係合部1250aは、ロッド192aの先端部1414にローラ1416が設けられ、該ローラ1416に受動ワイヤ1252aが巻き掛けられている。ローラ1416はピン1418に軸支されており回転自在である。これにより、受動ワイヤ1252aはローラ1416に巻きかけられながら適度に進退し、ロッド192aをZ2方向に引くときに、特にヨー軸が屈曲しないような状態でも、受動ワイヤ1252aをX方向のバランスよく引くことができる。先端部1414は、ロッド192aに螺設されている。この実施例では、受動ワイヤ1252aのY方向一対の張力が均一となり、長寿命化を図ることができるとともに、上下両方のY方向一対の平行化を図ることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 60 and 61, in the wire engaging portion 1250a, a roller 1416 is provided at a tip portion 1414 of a rod 192a, and a passive wire 1252a is wound around the roller 1416. The roller 1416 is supported by a pin 1418 and is rotatable. As a result, the passive wire 1252a is appropriately advanced and retracted while being wound around the roller 1416, and when the rod 192a is pulled in the Z2 direction, the passive wire 1252a is pulled with a good balance in the X direction even when the yaw axis is not bent. be able to. The tip portion 1414 is screwed to the rod 192a. In this embodiment, the pair of tensions in the Y direction of the passive wire 1252a are uniform, and it is possible to extend the life of the passive wire 1252a, and it is possible to achieve a parallel pair of both the upper and lower Y directions.
 図58及び図59に戻り、受動ワイヤ1252aは、一部がワイヤ係合部1250aに接続された環状の可撓性部材であり、ワイヤ以外にもロープ、樹脂線、ピアノ線及びチェーン等を用いることができる。ここで、環状とは広義であり、必ずしも全長にわたって可撓性部材が適用されている必要はなく、少なくとも各プーリに巻き掛けられる箇所が可撓性部材であればよく、直線部は剛体で接続されていてもよいことはもちろんである。 58 and 59, the passive wire 1252a is an annular flexible member partially connected to the wire engaging portion 1250a. In addition to the wire, a rope, a resin wire, a piano wire, a chain, or the like is used. be able to. Here, the term “annular” is used in a broad sense, and the flexible member does not necessarily have to be applied over the entire length. The flexible member may be at least a portion that is wound around each pulley, and the straight portion is connected by a rigid body. Of course, it may be done.
 受動ワイヤ1252aは、駆動部材のロッド192aから、アイドルプーリ1140aのX1方向(第1の側方)を通り、X2方向(第2の側方)に向かい、ガイドプーリ1142aのX2方向の面を通り受動プーリ1156aのX2方向面に至る。受動ワイヤ1252aは、さらに、受動プーリ1156aのZ1方向面に半周巻き掛けられてX1方向面に至り、ガイドプーリ1142aのX1方向の面を通り、X2方向に向かいアイドルプーリ1140aのX2方向を通りワイヤ係合部1250aに至る経路で配設されている。 The passive wire 1252a passes from the rod 192a of the driving member through the X1 direction (first side) of the idle pulley 1140a, toward the X2 direction (second side), and through the surface of the guide pulley 1142a in the X2 direction. It reaches the X2 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156a. The passive wire 1252a is further wound halfway around the Z1 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156a to reach the X1 direction surface, passes through the X1 direction surface of the guide pulley 1142a, passes through the X2 direction, and passes through the X2 direction of the idle pulley 1140a. It is arrange | positioned by the path | route which reaches the engaging part 1250a.
 つまり、受動ワイヤ1252aは、ワイヤ係合部1250aを基点及び終点とする一巡の経路を構成し、アイドルプーリ1140aの両側方を通り、受動プーリ1156aに巻き掛けられ、アイドルプーリ1140aとガイドプーリ1142aとの間で交差して、略8字形状をなす。これにより、ワイヤ係合部1250a及び受動ワイヤ1252aは、ロッド192aを介してトリガレバー36に対して機械的に接続されていることになる。 That is, the passive wire 1252a constitutes a circuit that has the wire engaging portion 1250a as a base point and an end point, passes through both sides of the idle pulley 1140a, is wound around the passive pulley 1156a, and the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a It intersects between the two to form an approximately 8-character shape. Thus, the wire engaging portion 1250a and the passive wire 1252a are mechanically connected to the trigger lever 36 via the rod 192a.
 アイドルプーリ1140a、ガイドプーリ1142a及び受動プーリ1156aは略同径であり、受動ワイヤ1252aがあまり屈曲しないように、レイアウト上の可能な範囲で適度に大径にしている。ワイヤ係合部1250aは、受動ワイヤ1252aが過度に屈曲しないように、アイドルプーリ1140aよりも適度に離れた位置に設けられており、受動ワイヤ1252aの両端部はワイヤ係合部1250aを頂部として鋭角を形成している。アイドルプーリ1140aとガイドプーリ1142aとの間は狭く、例えば、受動ワイヤ1252aの幅と略等しい隙間が形成されている。 The idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a, and the passive pulley 1156a have substantially the same diameter, and have an appropriately large diameter within a possible range in the layout so that the passive wire 1252a is not bent so much. The wire engaging portion 1250a is provided at a position moderately separated from the idle pulley 1140a so that the passive wire 1252a does not bend excessively, and both ends of the passive wire 1252a have an acute angle with the wire engaging portion 1250a as the top. Is forming. The gap between the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a is narrow, and for example, a gap substantially equal to the width of the passive wire 1252a is formed.
 アイドルプーリ1140a、ガイドプーリ1142a及び受動プーリ1156aには、受動ワイヤ1252aの抜け止めのために、上面及び下面に小さいフランジを設け、又は側面を凹形状にしてもよい。 The idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a, and the passive pulley 1156a may be provided with small flanges on the upper surface and the lower surface to prevent the passive wire 1252a from coming off, or the side surfaces may be concave.
 図59から明らかなように、第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aでは、基端側から先端側に向かって、受動ワイヤ1252a、アイドルプーリ1140a、ガイドプーリ1142a及び受動プーリ1156aが中心線に沿って配置されている。エンドエフェクタ1300は、伝達部材1152等を介して受動プーリ1156aに連結されている。 As is clear from FIG. 59, in the first end effector driving mechanism 1320a, the passive wire 1252a, the idle pulley 1140a, the guide pulley 1142a, and the passive pulley 1156a are arranged along the center line from the proximal end side to the distal end side. ing. The end effector 1300 is coupled to the passive pulley 1156a via the transmission member 1152 and the like.
 このように構成される第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aでは、ロッド192a(図59参照)をZ2方向に引き寄せると、平面視で、第1層アイドルプーリ1232及び第2層ガイドプーリ1238は反時計方向に回転し、第2層アイドルプーリ1234及び第1層ガイドプーリ1236は時計方向に回転する。このように、アイドルプーリ1140a及びガイドプーリ1142aは、それぞれ同軸上で2枚のプーリが並列する構成であることから、当接する受動ワイヤ1252aの動きに従って逆方向に回転可能であり、動作がスムーズである。 In the first end effector drive mechanism 1320a configured in this way, when the rod 192a (see FIG. 59) is pulled in the Z2 direction, the first layer idle pulley 1232 and the second layer guide pulley 1238 are counterclockwise in plan view. The second layer idle pulley 1234 and the first layer guide pulley 1236 rotate clockwise. As described above, the idle pulley 1140a and the guide pulley 1142a are configured such that two pulleys are coaxially arranged in parallel, and thus can rotate in the reverse direction according to the movement of the passive wire 1252a that comes into contact, and the operation is smooth. is there.
 図54~図57に示すように、エンドエフェクタ1300は、一対のグリッパ1302が動作をするいわゆる両開き型である。エンドエフェクタ1300は、カバー1160に対して一体構成のグリッパベース1304と、該グリッパベース1304に設けられたピン1196を基準にして動作する一対のエンドエフェクタ部材1308と、一対のグリッパリンク1220とを有する。 54 to 57, the end effector 1300 is a so-called double-open type in which a pair of grippers 1302 operate. The end effector 1300 includes a gripper base 1304 that is integrally formed with the cover 1160, a pair of end effector members 1308 that operate based on pins 1196 provided on the gripper base 1304, and a pair of gripper links 1220. .
 各エンドエフェクタ部材1308は、L字形状であって、Z1方向に延在するグリッパ1302と、該グリッパ1302に対して略35°に曲がって延在するレバー部1310とを有する。L字形状の屈曲部には、孔1216が設けられ、レバー部1310の端部近傍には孔1218が設けられている。孔1216にピン1196が挿入されることにより一対のエンドエフェクタ部材1308は第3回転軸Ogを中心として揺動自在となる。 Each end effector member 1308 is L-shaped and has a gripper 1302 extending in the Z1 direction and a lever portion 1310 extending at approximately 35 ° with respect to the gripper 1302. A hole 1216 is provided in the L-shaped bent portion, and a hole 1218 is provided in the vicinity of the end of the lever portion 1310. By inserting the pin 1196 into the hole 1216, the pair of end effector members 1308 can swing around the third rotation axis Og.
 各エンドエフェクタ部材1308は側方の1つのグリッパリンク1220によって、受動板1158のピン1224に連接されている。エンドエフェクタ1300の受動板1158ではリンク孔1172が図55のY方向に対称位置に2つ設けられており、一対のグリッパリンク1220は側面視で交差する配置である。 Each end effector member 1308 is connected to the pin 1224 of the passive plate 1158 by one side gripper link 1220. In the passive plate 1158 of the end effector 1300, two link holes 1172 are provided at symmetrical positions in the Y direction in FIG. 55, and the pair of gripper links 1220 are arranged so as to intersect in a side view.
 図53~図57に示すように、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bは、第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320a(図59参照)に対して、基本的には、折り返しプーリ(円柱部材、伝達部材)1350が付加された構成である。受動プーリ1156a及び受動プーリ1156bは同軸構成となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 53 to 57, the second end effector driving mechanism 1320b basically has a folding pulley (cylindrical member, transmission member) 1350 with respect to the first end effector driving mechanism 1320a (see FIG. 59). Is added. The passive pulley 1156a and the passive pulley 1156b have a coaxial configuration.
 主軸部材1144には、ピン1352が挿入及び固定される径方向の軸孔1354が設けられている。軸孔1354は、孔1144aを経由して主軸部材1144の筒部を貫通している。 The main shaft member 1144 is provided with a radial shaft hole 1354 into which the pin 1352 is inserted and fixed. The shaft hole 1354 passes through the cylindrical portion of the main shaft member 1144 via the hole 1144a.
 伝達部材1152には、ピン1352が挿通可能な幅で軸方向に延在する長孔1356が設けられている。伝達部材1152は、作業部16の軸心よりY1方向にややオフセットした位置に設けられるが、先端の突起1174だけは軸心に配置させるとよい(図59参照)。もちろん、伝達部材1152は中心に配置してもよい。 The transmission member 1152 is provided with a long hole 1356 extending in the axial direction with a width through which the pin 1352 can be inserted. The transmission member 1152 is provided at a position slightly offset in the Y1 direction from the axis of the working unit 16, but only the protrusion 1174 at the tip may be arranged at the axis (see FIG. 59). Of course, the transmission member 1152 may be arranged at the center.
 ピン1154は、伝達部材1152を通り抜けてY2方向に突出し受動プーリ1156bを軸支する。受動プーリ1156bは、受動ワイヤ1252bが2巻き可能な幅を有する。主軸部材1144の孔1144aは、受動プーリ1156a、1156b及び伝達部材1152が挿入可能な高さを有する(図54及び図57参照)。受動プーリ1156a及び1156bは、孔1144a内でピン1154によって同軸に軸支されており、独立的に回転自在である。 The pin 1154 passes through the transmission member 1152 and protrudes in the Y2 direction to pivotally support the passive pulley 1156b. The passive pulley 1156b has a width that allows the passive wire 1252b to be wound twice. The hole 1144a of the main shaft member 1144 has a height into which the passive pulleys 1156a and 1156b and the transmission member 1152 can be inserted (see FIGS. 54 and 57). Passive pulleys 1156a and 1156b are axially supported by pins 1154 in the hole 1144a and are independently rotatable.
 図53及び図54に示すように、ピン1352は、孔1144a内でY1方向からY2方向に向かって、長孔1356及び折り返しプーリ1350の中心孔に挿入されて、伝達部材1152と受動プーリ1156a及び1156bが軸方向に進退可能である。折り返しプーリ1350はピン1352に軸支されて回転自在であり、位置は固定である。折り返しプーリ1350は受動ワイヤ1252bが2巻き可能な幅を有する。また、折り返しプーリ1350を2層化することにより、開閉動作のときに反対方向に回転できる構成となり、受動ワイヤ1252bとプーリの摩擦を低減させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 53 and 54, the pin 1352 is inserted into the center hole of the long hole 1356 and the folding pulley 1350 from the Y1 direction toward the Y2 direction in the hole 1144a, and the transmission member 1152 and the passive pulley 1156a and 1156b can advance and retract in the axial direction. The folding pulley 1350 is pivotally supported by a pin 1352 and is rotatable, and its position is fixed. The folding pulley 1350 has a width that allows the passive wire 1252b to be wound twice. In addition, by forming the folding pulley 1350 into two layers, the folding pulley 1350 can be rotated in the opposite direction during the opening / closing operation, and friction between the passive wire 1252b and the pulley can be reduced.
 図62、図63及び図64に示すように、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bにおいては、受動プーリ1156bよりも先端側に折り返しプーリ1350が設けられ、受動ワイヤ1252bは、受動プーリ1156bと折り返しプーリ1350とにわたって巻き掛けられている。つまり、受動ワイヤ1252bは、駆動部材のロッド192bのワイヤ係合部1250b(図51~図53参照)から、アイドルプーリ1140bのX1方向を通り、X2方向に向かい、ガイドプーリ1142bのX2方向を通り受動プーリ1156bのX2方向面に至る。受動ワイヤ1252bはそのままZ1方向に向かって延在し、折り返しプーリ1350のX2方向の面に達し、該折り返しプーリ1350のZ1方向の面に半回転巻き付けられてZ2方向に折り返す。 As shown in FIGS. 62, 63 and 64, in the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b, a folding pulley 1350 is provided on the tip side of the passive pulley 1156b, and the passive wire 1252b includes the passive pulley 1156b and the folding pulley 1350. It is wrapped around. That is, the passive wire 1252b passes through the X1 direction of the idle pulley 1140b, the X2 direction, and the X2 direction of the guide pulley 1142b from the wire engaging portion 1250b (see FIGS. 51 to 53) of the rod 192b of the driving member. It reaches the X2 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156b. The passive wire 1252b extends in the Z1 direction as it is, reaches the surface in the X2 direction of the folding pulley 1350, is wound around the Z1 direction surface of the folding pulley 1350, and is folded in the Z2 direction.
 受動ワイヤ1252bは受動プーリ1156bのZ2方向の面に半回転巻き付けられてX2側を通って再度折り返しプーリ1350に至り、再び該折り返しプーリ1350のZ1方向の面に半回転巻き付けられてZ2方向に折り返す。この後、受動ワイヤ1252bはガイドプーリ1142bのX1方向からアイドルプーリ1140bのX2方向に至り、ロッド192bのワイヤ係合部1250bに接続される。ワイヤ係合部1250a及び受動ワイヤ1252bは、ロッド192bを介してトリガレバー36に対して機械的に接続されていることになる。 The passive wire 1252b is wound around the Z2 direction surface of the passive pulley 1156b by half rotation, passes through the X2 side, reaches the folding pulley 1350 again, and is again wound around the Z1 direction surface of the folding pulley 1350 by half rotation and is folded back in the Z2 direction. . Thereafter, the passive wire 1252b extends from the X1 direction of the guide pulley 1142b to the X2 direction of the idle pulley 1140b and is connected to the wire engaging portion 1250b of the rod 192b. The wire engaging portion 1250a and the passive wire 1252b are mechanically connected to the trigger lever 36 via the rod 192b.
 先端動作部12の構造について理解を容易にするために、その模式図を図53に示す。 53. In order to facilitate understanding of the structure of the distal end working unit 12, a schematic diagram is shown in FIG.
 このように構成される先端動作部12では、図51に示すように、人手によりトリガレバー36を十分に引くと、ロッド192aは受動ワイヤ1252aを引き寄せ、受動プーリ1156a、伝達部材1152をZ2方向に移動させることからエンドエフェクタ1300を閉じさせることができる。つまり、ロッド192aや受動ワイヤ1252a、受動プーリ1156a等の伝達部材が牽引されることによりエンドエフェクタ1300が閉じられる。 In the distal end working unit 12 configured as described above, as shown in FIG. 51, when the trigger lever 36 is sufficiently pulled by hand, the rod 192a pulls the passive wire 1252a and moves the passive pulley 1156a and the transmission member 1152 in the Z2 direction. The end effector 1300 can be closed from the movement. That is, the end effector 1300 is closed by pulling transmission members such as the rod 192a, the passive wire 1252a, and the passive pulley 1156a.
 この場合、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bについては、ロッド192bは、押し出されるように配置されているため、伝達部材1152の動作を阻害しない。 In this case, with respect to the second end effector driving mechanism 1320b, the rod 192b is disposed so as to be pushed out, and therefore does not hinder the operation of the transmission member 1152.
 また、図52に示すように、人手によりトリガレバー36を十分に押し出すと、伝達部材1152及び受動プーリ1156aは先端側にZ1方向に移動してエンドエフェクタ1300を開くことができる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 52, when the trigger lever 36 is sufficiently pushed out by hand, the transmission member 1152 and the passive pulley 1156a can move in the Z1 direction toward the tip side to open the end effector 1300.
 エンドエフェクタ1300には、トリガレバー36を人手によって押し出す力が第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bによって機械的に直接伝えられることから、弾性体のような所定の力ではなく任意の強い力で開くことができる。したがって、エンドエフェクタ1300の外側面を用いて生体組織を剥離させ、又は孔部を拡開させるような手技に対して好適に用いることができる。 The end effector 1300 is mechanically directly transmitted by the second end effector drive mechanism 1320b to push the trigger lever 36 manually, so that the end effector 1300 can be opened with an arbitrary strong force instead of a predetermined force such as an elastic body. it can. Therefore, it can be suitably used for a procedure in which the biological tissue is peeled off using the outer side surface of the end effector 1300 or the hole is expanded.
 また、エンドエフェクタ1300の外側面に対象物が接触した場合には、受動ワイヤ1252b、ロッド192b及びトリガレバー36もそれ以上Z1方向に動かなくなり、操作者はエンドエフェクタ1300の外側面が対象物に接触したこと、及び該対象物の硬さ等を指先で知覚することができる。 Further, when the object comes into contact with the outer surface of the end effector 1300, the passive wire 1252b, the rod 192b, and the trigger lever 36 do not move further in the Z1 direction, and the operator can move the outer surface of the end effector 1300 to the object. The contact and the hardness of the object can be perceived with the fingertip.
 先端動作部12は、ヨー軸動作及びロール軸動作が可能である。図示を省略するが、先端動作部12では、ヨー軸動作をする場合、ガイドプーリ1142a及びガイドプーリ1142bの軸1112(図53参照)を中心にして、それよりも先端の複合機構部1102及びエンドエフェクタ1300がヨー方向に揺動する。先端動作部12は、非干渉機構であることから、ヨー軸動作をしてもエンドエフェクタ1300の開度が変化することはなく、逆にエンドエフェクタ1300の開度を変化させてもヨー軸が動作することはない。エンドエフェクタ1300とロール軸の関係についても同様である。 The tip motion unit 12 is capable of yaw axis operation and roll axis operation. Although not shown in the drawings, the tip operating unit 12 is centered on the shaft 1112 (see FIG. 53) of the guide pulley 1142a and the guide pulley 1142b when the yaw axis operation is performed, and the composite mechanism unit 1102 and the end at the tip of the guide pulley 1142a and end are centered. The effector 1300 swings in the yaw direction. Since the distal end working unit 12 is a non-interference mechanism, the opening degree of the end effector 1300 does not change even if the yaw axis operation is performed. Conversely, even if the opening degree of the end effector 1300 is changed, the yaw axis does not change. It will not work. The same applies to the relationship between the end effector 1300 and the roll shaft.
 次に、先端動作部12の変形例としての先端動作部12aを図65に示す。 Next, a distal end working portion 12a as a modification of the distal end working portion 12 is shown in FIG.
 図65に示すように、先端動作部12aは、前記の先端動作部12(図52参照)と比較して第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aを有している点で共通するが、第2エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320bが省略された構成となっている。先端動作部12aについて、先端動作部12と同一の構成要素については同一の参照符号を付して、その詳細な説明を省略する。 As shown in FIG. 65, the distal end working unit 12a is common to the distal end working unit 12 (see FIG. 52) in that it has a first end effector drive mechanism 1320a. The drive mechanism 1320b is omitted. Regarding the distal end working unit 12a, the same components as those of the distal end working unit 12 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 先端動作部12aは、前記の両開き型のエンドエフェクタ1300に代えて片開き式のエンドエフェクタ1300aが設けられている。エンドエフェクタ1300aは、固定のグリッパ1202とピン1196を中心として軸開閉動作をするグリッパ1212と、伝達部材1152をZ1方向に弾性付勢するスプリング1305とを有している。グリッパ1212は、伝達部材1152が進退することにともなってグリッパリンク1220を介して開閉駆動される。すなわち、トリガレバー36をZ2方向に引くと第1エンドエフェクタ駆動機構1320aによって伝達部材1152もZ2方向に変位し、グリッパ1212は図65における反時計方向に回動してエンドエフェクタ1300が閉動作をする。一方、トリガレバー36を開放すると、伝達部材1152はスプリング1305の付勢によってZ1方向に変位し、エンドエフェクタ1300は開状態に復帰する。また、トリガレバー36はZ1方向に復帰する。 The tip operating portion 12a is provided with a single-open type end effector 1300a instead of the double-open type end effector 1300. The end effector 1300a includes a fixed gripper 1202, a gripper 1212 that opens and closes around a pin 1196, and a spring 1305 that elastically biases the transmission member 1152 in the Z1 direction. The gripper 1212 is driven to open and close via the gripper link 1220 as the transmission member 1152 advances and retreats. That is, when the trigger lever 36 is pulled in the Z2 direction, the transmission member 1152 is also displaced in the Z2 direction by the first end effector driving mechanism 1320a, and the gripper 1212 rotates counterclockwise in FIG. To do. On the other hand, when the trigger lever 36 is opened, the transmission member 1152 is displaced in the Z1 direction by the bias of the spring 1305, and the end effector 1300 returns to the open state. The trigger lever 36 returns in the Z1 direction.
 本発明は、例えば図66に示すような手術用ロボットシステム700に適用してもよい。 The present invention may be applied to a surgical robot system 700 as shown in FIG. 66, for example.
 手術用ロボットシステム700は、多関節型のロボットアーム702と、コンソール704とを有し、ロボットアーム702の先端には前記のマニピュレータ10と同じ機構が設けられている。ロボットアーム702の先端部708には、操作部14に代えて、内部に駆動部30を収納した基部14aが固定され、該基部14aに対して作業部16が着脱可能に取り付けられる。ロボットアーム702は、作業部16を移動させる手段であればよく、据置型に限らず、例えば自律移動型でもよい。コンソール704は、テーブル型、制御盤型等の構成を採り得る。 The surgical robot system 700 includes an articulated robot arm 702 and a console 704, and the same mechanism as the manipulator 10 is provided at the tip of the robot arm 702. Instead of the operation unit 14, a base 14 a that houses the drive unit 30 is fixed to the distal end 708 of the robot arm 702, and the working unit 16 is detachably attached to the base 14 a. The robot arm 702 may be any means that moves the working unit 16, and is not limited to a stationary type, but may be an autonomous moving type, for example. The console 704 may take a configuration such as a table type or a control panel type.
 ロボットアーム702は、独立的な6以上の関節(回転軸やスライド軸等)を有すると、作業部16の位置及び向きを任意に設定できて好適である。先端のマニピュレータ10を構成する基部14aは、ロボットアーム702の先端部708と一体化している。マニピュレータ10は、前記のトリガレバー36による機械的な動作機構の代わりに図示しないモータ(人手によって操作する入力部に連動するアクチュエータ)による電気的な動作機構を有し、該モータが2本のロッド192a及び192bを駆動する。 If the robot arm 702 has six or more independent joints (such as a rotation axis and a slide axis), the position and orientation of the working unit 16 can be arbitrarily set. A base portion 14 a constituting the manipulator 10 at the distal end is integrated with the distal end portion 708 of the robot arm 702. The manipulator 10 has an electric operation mechanism by a motor (actuator interlocked with an input unit operated manually) instead of the mechanical operation mechanism by the trigger lever 36, and the motor has two rods. 192a and 192b are driven.
 ロボットアーム702は、コンソール704の作用下に動作し、プログラムによる自動動作や、コンソール704に設けられたジョイスティック706に倣った操作、及びこれらの複合的な動作をする構成にしてもよい。コンソール704は、前記のコントローラの機能を含んでいる。作業部16には、前記の先端動作部12が設けられている。 The robot arm 702 may operate under the action of the console 704, and may be configured to perform automatic operation according to a program, operation following a joystick 706 provided on the console 704, and a combination of these operations. The console 704 includes the functions of the controller. The working unit 16 is provided with the distal end working unit 12.
 コンソール704には、操作指令部としての2つのジョイスティック706と、モニタ710が設けられている。図示を省略するが、2つのジョイスティック706により、2台のロボットアーム702を個別に操作が可能である。2つのジョイスティック706は、両手で操作し易い位置に設けられている。モニタ710には、軟性鏡による画像等の情報が表示される。 The console 704 is provided with two joysticks 706 as operation command units and a monitor 710. Although not shown, two robot arms 702 can be individually operated by two joysticks 706. The two joysticks 706 are provided at positions that can be easily operated with both hands. On the monitor 710, information such as an image by a flexible endoscope is displayed.
 ジョイスティック706は、上下動作、左右動作、捻り動作、及び傾動動作が可能であり、これらの動作に応じてロボットアーム702を動かすことができる。ジョイスティック706はマスターアームであってもよい。ロボットアーム702とコンソール704との間の通信手段は、有線、無線、ネットワーク又はこれらの組合せでよい。 The joystick 706 can move up and down, move left and right, twist, and tilt, and can move the robot arm 702 according to these operations. The joystick 706 may be a master arm. The communication means between the robot arm 702 and the console 704 may be wired, wireless, network, or a combination thereof.
 ジョイスティック706には、トリガレバー36が設けられており、該トリガレバー36を操作することにより前記モータを駆動可能である。 The joystick 706 is provided with a trigger lever 36, and the motor can be driven by operating the trigger lever 36.
 本発明は、上述の実施の形態に限らず、本発明の要旨を逸脱することなく、種々の構成乃至工程を採り得ることは勿論である。 Of course, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various configurations and processes can be adopted without departing from the gist of the present invention.

Claims (10)

  1.  人手によって把持されるハンドル(26)を有する基部(14)と、
     前記基部(14)に対して着脱可能な作業部(16)と、
     を備え、
     前記作業部(16)は、人手によって操作される作業部側入力部と、該作業部側入力部の操作によって動作する先端動作部(12)と、該先端動作部(12)を先端に設けたシャフト(18)と、該シャフト(18)内を挿通して前記作業部側入力部への入力操作を前記先端動作部(12)へと機械的に伝達する操作伝達部とを有することを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    A base (14) having a handle (26) gripped by a hand;
    A working part (16) removable from the base part (14);
    With
    The working unit (16) is provided with a working unit side input unit that is manually operated, a tip operating unit (12) that operates by operating the working unit side input unit, and the tip operating unit (12) at the tip. A shaft (18), and an operation transmission unit that mechanically transmits an input operation to the working unit side input unit to the tip operation unit (12) through the shaft (18). A medical manipulator featuring the features.
  2.  請求項1記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記作業部側入力部は、トリガレバー(36)であり、
     前記操作伝達部は、前記トリガレバー(36)が回動操作されることにより、前記シャフト(18)の軸線方向に進退する棒状又は線状の伝達部材(192a、192b)を含むことを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to claim 1, wherein
    The working part side input part is a trigger lever (36),
    The operation transmission unit includes a rod-like or linear transmission member (192a, 192b) that moves forward and backward in the axial direction of the shaft (18) when the trigger lever (36) is rotated. Medical manipulator.
  3.  請求項2記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記トリガレバー(36)の位置を固定可能なラッチ機構(206a、27、900a~900g)を有することを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to claim 2,
    A medical manipulator having a latch mechanism (206a, 27, 900a to 900g) capable of fixing the position of the trigger lever (36).
  4.  請求項3記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記ラッチ機構(206a、27)は、爪部(206a)と、該爪部(206a)が係合可能な係合部(27)とを有することを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to claim 3, wherein
    The said latch mechanism (206a, 27) has a nail | claw part (206a) and the engaging part (27) which this nail | claw part (206a) can engage with, The medical manipulator characterized by the above-mentioned.
  5.  請求項4記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記ラッチ機構(206a、27)での前記爪部(206a)と前記係合部(27)との係合状態を解除する解除部(206c、208)を備えることを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to claim 4, wherein
    A medical manipulator comprising a release portion (206c, 208) for releasing the engagement state between the claw portion (206a) and the engagement portion (27) in the latch mechanism (206a, 27).
  6.  請求項4又は5記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記爪部(206a)又は前記係合部(27)が前記トリガレバー(36)に設けられており、且つ弾性的に揺動可能に支持されると共に、前記トリガレバー(36)には、前記弾性的に揺動可能に支持された前記爪部(206a)又は前記係合部(27)の係合方向への揺動を所定位置で規制するストッパ部材(211)が設けられていることを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to claim 4 or 5,
    The claw portion (206a) or the engagement portion (27) is provided on the trigger lever (36) and is supported elastically and swingably, and the trigger lever (36) A stopper member (211) is provided for restricting the rocking in the engaging direction of the claw portion (206a) or the engaging portion (27) supported in an elastically swingable manner at a predetermined position. A medical manipulator featuring the features.
  7.  請求項3~6のいずれか1項に記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記ラッチ機構(206a、27、900a~900g)は、前記作業部(16)に設けられていることを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to any one of claims 3 to 6,
    The medical manipulator characterized in that the latch mechanism (206a, 27, 900a to 900g) is provided in the working part (16).
  8.  請求項4~6のいずれか1項に記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記爪部(206a)及び前記係合部(27)は、一方が前記トリガレバー(36)に設けられ、他方が前記ハンドル(26)に設けられていることを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to any one of claims 4 to 6,
    One of the claw portion (206a) and the engaging portion (27) is provided on the trigger lever (36), and the other is provided on the handle (26).
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記基部(14)は、アクチュエータ(100、102)によって回転される駆動軸(115、116)と、前記アクチュエータ(100、102)を駆動させる基部側入力部(24)を有し、
     前記作業部(16)は、前記駆動軸(115、116)によって従動回転されて前記先端動作部(12)に前記作業部側入力部(36)による入力操作とは異なる動作を付与する従動軸(158a、158b)と、該従動軸(158a、158b)の回転を前記先端動作部(12)へと伝達する可撓性部材(1052、1054)とを有することを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
    The base (14) has a drive shaft (115, 116) rotated by the actuator (100, 102) and a base side input unit (24) for driving the actuator (100, 102).
    The working unit (16) is driven and rotated by the drive shafts (115, 116) to give the tip working unit (12) a motion different from the input operation by the working unit side input unit (36). (158a, 158b) and a flexible manipulator (1052, 1054) for transmitting the rotation of the driven shaft (158a, 158b) to the distal end working unit (12).
  10.  請求項9記載の医療用マニピュレータにおいて、
     前記駆動軸(115、116)及び前記従動軸(158a、158b)には、一方の先端に係合凸部(137、138)が設けられ、他方の先端に前記係合凸部(137、138)に係合可能な係合凹部(176a、176b)が設けられ、
     前記係合凸部(137、138)及び前記係合凹部(176a、176b)は、前記基部(14)及び前記作業部(16)が装着された状態で互いに係合して、前記駆動軸(115、116)の回転を前記従動軸(158a、158b)に伝達可能であることを特徴とする医療用マニピュレータ。
    The medical manipulator according to claim 9, wherein
    The drive shafts (115, 116) and the driven shafts (158a, 158b) are provided with engaging convex portions (137, 138) at one end, and the engaging convex portions (137, 138) at the other end. Engaging recesses (176a, 176b) are provided,
    The engaging convex portions (137, 138) and the engaging concave portions (176a, 176b) are engaged with each other with the base portion (14) and the working portion (16) mounted, and the drive shaft ( 115, 116) can transmit the rotation of the driven shafts (158a, 158b) to the driven manipulator.
PCT/JP2010/057673 2009-04-30 2010-04-30 Medical manipulator WO2010126129A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011511468A JP5886043B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-04-30 Medical manipulator

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009111526 2009-04-30
JP2009-111526 2009-04-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010126129A1 true WO2010126129A1 (en) 2010-11-04

Family

ID=43032272

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/057673 WO2010126129A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-04-30 Medical manipulator

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5886043B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2010126129A1 (en)

Cited By (384)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2727545A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2014-05-07 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Medical manipulator
EP2668910A3 (en) * 2012-05-31 2016-09-14 Covidien LP Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors, and methods of use
WO2017075336A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2017-05-04 Imricor Medical Systems, Inc. Sliding distal component assembly
WO2017195246A1 (en) * 2016-05-09 2017-11-16 オリンパス株式会社 Gripping mechanism and gripping device
US9820740B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2017-11-21 Covidien Lp Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors, and methods of use
US9902105B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2018-02-27 M. Tanner Ag Apparatus for charging a further processing system with objects which are in the form of bulk material
WO2018123024A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 オリンパス株式会社 Medical instrument
EP3307190A4 (en) * 2015-06-11 2018-12-26 Intuitive Surgical Operations Inc. Systems and methods for instrument engagement
JP2018538047A (en) * 2015-12-10 2018-12-27 コヴィディエン リミテッド パートナーシップ Robotic surgical system with independent roll, pitch, and yaw scaling
EP3501404A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-26 Ethicon LLC Surgical tools configured for interchangeable use with different controller interfaces
US10463384B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2019-11-05 Ethicon Llc Stapling assembly
US10485543B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-11-26 Ethicon Llc Anvil having a knife slot width
US10485546B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2019-11-26 Ethicon Llc Robotically-driven surgical assembly
US10485539B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2019-11-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with firing lockout
US10492783B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2019-12-03 Ethicon, Llc Surgical instrument with improved stop/start control during a firing motion
US10499914B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-12-10 Ethicon Llc Staple forming pocket arrangements
US10517595B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-12-31 Ethicon Llc Jaw actuated lock arrangements for preventing advancement of a firing member in a surgical end effector unless an unfired cartridge is installed in the end effector
US10517590B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2019-12-31 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument having a transmission system
US10524790B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-01-07 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled surgical stapling devices that produce formed staples having different lengths
US10524787B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-01-07 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument with parameter-based firing rate
US10531887B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-01-14 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument including speed display
US10537325B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-01-21 Ethicon Llc Staple forming pocket arrangement to accommodate different types of staples
US10542974B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-01-28 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument including a control system
US10542982B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-01-28 Ethicon Llc Shaft assembly comprising first and second articulation lockouts
US10548600B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-02-04 Ethicon Llc Multiple thickness implantable layers for surgical stapling devices
US10548504B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-02-04 Ethicon Llc Overlaid multi sensor radio frequency (RF) electrode system to measure tissue compression
US10561422B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2020-02-18 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridge comprising deployable tissue engaging members
US10568624B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-02-25 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with jaws that are pivotable about a fixed axis and include separate and distinct closure and firing systems
US10568629B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2020-02-25 Ethicon Llc Articulating surgical stapling instrument
US10568626B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-02-25 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with jaw opening features for increasing a jaw opening distance
US10575868B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2020-03-03 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with coupler assembly
US10588632B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors and firing members thereof
US10588633B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with open and closable jaws and axially movable firing member that is initially parked in close proximity to the jaws prior to firing
US10588626B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument displaying subsequent step of use
US10588625B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instruments with off-axis firing beam arrangements
US10595882B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-03-24 Ethicon Llc Methods for closed loop control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
USD879809S1 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Display panel with changeable graphical user interface
USD879808S1 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Display panel with graphical user interface
US10603039B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Progressively releasable implantable adjunct for use with a surgical stapling instrument
US10617413B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Closure system arrangements for surgical cutting and stapling devices with separate and distinct firing shafts
US10617417B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge comprising a releasable adjunct material
US10617418B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Implantable layers for a surgical instrument
US10617412B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc System for detecting the mis-insertion of a staple cartridge into a surgical stapler
US10617416B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Control systems for surgical instruments
US10617420B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Surgical system comprising drive systems
US10624633B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-04-21 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10624861B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-04-21 Ethicon Llc Tissue thickness compensator configured to redistribute compressive forces
US10631859B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2020-04-28 Ethicon Llc Articulation systems for surgical instruments
US10639036B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-05-05 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument
US10646220B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-05-12 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling displacement member velocity for a surgical instrument
US10660640B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-05-26 Ethicon Llc Motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument
US10667808B2 (en) 2012-03-28 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge comprising an absorbable adjunct
US10667809B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge and staple cartridge channel comprising windows defined therein
US10667811B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instruments and staple-forming anvils
US10675028B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-06-09 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US10682134B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Continuous use self-propelled stapling instrument
US10682142B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling apparatus including an articulation system
US10682141B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical device including a control system
US10687806B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Adaptive tissue compression techniques to adjust closure rates for multiple tissue types
US10687813B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Adapters with firing stroke sensing arrangements for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments
US10687812B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US10695062B2 (en) 2010-10-01 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument including a retractable firing member
US10695063B2 (en) 2012-02-13 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with apparatus for determining cartridge and firing motion status
US10695058B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument systems comprising an articulatable end effector and means for adjusting the firing stroke of a firing member
US10702267B2 (en) 2007-03-15 2020-07-07 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instrument having a releasable buttress material
US10702266B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2020-07-07 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system
USD890784S1 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Display panel with changeable graphical user interface
US10716614B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Surgical shaft assemblies with slip ring assemblies with increased contact pressure
US10716565B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with dual articulation drivers
US10729501B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-04 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for language selection of a surgical instrument
US10729509B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2020-08-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising closure and firing locking mechanism
US10736630B2 (en) 2014-10-13 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge
US10736636B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instrument system
US10736633B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Compressible adjunct with looping members
US10736628B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US10743872B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc System and methods for controlling a display of a surgical instrument
US10743870B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling apparatus with interlockable firing system
US10743877B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapler with floating anvil
US10743873B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Drive arrangements for articulatable surgical instruments
US10743874B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Sealed adapters for use with electromechanical surgical instruments
US10743849B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Stapling system including an articulation system
US10743851B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Interchangeable tools for surgical instruments
US10743875B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors with jaw stiffener arrangements configured to permit monitoring of firing member
US10751076B2 (en) 2009-12-24 2020-08-25 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument with electric actuator directional control assembly
US10751053B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2020-08-25 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridges for applying expandable fastener lines
US10758230B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-09-01 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with primary and safety processors
US10758229B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-09-01 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising improved jaw control
US10765425B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US10765427B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Method for articulating a surgical instrument
US10765429B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for providing alerts according to the operational state of a surgical instrument
US10772625B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-09-15 Ethicon Llc Signal and power communication system positioned on a rotatable shaft
US10772629B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2020-09-15 Ethicon Llc Surgical anvil arrangements
US10779820B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling motor speed according to user input for a surgical instrument
US10779824B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system lockable by a closure system
US10779903B2 (en) 2017-10-31 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Positive shaft rotation lock activated by jaw closure
US10779821B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapler anvils with tissue stop features configured to avoid tissue pinch
US10780539B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Stapling instrument for use with a robotic system
US10779826B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Methods of operating surgical end effectors
US10779825B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Adapters with end effector position sensing and control arrangements for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments
JP2020168532A (en) * 2017-05-01 2020-10-15 株式会社メディカロイド Medical treatment tool
US10806448B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-10-20 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly comprising a flexible articulation system
US10806449B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2020-10-20 Ethicon Llc End effectors for surgical staplers
US10813639B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-10-27 Ethicon Llc Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on system conditions
US10828033B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-11-10 Ethicon Llc Handheld electromechanical surgical instruments with improved motor control arrangements for positioning components of an adapter coupled thereto
US10828032B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2020-11-10 Ethicon Llc End effector detection systems for surgical instruments
US10835251B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly including an end effector configurable in different positions
US10835330B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Method for determining the position of a rotatable jaw of a surgical instrument attachment assembly
US10842492B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Powered articulatable surgical instruments with clutching and locking arrangements for linking an articulation drive system to a firing drive system
US10842490B2 (en) 2017-10-31 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Cartridge body design with force reduction based on firing completion
US10842489B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a cam and driver arrangement
US10856870B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-12-08 Ethicon Llc Switching arrangements for motor powered articulatable surgical instruments
US10856869B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2020-12-08 Ethicon Llc Surgical anvil arrangements
US10863986B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2020-12-15 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapler having downstream current-based motor control
US10869666B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-12-22 Ethicon Llc Adapters with control systems for controlling multiple motors of an electromechanical surgical instrument
USD906355S1 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-12-29 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface for a surgical instrument
US10881396B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-01-05 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with variable duration trigger arrangement
US10881399B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-01-05 Ethicon Llc Techniques for adaptive control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10889010B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2021-01-12 Olympus Corporation Grasping mechanism and grasping device
USD907647S1 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD907648S1 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
US10888321B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling velocity of a displacement member of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10893867B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-01-19 Ethicon Llc Drive train control arrangements for modular surgical instruments
US10903685B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical shaft assemblies with slip ring assemblies forming capacitive channels
US10898183B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Robotic surgical instrument with closed loop feedback techniques for advancement of closure member during firing
US10905418B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge comprising a tissue thickness compensator
US10905423B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US10912559B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-02-09 Ethicon Llc Reinforced deformable anvil tip for surgical stapler anvil
US10918386B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-02-16 Ethicon Llc Interlock and surgical instrument including same
US10918380B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-02-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system including a control system
USD910847S1 (en) 2017-12-19 2021-02-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly
US10932778B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system
US10932775B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Firing system lockout arrangements for surgical instruments
US10932772B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Methods for closed loop velocity control for robotic surgical instrument
US10945731B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-03-16 Ethicon Llc Tissue thickness compensator comprising controlled release and expansion
US10945728B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2021-03-16 Ethicon Llc Locking arrangements for detachable shaft assemblies with articulatable surgical end effectors
USD914878S1 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument anvil
US10959725B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instrument comprising a firing drive
US10966718B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-04-06 Ethicon Llc Dynamic clamping assemblies with improved wear characteristics for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments
US10980539B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Implantable adjunct comprising bonded layers
US10980537B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured time over a specified number of shaft rotations
US10987102B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-04-27 Ethicon Llc Tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of layers
USD917500S1 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-04-27 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US10993716B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2021-05-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical anvil arrangements
US10993717B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-05-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling system comprising a control system
US11007022B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc Closed loop velocity control techniques based on sensed tissue parameters for robotic surgical instrument
US11007004B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc Powered multi-axial articulable electrosurgical device with external dissection features
US11006955B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc End effectors with positive jaw opening features for use with adapters for electromechanical surgical instruments
US11013511B2 (en) 2007-06-22 2021-05-25 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instrument with an articulatable end effector
US11020115B2 (en) 2014-02-12 2021-06-01 Cilag Gmbh International Deliverable surgical instrument
US11026684B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-06-08 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with multiple program responses during a firing motion
US11026678B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler having motor control based on an electrical parameter related to a motor current
US11033267B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-06-15 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods of controlling a clamping member firing rate of a surgical instrument
US11039834B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-06-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler anvils with staple directing protrusions and tissue stability features
US11039836B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2021-06-22 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge for use with a surgical stapling instrument
US11045270B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic attachment comprising exterior drive actuator
US11045192B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Fabricating techniques for surgical stapler anvils
US11051813B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US11051810B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Modular surgical instrument with configurable operating mode
US11051807B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Packaging assembly including a particulate trap
US11058422B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for battery pack failure in powered surgical instruments
US11071545B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US11071554B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on magnitude of velocity error measurements
US11071543B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical end effectors with clamping assemblies configured to increase jaw aperture ranges
US11076853B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods of displaying a knife position during transection for a surgical instrument
US11076929B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Implantable adjunct systems for determining adjunct skew
US11083458B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with clutching arrangements to convert linear drive motions to rotary drive motions
US11083454B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11083453B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system including a flexible firing actuator and lateral buckling supports
US11083452B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including a tissue thickness compensator
US11090045B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights
US11090046B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling displacement member motion of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11090075B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation features for surgical end effector
US11109859B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a lockable battery housing
US11129615B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system
US11133106B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly comprising a retraction assembly
US11129680B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a projector
US11129613B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with separable motors and motor control circuits
US11135352B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International End effector including a gradually releasable medical adjunct
US11134942B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instruments and staple-forming anvils
US11134944B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler knife motion controls
US11134938B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled shaft based rotary drive systems for surgical instruments
US11141153B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2021-10-12 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges comprising driver arrangements
US11147554B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system comprising a magnetic lockout
US11147551B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11147553B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11154296B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Anvil layer attached to a proximal end of an end effector
US11154301B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Modular stapling assembly
US11160575B2 (en) 2016-06-14 2021-11-02 Olympus Corporation Treatment instrument
US11172929B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2021-11-16 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11179150B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11191545B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-12-07 Cilag Gmbh International Staple formation detection mechanisms
US11197670B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-12-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical end effectors with pivotal jaws configured to touch at their respective distal ends when fully closed
US11197671B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-12-14 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly comprising a lockout
US11202633B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2021-12-21 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling buttresses and adjunct materials
US11207064B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Automated end effector component reloading system for use with a robotic system
US11207065B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Method for fabricating surgical stapler anvils
US11213293B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2022-01-04 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical instruments with single articulation link arrangements
US11219455B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-01-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a lockout key
US11224497B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems with multiple RFID tags
US11224426B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11224427B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system including a console and retraction assembly
US11224428B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling systems
US11224423B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Smart sensors with local signal processing
US11229437B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-01-25 Cilag Gmbh International Method for authenticating the compatibility of a staple cartridge with a surgical instrument
US11241230B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-02-08 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier tool for use with a robotic surgical system
JP2022027799A (en) * 2014-03-17 2022-02-14 インテュイティブ サージカル オペレーションズ, インコーポレイテッド Detection pins for determining presence of surgical instrument and adapter on manipulator
US11246592B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system lockable to a frame
US11246590B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including staple drivers having different unfired heights
US11246678B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system having a frangible RFID tag
CN114043524A (en) * 2021-12-10 2022-02-15 上海锐数微医疗科技发展有限公司 Collapsible and arm that can lock
US11253254B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Shaft rotation actuator on a surgical instrument
US11253256B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable motor powered surgical instruments with dedicated articulation motor arrangements
US11253281B2 (en) 2016-11-28 2022-02-22 Olympus Corporation Medical treatment tool
US11259799B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Interface systems for use with surgical instruments
US11259805B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising firing member supports
US11259803B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system having an information encryption protocol
US11266409B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge comprising a sled including longitudinally-staggered ramps
US11266405B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical anvil manufacturing methods
US11272938B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2022-03-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including dedicated firing and retraction assemblies
US11278279B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly
US11284898B2 (en) 2014-09-18 2022-03-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a deployable knife
US11291440B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a powered articulatable surgical instrument
US11291441B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and remote sensor
US11291449B2 (en) 2009-12-24 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical cutting instrument that analyzes tissue thickness
US11291447B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising independent jaw closing and staple firing systems
US11291451B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with battery compatibility verification functionality
US11298132B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-04-12 Cilag GmbH Inlernational Staple cartridge including a honeycomb extension
US11298127B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-04-12 Cilag GmbH Interational Surgical stapling system having a lockout mechanism for an incompatible cartridge
US11298125B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue stapler having a thickness compensator
US11304696B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a powered articulation system
US11304695B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system shaft interconnection
US11311294B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Powered medical device including measurement of closure state of jaws
US11311292B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with detection sensors
US11311290B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an end effector dampener
US11317917B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system comprising a lockable firing assembly
US11317913B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Lockout arrangements for surgical end effectors and replaceable tool assemblies
US11324501B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with improved closure members
US11324503B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical firing member arrangements
US11344303B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2022-05-31 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11350928B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a tissue thickness lockout and speed control system
US11376098B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-07-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system comprising an RFID system
US11382627B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising a firing member including a lateral extension
US11382638B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured time over a specified displacement distance
US11399837B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for motor control adjustments of a motorized surgical instrument
US11399829B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods of initiating a power shutdown mode for a surgical instrument
US11406380B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Motorized surgical instrument
US11419606B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Shaft assembly comprising a clutch configured to adapt the output of a rotary firing member to two different systems
US11426251B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-08-30 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation directional lights on a surgical instrument
US11426167B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-08-30 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for proper anvil attachment surgical stapling head assembly
US11432816B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-09-06 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation pin for a surgical instrument
US11439470B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2022-09-13 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled surgical instrument with selectively articulatable end effector
US11446029B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising projections extending from a curved deck surface
US11452526B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2022-09-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a staged voltage regulation start-up system
US11452528B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-09-27 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation actuators for a surgical instrument
US11457918B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2022-10-04 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge assemblies for surgical staplers
US11464512B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a curved deck surface
USD966512S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
US11464601B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an RFID system for tracking a movable component
US11464513B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US11471155B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system bailout
USD967421S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
US11471157B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation control mapping for a surgical instrument
US11478247B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2022-10-25 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue acquisition arrangements and methods for surgical stapling devices
US11478241B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-10-25 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including projections
US11484312B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a staple driver arrangement
US11484311B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a staple driver arrangement
US11497488B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2022-11-15 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling a segmented circuit
US11497492B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-11-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including an articulation lock
US11504122B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a nested firing member
US11504116B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US11517390B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a limited travel switch
US11517325B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured displacement distance traveled over a specified time interval
US11523821B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2022-12-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method for creating a flexible staple line
US11523823B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2022-12-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with non-symmetrical articulation arrangements
US11523822B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-12-13 Cilag Gmbh International Battery pack including a circuit interrupter
US11529139B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Motor driven surgical instrument
US11529138B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instrument including a rotary drive screw
US11529137B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising driver retention members
US11534259B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2022-12-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation indicator
USD974560S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-03 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD975278S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-10 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
US11553971B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical RFID assemblies for display and communication
USD975851S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD975850S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD976401S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
US11559304B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a rapid closure mechanism
US11564682B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler device
US11564686B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical shaft assemblies with flexible interfaces
US11571231B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge having a driver for driving multiple staples
US11571215B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US11576672B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-02-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a closure system including a closure member and an opening member driven by a drive screw
USD980425S1 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-03-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly
US11607219B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-03-21 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a detachable tissue cutting knife
US11607239B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-03-21 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11617577B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-04-04 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a sensor configured to sense whether an articulation drive of the surgical instrument is actuatable
US11622766B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-04-11 Cilag Gmbh International Empty clip cartridge lockout
US11622763B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2023-04-11 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly comprising a shiftable drive
US11627960B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-04-18 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with smart reload with separately attachable exteriorly mounted wiring connections
US11627959B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-04-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments including manual and powered system lockouts
US11638582B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2023-05-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with torsion spine drive arrangements
US11638587B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-05-02 Cilag Gmbh International RFID identification systems for surgical instruments
US11642125B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-05-09 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic surgical system including a user interface and a control circuit
US11648009B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Rotatable jaw tip for a surgical instrument
US11648005B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US11653914B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument according to articulation angle of end effector
US11653920B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with communication interfaces through sterile barrier
US11653915B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with sled location detection and adjustment features
US11660163B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-05-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system with RFID tags for updating motor assembly parameters
US11678882B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with interactive features to remedy incidental sled movements
US11678877B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a flexible support configured to support a flexible firing member
US11684434B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-06-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical RFID assemblies for instrument operational setting control
US11696761B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11696757B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Monitoring of internal systems to detect and track cartridge motion status
US11701113B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a separate power antenna and a data transfer antenna
US11701111B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a surgical stapling instrument
WO2023145376A1 (en) * 2022-01-28 2023-08-03 キヤノン株式会社 Continuous-body robot and information processing device
US11717294B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International End effector arrangements comprising indicators
US11717291B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising staples configured to apply different tissue compression
US11717289B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an indicator which indicates that an articulation drive is actuatable
US11723658B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-08-15 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a firing lockout
US11723657B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-08-15 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustable communication based on available bandwidth and power capacity
US11723662B2 (en) 2021-05-28 2023-08-15 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising an articulation control display
US11730473B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-08-22 Cilag Gmbh International Monitoring of manufacturing life-cycle
US11737751B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Devices and methods of managing energy dissipated within sterile barriers of surgical instrument housings
US11737749B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument comprising a retraction system
US11744583B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Distal communication array to tune frequency of RF systems
US11749877B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a signal antenna
US11744581B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with multi-phase tissue treatment
US11744603B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Multi-axis pivot joints for surgical instruments and methods for manufacturing same
US11751869B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-09-12 Cilag Gmbh International Monitoring of multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue
US11759202B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-09-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising an implantable layer
US11766259B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-09-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method of deforming staples from two different types of staple cartridges with the same surgical stapling instrument
US11766260B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-09-26 Cilag Gmbh International Methods of stapling tissue
US11771419B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Packaging for a replaceable component of a surgical stapling system
US11779420B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-10-10 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic surgical attachments having manually-actuated retraction assemblies
US11779330B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-10-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a jaw alignment system
US11786239B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument articulation joint arrangements comprising multiple moving linkage features
US11786243B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Firing members having flexible portions for adapting to a load during a surgical firing stroke
US11793514B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising sensor array which may be embedded in cartridge body
US11793516B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge comprising longitudinal support beam
US11793518B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US11793522B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge assembly including a compressible adjunct
US11806011B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-11-07 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising tissue compression systems
US11812964B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a power management circuit
US11826012B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a pulsed motor-driven firing rack
US11826132B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Time dependent evaluation of sensor data to determine stability, creep, and viscoelastic elements of measures
US11826042B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a firing drive including a selectable leverage mechanism
US11826048B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising selectively actuatable rotatable couplers
US11832816B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-12-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising nonplanar staples and planar staples
US11839352B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2023-12-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling device with an end effector
US11844518B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a surgical instrument
US11844520B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising driver retention members
US11849944B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Drivers for fastener cartridge assemblies having rotary drive screws
US11849943B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with cartridge release mechanisms
US11849941B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge having staple cavities extending at a transverse angle relative to a longitudinal cartridge axis
US11849945B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Rotary-driven surgical stapling assembly comprising eccentrically driven firing member
US11849952B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising staples positioned within a compressible portion thereof
US11877745B2 (en) 2021-10-18 2024-01-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly having longitudinally-repeating staple leg clusters
US11883020B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a feedback system
USD1013170S1 (en) 2020-10-29 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly
US11883026B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge assemblies and staple retainer cover arrangements
US11890012B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising cartridge body and attached support
US11890010B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2024-02-06 Cllag GmbH International Dual-sided reinforced reload for surgical instruments
US11896218B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using a powered stapling device
US11896217B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation lock
US11896219B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Mating features between drivers and underside of a cartridge deck
US11903582B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Leveraging surfaces for cartridge installation
US11903581B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for stapling tissue using a surgical instrument
US11911032B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2024-02-27 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a seating cam
US11918220B2 (en) 2012-03-28 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator comprising tissue ingrowth features
US11918212B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with selectively disengageable drive systems
US11925349B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment to transfer parameters to improve available power
US11931033B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a latch lockout
US11931025B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a releasable closure drive lock
US11937816B2 (en) 2021-10-28 2024-03-26 Cilag Gmbh International Electrical lead arrangements for surgical instruments
EP3616643B1 (en) * 2018-08-28 2024-03-27 Medicaroid Corporation Driver interface and method of detecting attachment of surgical instrument to driver interface
US11944336B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Joint arrangements for multi-planar alignment and support of operational drive shafts in articulatable surgical instruments
US11944296B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with external connectors
US11944300B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a surgical system bailout
US11944338B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Multiple level thresholds to modify operation of powered surgical instruments
US11950777B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-04-09 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising an information access control system
US11950779B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-04-09 Cilag Gmbh International Method of powering and communicating with a staple cartridge
US11957337B2 (en) 2021-10-18 2024-04-16 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly with offset ramped drive surfaces
US11963680B2 (en) 2022-10-19 2024-04-23 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge body design with force reduction based on firing completion

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7000726B2 (en) * 2017-07-21 2022-01-19 株式会社デンソーウェーブ Origin alignment method, robot system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008104854A (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-08 Terumo Corp Manipulator for medical use
JP2008272457A (en) * 2007-03-28 2008-11-13 Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc Laparoscopic tissue thickness and clamp load measuring device
JP2009045428A (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-03-05 Terumo Corp Operating mechanism, medical manipulator and surgical robot system
JP2009056164A (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-19 Terumo Corp Medical manipulator system

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1071155A (en) * 1996-08-30 1998-03-17 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Treating implement for endoscope
US7766910B2 (en) * 2006-01-24 2010-08-03 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Vessel sealer and divider for large tissue structures
JP5006093B2 (en) * 2007-04-03 2012-08-22 テルモ株式会社 Manipulator system and control device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008104854A (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-08 Terumo Corp Manipulator for medical use
JP2008272457A (en) * 2007-03-28 2008-11-13 Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc Laparoscopic tissue thickness and clamp load measuring device
JP2009045428A (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-03-05 Terumo Corp Operating mechanism, medical manipulator and surgical robot system
JP2009056164A (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-19 Terumo Corp Medical manipulator system

Cited By (746)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11812960B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Method of segmenting the operation of a surgical stapling instrument
US11882987B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Articulating surgical stapling instrument incorporating a two-piece E-beam firing mechanism
US11083456B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Articulating surgical instrument incorporating a two-piece firing mechanism
US11135352B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International End effector including a gradually releasable medical adjunct
US11890012B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising cartridge body and attached support
US10687817B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Stapling device comprising a firing member lockout
US10568629B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2020-02-25 Ethicon Llc Articulating surgical stapling instrument
US11896225B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a pan
US11684365B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2023-06-27 Cilag Gmbh International Replaceable staple cartridges for surgical instruments
US10799240B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2020-10-13 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising a staple firing lockout
US11116502B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2021-09-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument incorporating a two-piece firing mechanism
US10716563B2 (en) 2004-07-28 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Stapling system comprising an instrument assembly including a lockout
US11484312B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a staple driver arrangement
US11134947B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a camming sled with variable cam arrangements
US11246590B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including staple drivers having different unfired heights
US11272928B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-03-15 Cilag GmbH Intemational Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights
US11484311B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a staple driver arrangement
US11730474B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2023-08-22 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a movable cartridge and a staple driver arrangement
US11771425B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly for forming staples to different formed heights
US10842489B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a cam and driver arrangement
US11576673B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2023-02-14 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly for forming staples to different heights
US11793512B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights
US11179153B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights
US11172927B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2021-11-16 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights
US11399828B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a fixed anvil and different staple heights
US11839375B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2023-12-12 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge assembly comprising an anvil and different staple heights
US10842488B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a fixed anvil and different staple heights
US11090045B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights
US10932774B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effector for forming staples to different heights
US10993713B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2021-05-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments
US11793511B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments
US10806449B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2020-10-20 Ethicon Llc End effectors for surgical staplers
US10993717B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-05-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling system comprising a control system
US11103269B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-08-31 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US11883020B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a feedback system
US11166717B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-11-09 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with firing lockout
US10959722B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument for deploying fasteners by way of rotational motion
US10952728B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-03-23 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US11648008B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having force feedback capabilities
US10709468B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-07-14 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument
US11224454B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US11660110B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-05-30 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US10743849B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Stapling system including an articulation system
US11224427B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system including a console and retraction assembly
US11612393B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-03-28 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled end effector
US11890029B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument
US11051813B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US11890008B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with firing lockout
US11058420B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling apparatus comprising a lockout system
US10918380B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-02-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system including a control system
US11944299B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having force feedback capabilities
US11246616B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US11648024B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with position feedback
US11801051B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-10-31 Cilag Gmbh International Accessing data stored in a memory of a surgical instrument
US10806479B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-10-20 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US11020113B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-06-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having force feedback capabilities
US10463384B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2019-11-05 Ethicon Llc Stapling assembly
US11000275B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-05-11 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument
US11278279B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly
US10675028B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-06-09 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US11793518B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements
US10893853B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2021-01-19 Ethicon Llc Stapling assembly including motor drive systems
US10485539B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2019-11-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with firing lockout
US11364046B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-06-21 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US11350916B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Endoscopic surgical instrument with a handle that can articulate with respect to the shaft
US10653435B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2020-05-19 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with tactile position feedback
US11272938B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2022-03-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including dedicated firing and retraction assemblies
US11622785B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2023-04-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staples having attached drivers and stapling instruments for deploying the same
US11571231B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge having a driver for driving multiple staples
US11382626B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system including a knife bar supported for rotational and axial travel
US11877748B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2024-01-23 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-driven surgical instrument with E-beam driver
US10918386B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-02-16 Ethicon Llc Interlock and surgical instrument including same
US11812961B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a motor control system
US10517590B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2019-12-31 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument having a transmission system
US11918211B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument for use with a robotic system
US10952727B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-03-23 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument for assessing the state of a staple cartridge
US11931032B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with wireless communication between a control unit of a robotic system and remote sensor
US11937814B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2024-03-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument for use with a robotic system
US11000277B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-05-11 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and remote sensor
US11006951B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and sensor transponders
US11771426B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with wireless communication
US11064998B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-07-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with wireless communication between a control unit of a robotic system and remote sensor
US11291441B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and remote sensor
US11134943B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instrument including a control unit and sensor
US10945729B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-03-16 Ethicon Llc Interlock and surgical instrument including same
US11844521B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument for use with a robotic system
US11166720B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2021-11-09 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a control module for assessing an end effector
US11666332B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2023-06-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a control circuit configured to adjust the operation of a motor
US11849947B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system including a control circuit and a passively-powered transponder
US11350929B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and sensor transponders
US11839352B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2023-12-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling device with an end effector
US11039836B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2021-06-22 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge for use with a surgical stapling instrument
US10702267B2 (en) 2007-03-15 2020-07-07 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instrument having a releasable buttress material
US11337693B2 (en) 2007-03-15 2022-05-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument having a releasable buttress material
US11564682B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler device
US11672531B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2023-06-13 Cilag Gmbh International Rotary drive systems for surgical instruments
US11559302B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a firing member movable at different speeds
US11134938B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled shaft based rotary drive systems for surgical instruments
US11648006B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled shaft based rotary drive systems for surgical instruments
US11857181B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2024-01-02 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled shaft based rotary drive systems for surgical instruments
US11154298B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling system for use with a robotic surgical system
US11911028B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2024-02-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments for use with a robotic surgical system
US11147549B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument including a firing system and a closure system
US11013511B2 (en) 2007-06-22 2021-05-25 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instrument with an articulatable end effector
US11925346B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge including tissue supporting surfaces
US11849941B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge having staple cavities extending at a transverse angle relative to a longitudinal cartridge axis
US11033265B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2021-06-15 Covidien Lp Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors, and methods of use
US9820740B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2017-11-21 Covidien Lp Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors, and methods of use
US11571212B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system including an impedance sensor
US10888329B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Detachable motor powered surgical instrument
US10874396B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-12-29 Ethicon Llc Stapling instrument for use with a surgical robot
US10743870B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling apparatus with interlockable firing system
US11717285B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical cutting and fastening instrument having RF electrodes
US10743851B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Interchangeable tools for surgical instruments
US10888330B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Surgical system
US11446034B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising first and second actuation systems configured to perform different functions
US11612395B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2023-03-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system including a control system having an RFID tag reader
US11464514B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Motorized surgical stapling system including a sensing array
US10660640B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-05-26 Ethicon Llc Motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument
US10905427B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Surgical System
US10639036B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-05-05 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument
US10905426B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Detachable motor powered surgical instrument
US11638583B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2023-05-02 Cilag Gmbh International Motorized surgical system having a plurality of power sources
US10542974B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-01-28 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument including a control system
US10765432B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Surgical device including a control system
US10682142B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling apparatus including an articulation system
US11484307B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Loading unit coupleable to a surgical stapling system
US10898194B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Detachable motor powered surgical instrument
US10682141B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical device including a control system
US10722232B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-07-28 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument for use with different cartridges
US10806450B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-10-20 Ethicon Llc Surgical cutting and fastening instrument having a control system
US10925605B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-02-23 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling system
US10716568B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling apparatus with control features operable with one hand
US10898195B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Detachable motor powered surgical instrument
US11801047B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2023-10-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system comprising a control circuit configured to selectively monitor tissue impedance and adjust control of a motor
US11154297B2 (en) 2008-02-15 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Layer arrangements for surgical staple cartridges
US11812954B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US11406380B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Motorized surgical instrument
US11617576B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2023-04-04 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US10898184B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US11684361B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2023-06-27 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US11045189B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US11517304B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US11871923B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2024-01-16 Cilag Gmbh International Motorized surgical instrument
US10736628B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US11103241B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2021-08-31 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US11648005B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US11617575B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2023-04-04 Cilag Gmbh International Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US10765425B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US10980535B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US11583279B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2023-02-21 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system
US11793521B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system
US10932778B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system
US11730477B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2023-08-22 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical system with manually retractable firing system
US11129615B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system
US11291449B2 (en) 2009-12-24 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical cutting instrument that analyzes tissue thickness
US10751076B2 (en) 2009-12-24 2020-08-25 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument with electric actuator directional control assembly
US11478247B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2022-10-25 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue acquisition arrangements and methods for surgical stapling devices
US11883025B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of layers
US10898193B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc End effector for use with a surgical instrument
US11406377B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Adhesive film laminate
US10945731B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-03-16 Ethicon Llc Tissue thickness compensator comprising controlled release and expansion
US11395651B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2022-07-26 Cilag Gmbh International Adhesive film laminate
US10869669B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-12-22 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly
US11849952B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising staples positioned within a compressible portion thereof
US11083452B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including a tissue thickness compensator
US11957795B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2024-04-16 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator configured to redistribute compressive forces
US11737754B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler with floating anvil
US11944292B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Anvil layer attached to a proximal end of an end effector
US11672536B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-06-13 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US11571215B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US10888328B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effector
US11925354B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising staples positioned within a compressible portion thereof
US11850310B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including an adjunct
US10835251B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly including an end effector configurable in different positions
US11559496B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator configured to redistribute compressive forces
US11298125B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue stapler having a thickness compensator
US10743877B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapler with floating anvil
US10548600B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-02-04 Ethicon Llc Multiple thickness implantable layers for surgical stapling devices
US11812965B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US11583277B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-02-21 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US10624861B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2020-04-21 Ethicon Llc Tissue thickness compensator configured to redistribute compressive forces
US11911027B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2024-02-27 Cilag Gmbh International Adhesive film laminate
US11540824B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-01-03 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator
US11857187B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2024-01-02 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator comprising controlled release and expansion
US11602340B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-03-14 Cilag Gmbh International Adhesive film laminate
US11684360B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-06-27 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a variable thickness compressible portion
US11154296B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Anvil layer attached to a proximal end of an end effector
US10987102B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2021-04-27 Ethicon Llc Tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of layers
US11529142B2 (en) 2010-10-01 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a power control circuit
US10695062B2 (en) 2010-10-01 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument including a retractable firing member
US11504116B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Layer of material for a surgical end effector
US10980534B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector
US10780539B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Stapling instrument for use with a robotic system
US11266410B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical device for use with a robotic system
US11207064B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Automated end effector component reloading system for use with a robotic system
US10813641B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-10-27 Ethicon Llc Robotically-driven surgical instrument
US11583278B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2023-02-21 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system having multi-direction articulation
US11612394B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2023-03-28 Cilag Gmbh International Automated end effector component reloading system for use with a robotic system
US11439470B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2022-09-13 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled surgical instrument with selectively articulatable end effector
US10617420B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Surgical system comprising drive systems
US10524790B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-01-07 Ethicon Llc Robotically-controlled surgical stapling devices that produce formed staples having different lengths
US10485546B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2019-11-26 Ethicon Llc Robotically-driven surgical assembly
US11918208B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically-controlled shaft based rotary drive systems for surgical instruments
US11129616B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system
US10736634B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Robotically-driven surgical instrument including a drive system
EP2727545A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2014-05-07 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Medical manipulator
EP2727545A4 (en) * 2011-06-30 2015-04-08 Storz Karl Gmbh & Co Kg Medical manipulator
US10695063B2 (en) 2012-02-13 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical cutting and fastening instrument with apparatus for determining cartridge and firing motion status
US11793509B2 (en) 2012-03-28 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including an implantable layer
US10667808B2 (en) 2012-03-28 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge comprising an absorbable adjunct
US11918220B2 (en) 2012-03-28 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Tissue thickness compensator comprising tissue ingrowth features
US11406378B2 (en) 2012-03-28 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a compressible tissue thickness compensator
EP3593734A1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2020-01-15 Covidien LP Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors
EP2668910A3 (en) * 2012-05-31 2016-09-14 Covidien LP Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors, and methods of use
US11707273B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2023-07-25 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical instrument comprising a firing drive
US10959725B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instrument comprising a firing drive
US11534162B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-12-27 Cilag GmbH Inlernational Robotically powered surgical device with manually-actuatable reversing system
US11141156B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-10-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising flexible output shaft
US11540829B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-01-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US11058423B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling system including first and second closure systems for use with a surgical robot
US11806013B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-11-07 Cilag Gmbh International Firing system arrangements for surgical instruments
US10687812B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US11083457B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US11857189B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2024-01-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including first and second articulation joints
US10874391B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2020-12-29 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US11154299B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly comprising a firing lockout
US11039837B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-06-22 Cilag Gmbh International Firing system lockout arrangements for surgical instruments
US11602346B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-03-14 Cilag Gmbh International Robotically powered surgical device with manually-actuatable reversing system
US11510671B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-11-29 Cilag Gmbh International Firing system lockout arrangements for surgical instruments
US11197671B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-12-14 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly comprising a lockout
US11141155B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-10-12 Cilag Gmbh International Drive system for surgical tool
US10932775B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Firing system lockout arrangements for surgical instruments
US11278284B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Rotary drive arrangements for surgical instruments
US11241230B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-02-08 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier tool for use with a robotic surgical system
US11007004B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc Powered multi-axial articulable electrosurgical device with external dissection features
US11918213B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler including couplers for attaching a shaft to an end effector
US11622766B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-04-11 Cilag Gmbh International Empty clip cartridge lockout
US11109860B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical end effectors for use with hand-held and robotically-controlled rotary powered surgical systems
US11779420B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2023-10-10 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic surgical attachments having manually-actuated retraction assemblies
US11202631B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2021-12-21 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly comprising a firing lockout
US11464513B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system including replaceable end effectors
US11373755B2 (en) 2012-08-23 2022-06-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical device drive system including a ratchet mechanism
US10575868B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2020-03-03 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with coupler assembly
US11246618B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument soft stop
US11957345B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2024-04-16 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical instruments with conductive pathways for signal communication
US11529138B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instrument including a rotary drive screw
US10617416B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Control systems for surgical instruments
US10893867B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-01-19 Ethicon Llc Drive train control arrangements for modular surgical instruments
US11266406B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Control systems for surgical instruments
US11622763B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2023-04-11 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly comprising a shiftable drive
US11633183B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2023-04-25 Cilag International GmbH Stapling assembly comprising a retraction drive
US11564679B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical stapler
US11638581B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2023-05-02 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical stapler
US11395652B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2022-07-26 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical stapler
US10888318B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical stapler
US10702266B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2020-07-07 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system
US11690615B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2023-07-04 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system including an electric motor and a surgical instrument
US11406381B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical stapler
US10898190B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Secondary battery arrangements for powered surgical instruments
US11134940B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a variable speed firing member
US11376001B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2022-07-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling device with rotary multi-turn retraction mechanism
US11000274B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-05-11 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument
US11918209B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Torque optimization for surgical instruments
US11701110B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a drive assembly movable in a non-motorized mode of operation
US11133106B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly comprising a retraction assembly
US11389160B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2022-07-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system comprising a display
US11026680B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument configured to operate in different states
US11109858B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a display which displays the position of a firing element
US11504119B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including an electronic firing lockout
US10828032B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2020-11-10 Ethicon Llc End effector detection systems for surgical instruments
US10869665B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2020-12-22 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument system including a control system
US11020115B2 (en) 2014-02-12 2021-06-01 Cilag Gmbh International Deliverable surgical instrument
US11717370B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2023-08-08 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Backup latch release for surgical instrument
JP2022027799A (en) * 2014-03-17 2022-02-14 インテュイティブ サージカル オペレーションズ, インコーポレイテッド Detection pins for determining presence of surgical instrument and adapter on manipulator
JP7434256B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2024-02-20 インテュイティブ サージカル オペレーションズ, インコーポレイテッド Detection pins to determine the presence of surgical instruments and adapters on the manipulator
US11944403B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2024-04-02 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Latch to secure teleoperated surgical instrument to actuator
US10863981B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2020-12-15 Ethicon Llc Interface systems for use with surgical instruments
US10898185B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument power management through sleep and wake up control
US11497488B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2022-11-15 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling a segmented circuit
US11259799B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Interface systems for use with surgical instruments
US10588626B2 (en) 2014-03-26 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument displaying subsequent step of use
US11266409B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge comprising a sled including longitudinally-staggered ramps
US11298134B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge comprising non-uniform fasteners
US11925353B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument comprising internal passage between stapling cartridge and elongate channel
US11944307B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system including jaw windows
US11596406B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2023-03-07 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridges including extensions having different configurations
US11918222B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly having firing member viewing windows
US11382627B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising a firing member including a lateral extension
US11382625B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge comprising non-uniform fasteners
US11717294B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International End effector arrangements comprising indicators
US10561422B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2020-02-18 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridge comprising deployable tissue engaging members
US11517315B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridges including extensions having different configurations
US11883026B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridge assemblies and staple retainer cover arrangements
US11717297B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US11311294B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Powered medical device including measurement of closure state of jaws
US11071545B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US11389162B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2022-07-19 Cilag Gmbh International Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US11076854B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US10905423B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US11406386B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International End effector including magnetic and impedance sensors
US11653918B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Local display of tissue parameter stabilization
US11284898B2 (en) 2014-09-18 2022-03-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a deployable knife
US11523821B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2022-12-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method for creating a flexible staple line
US11202633B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2021-12-21 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling buttresses and adjunct materials
US10751053B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2020-08-25 Ethicon Llc Fastener cartridges for applying expandable fastener lines
US10736630B2 (en) 2014-10-13 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge
US11185325B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2021-11-30 Cilag Gmbh International End effector including different tissue gaps
US11931031B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a deck including an upper surface and a lower surface
US11701114B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
US11918210B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a cartridge body including a plurality of wells
US10905418B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge comprising a tissue thickness compensator
US11241229B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2022-02-08 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges comprising driver arrangements
US11457918B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2022-10-04 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge assemblies for surgical staplers
US11141153B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2021-10-12 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges comprising driver arrangements
US11864760B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2024-01-09 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges comprising driver arrangements
US11931038B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge assemblies for surgical staplers
US10617417B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge comprising a releasable adjunct material
US11337698B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2022-05-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a releasable adjunct material
US11382628B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical instrument system
US10736636B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instrument system
US11547403B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-01-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a laminate firing actuator and lateral buckling supports
US10695058B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument systems comprising an articulatable end effector and means for adjusting the firing stroke of a firing member
US11571207B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system including lateral supports for a flexible drive member
US11812958B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Locking arrangements for detachable shaft assemblies with articulatable surgical end effectors
US10806448B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-10-20 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly comprising a flexible articulation system
US11083453B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system including a flexible firing actuator and lateral buckling supports
US11678877B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a flexible support configured to support a flexible firing member
US11553911B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly comprising a flexible articulation system
US11399831B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Drive arrangements for articulatable surgical instruments
US11547404B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2023-01-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly comprising a flexible articulation system
US10945728B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2021-03-16 Ethicon Llc Locking arrangements for detachable shaft assemblies with articulatable surgical end effectors
US11517311B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument systems comprising an articulatable end effector and means for adjusting the firing stroke of a firing member
US10743873B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Drive arrangements for articulatable surgical instruments
US11324506B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Modular stapling assembly
US11154301B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2021-10-26 Cilag Gmbh International Modular stapling assembly
US11744588B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument including a removably attachable battery pack
US11426160B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-08-30 Cilag Gmbh International Smart sensors with local signal processing
US10687806B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Adaptive tissue compression techniques to adjust closure rates for multiple tissue types
US10548504B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-02-04 Ethicon Llc Overlaid multi sensor radio frequency (RF) electrode system to measure tissue compression
US10524787B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-01-07 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument with parameter-based firing rate
US10772625B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-09-15 Ethicon Llc Signal and power communication system positioned on a rotatable shaft
US11350843B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Time dependent evaluation of sensor data to determine stability, creep, and viscoelastic elements of measures
US11826132B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Time dependent evaluation of sensor data to determine stability, creep, and viscoelastic elements of measures
US11109859B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a lockable battery housing
US11224423B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Smart sensors with local signal processing
US10531887B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-01-14 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical instrument including speed display
US11944338B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Multiple level thresholds to modify operation of powered surgical instruments
US10617412B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc System for detecting the mis-insertion of a staple cartridge into a surgical stapler
US10966627B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-04-06 Ethicon Llc Time dependent evaluation of sensor data to determine stability, creep, and viscoelastic elements of measures
US11918212B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with selectively disengageable drive systems
US10889010B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2021-01-12 Olympus Corporation Grasping mechanism and grasping device
US10912544B2 (en) 2015-06-11 2021-02-09 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc Systems and methods for instrument engagement
EP3307190A4 (en) * 2015-06-11 2018-12-26 Intuitive Surgical Operations Inc. Systems and methods for instrument engagement
EP4190264A1 (en) * 2015-06-11 2023-06-07 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Systems and methods for instrument engagement
US11627948B2 (en) 2015-06-11 2023-04-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Systems and methods for instrument engagement
US10835249B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Implantable layers for a surgical instrument
US10617418B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Implantable layers for a surgical instrument
US11058425B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2021-07-13 Ethicon Llc Implantable layers for a surgical instrument
US10863986B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2020-12-15 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapler having downstream current-based motor control
US11849946B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler having downstream current-based motor control
US11490889B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2022-11-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler having motor control based on an electrical parameter related to a motor current
US11026678B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler having motor control based on an electrical parameter related to a motor current
US11344299B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2022-05-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler having downstream current-based motor control
US11076929B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Implantable adjunct systems for determining adjunct skew
US11903586B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Compressible adjunct with crossing spacer fibers
US11793522B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge assembly including a compressible adjunct
US11890015B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Compressible adjunct with crossing spacer fibers
US11690623B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-07-04 Cilag Gmbh International Method for applying an implantable layer to a fastener cartridge
US10932779B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Compressible adjunct with crossing spacer fibers
US11553916B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Compressible adjunct with crossing spacer fibers
US10980539B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Implantable adjunct comprising bonded layers
US11944308B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Compressible adjunct with crossing spacer fibers
US10603039B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Progressively releasable implantable adjunct for use with a surgical stapling instrument
US10736633B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Compressible adjunct with looping members
US11712244B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-08-01 Cilag Gmbh International Implantable layer with spacer fibers
US10751510B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-08-25 Imricor Medical Systems, Inc. Sliding distal component assembly
WO2017075336A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2017-05-04 Imricor Medical Systems, Inc. Sliding distal component assembly
EP3367916A4 (en) * 2015-10-28 2019-06-05 Imricor Medical Systems, Inc. Sliding distal component assembly
JP2018538047A (en) * 2015-12-10 2018-12-27 コヴィディエン リミテッド パートナーシップ Robotic surgical system with independent roll, pitch, and yaw scaling
US11547504B2 (en) 2015-12-10 2023-01-10 Covidien Lp Robotic surgical systems with independent roll, pitch, and yaw scaling
US11058422B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for battery pack failure in powered surgical instruments
US11129613B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with separable motors and motor control circuits
US11759208B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2023-09-19 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for battery pack failure in powered surgical instruments
US11484309B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system comprising a controller configured to cause a motor to reset a firing sequence
US11083454B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11730471B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2023-08-22 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical instruments with single articulation link arrangements
US11213293B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2022-01-04 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical instruments with single articulation link arrangements
US11523823B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2022-12-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with non-symmetrical articulation arrangements
US10588625B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instruments with off-axis firing beam arrangements
US11779336B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2023-10-10 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11826045B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11224426B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US11344303B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2022-05-31 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments
US10617413B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Closure system arrangements for surgical cutting and stapling devices with separate and distinct firing shafts
US11931028B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with multiple program responses during a firing motion
US11284891B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-03-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with multiple program responses during a firing motion
US11607239B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-03-21 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11771454B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling assembly including a controller for monitoring a clamping laod
US11179150B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11642125B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-05-09 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic surgical system including a user interface and a control circuit
US11350932B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with improved stop/start control during a firing motion
US11517306B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with detection sensors
US11051810B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Modular surgical instrument with configurable operating mode
US11311292B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with detection sensors
US11191545B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-12-07 Cilag Gmbh International Staple formation detection mechanisms
US11026684B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2021-06-08 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with multiple program responses during a firing motion
US10492783B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2019-12-03 Ethicon, Llc Surgical instrument with improved stop/start control during a firing motion
US11317910B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with detection sensors
US11317917B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system comprising a lockable firing assembly
US11811253B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2023-11-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical robotic system with fault state detection configurations based on motor current draw
US11147554B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system comprising a magnetic lockout
US11350928B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a tissue thickness lockout and speed control system
US11559303B2 (en) 2016-04-18 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge lockout arrangements for rotary powered surgical cutting and stapling instruments
US9902105B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2018-02-27 M. Tanner Ag Apparatus for charging a further processing system with objects which are in the form of bulk material
WO2017195246A1 (en) * 2016-05-09 2017-11-16 オリンパス株式会社 Gripping mechanism and gripping device
US11141180B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2021-10-12 Olympus Corporation Gripping mechanism and gripping tool
US11160575B2 (en) 2016-06-14 2021-11-02 Olympus Corporation Treatment instrument
US11253281B2 (en) 2016-11-28 2022-02-22 Olympus Corporation Medical treatment tool
US10835245B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Method for attaching a shaft assembly to a surgical instrument and, alternatively, to a surgical robot
US11191543B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-12-07 Cilag Gmbh International Assembly comprising a lock
US10888322B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising a cutting member
US10973516B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-04-13 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors and adaptable firing members therefor
US11766260B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-09-26 Cilag Gmbh International Methods of stapling tissue
US10959727B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical end effector with asymmetric shaft arrangement
US10758229B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-09-01 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising improved jaw control
US11766259B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-09-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method of deforming staples from two different types of staple cartridges with the same surgical stapling instrument
US11160551B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-11-02 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical stapling instruments
US10893864B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-01-19 Ethicon Staple cartridges and arrangements of staples and staple cavities therein
US11957344B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2024-04-16 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler having rows of obliquely oriented staples
US10639034B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-05-05 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with lockout arrangements for preventing firing system actuation unless an unspent staple cartridge is present
US11179155B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Anvil arrangements for surgical staplers
US10856868B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-12-08 Ethicon Llc Firing member pin configurations
US11419606B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Shaft assembly comprising a clutch configured to adapt the output of a rotary firing member to two different systems
US10610224B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-04-07 Ethicon Llc Lockout arrangements for surgical end effectors and replaceable tool assemblies
US11160553B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-11-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling systems
US10603036B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instrument with independent pivotable linkage distal of an articulation lock
US10980536B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc No-cartridge and spent cartridge lockout arrangements for surgical staplers
US11571210B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Firing assembly comprising a multiple failed-state fuse
US10898186B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Staple forming pocket arrangements comprising primary sidewalls and pocket sidewalls
US10537325B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-01-21 Ethicon Llc Staple forming pocket arrangement to accommodate different types of staples
US10667809B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Staple cartridge and staple cartridge channel comprising windows defined therein
US11350935B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical tool assemblies with closure stroke reduction features
US10667810B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Closure members with cam surface arrangements for surgical instruments with separate and distinct closure and firing systems
US10667811B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-02 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instruments and staple-forming anvils
US10624635B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-04-21 Ethicon Llc Firing members with non-parallel jaw engagement features for surgical end effectors
US10542982B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-01-28 Ethicon Llc Shaft assembly comprising first and second articulation lockouts
US11564688B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic surgical tool having a retraction mechanism
US10617414B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-04-14 Ethicon Llc Closure member arrangements for surgical instruments
US11090048B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Method for resetting a fuse of a surgical instrument shaft
US10588630B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical tool assemblies with closure stroke reduction features
US10675026B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-09 Ethicon Llc Methods of stapling tissue
US11096689B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Shaft assembly comprising a lockout
US11931034B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instruments with smart staple cartridges
US10835247B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Lockout arrangements for surgical end effectors
US11369376B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-06-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling systems
US10588631B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with positive jaw opening features
US10675025B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-09 Ethicon Llc Shaft assembly comprising separately actuatable and retractable systems
US10758230B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-09-01 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with primary and safety processors
US11849948B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method for resetting a fuse of a surgical instrument shaft
US11701115B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Methods of stapling tissue
US10905422B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-02-02 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument for use with a robotic surgical system
US11497499B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-11-15 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable surgical stapling instruments
US11134942B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instruments and staple-forming anvils
US10588632B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors and firing members thereof
US10582928B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-10 Ethicon Llc Articulation lock arrangements for locking an end effector in an articulated position in response to actuation of a jaw closure system
US11918215B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge with array of staple pockets
US10682138B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Bilaterally asymmetric staple forming pocket pairs
US10813638B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-10-27 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors with expandable tissue stop arrangements
US10485543B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-11-26 Ethicon Llc Anvil having a knife slot width
US10736629B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-08-11 Ethicon Llc Surgical tool assemblies with clutching arrangements for shifting between closure systems with closure stroke reduction features and articulation and firing systems
US10524789B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-01-07 Ethicon Llc Laterally actuatable articulation lock arrangements for locking an end effector of a surgical instrument in an articulated configuration
US11350934B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Staple forming pocket arrangement to accommodate different types of staples
US11317913B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Lockout arrangements for surgical end effectors and replaceable tool assemblies
US10639035B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-05-05 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapling instruments and replaceable tool assemblies thereof
US11224428B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling systems
US11191540B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-12-07 Cilag Gmbh International Protective cover arrangements for a joint interface between a movable jaw and actuator shaft of a surgical instrument
US10687809B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Surgical staple cartridge with movable camming member configured to disengage firing member lockout features
US11653917B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling systems
US10695055B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Firing assembly comprising a lockout
US10881401B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-01-05 Ethicon Llc Staple firing member comprising a missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout
US10517596B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-12-31 Ethicon Llc Articulatable surgical instruments with articulation stroke amplification features
US11191539B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-12-07 Cilag Gmbh International Shaft assembly comprising a manually-operable retraction system for use with a motorized surgical instrument system
US10568626B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-02-25 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with jaw opening features for increasing a jaw opening distance
US10499914B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-12-10 Ethicon Llc Staple forming pocket arrangements
US10517595B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2019-12-31 Ethicon Llc Jaw actuated lock arrangements for preventing advancement of a firing member in a surgical end effector unless an unfired cartridge is installed in the end effector
US10779823B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Firing member pin angle
US10568624B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-02-25 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with jaws that are pivotable about a fixed axis and include separate and distinct closure and firing systems
WO2018123024A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 オリンパス株式会社 Medical instrument
US10959796B2 (en) 2016-12-28 2021-03-30 Olympus Corporation Medical instrument
JP2020168532A (en) * 2017-05-01 2020-10-15 株式会社メディカロイド Medical treatment tool
US10980537B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured time over a specified number of shaft rotations
US11213302B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-01-04 Cilag Gmbh International Method for closed loop control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10595882B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-03-24 Ethicon Llc Methods for closed loop control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11672532B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2023-06-13 Cilag Gmbh International Techniques for adaptive control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10881396B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-01-05 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with variable duration trigger arrangement
US10881399B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-01-05 Ethicon Llc Techniques for adaptive control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11793513B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling motor speed according to user input for a surgical instrument
US11653914B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument according to articulation angle of end effector
USD890784S1 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Display panel with changeable graphical user interface
US10624633B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-04-21 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11871939B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2024-01-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method for closed loop control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10813639B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-10-27 Ethicon Llc Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on system conditions
US11517325B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured displacement distance traveled over a specified time interval
US10888321B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling velocity of a displacement member of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US10646220B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-05-12 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling displacement member velocity for a surgical instrument
US11071554B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on magnitude of velocity error measurements
US10779820B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for controlling motor speed according to user input for a surgical instrument
US11382638B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured time over a specified displacement distance
USD879809S1 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Display panel with changeable graphical user interface
USD879808S1 (en) 2017-06-20 2020-03-31 Ethicon Llc Display panel with graphical user interface
US11090046B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods for controlling displacement member motion of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument
US11090049B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple forming pocket arrangements
US10772629B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2020-09-15 Ethicon Llc Surgical anvil arrangements
US10856869B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2020-12-08 Ethicon Llc Surgical anvil arrangements
US11141154B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2021-10-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical end effectors and anvils
US11324503B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical firing member arrangements
US10631859B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2020-04-28 Ethicon Llc Articulation systems for surgical instruments
US10993716B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2021-05-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical anvil arrangements
US11766258B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2023-09-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical anvil arrangements
US11266405B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical anvil manufacturing methods
US11020114B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2021-06-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with articulatable end effector with axially shortened articulation joint configurations
US10779824B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system lockable by a closure system
US11478242B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-10-25 Cilag Gmbh International Jaw retainer arrangement for retaining a pivotable surgical instrument jaw in pivotable retaining engagement with a second surgical instrument jaw
US10758232B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-09-01 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with positive jaw opening features
US10765427B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Method for articulating a surgical instrument
US10588633B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-03-17 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with open and closable jaws and axially movable firing member that is initially parked in close proximity to the jaws prior to firing
US11696759B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instruments comprising shortened staple cartridge noses
US11058424B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an offset articulation joint
US11259805B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising firing member supports
US11826048B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising selectively actuatable rotatable couplers
US11246592B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system lockable to a frame
US10786253B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-09-29 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors with improved jaw aperture arrangements
US11000279B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2021-05-11 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system ratio
US11083455B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system ratio
US11564686B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical shaft assemblies with flexible interfaces
USD1018577S1 (en) 2017-06-28 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface for a surgical instrument
US11484310B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-11-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a shaft including a closure tube profile
US11678880B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a shaft including a housing arrangement
US10639037B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-05-05 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument with axially movable closure member
US10695057B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-06-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument lockout arrangement
US11389161B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-07-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising selectively actuatable rotatable couplers
US11642128B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2023-05-09 Cilag Gmbh International Method for articulating a surgical instrument
USD906355S1 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-12-29 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface for a surgical instrument
US10716614B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Surgical shaft assemblies with slip ring assemblies with increased contact pressure
US11529140B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument lockout arrangement
US10903685B2 (en) 2017-06-28 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical shaft assemblies with slip ring assemblies forming capacitive channels
US10898183B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Robotic surgical instrument with closed loop feedback techniques for advancement of closure member during firing
US10932772B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Methods for closed loop velocity control for robotic surgical instrument
US11007022B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc Closed loop velocity control techniques based on sensed tissue parameters for robotic surgical instrument
US11890005B2 (en) 2017-06-29 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for closed loop velocity control for robotic surgical instrument
US11471155B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system bailout
US11304695B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system shaft interconnection
US11944300B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a surgical system bailout
USD907648S1 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD907647S1 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
US11399829B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods of initiating a power shutdown mode for a surgical instrument
US10743872B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc System and methods for controlling a display of a surgical instrument
US10765429B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-09-08 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for providing alerts according to the operational state of a surgical instrument
USD917500S1 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-04-27 Ethicon Llc Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US10729501B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-04 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods for language selection of a surgical instrument
US11090075B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation features for surgical end effector
US11134944B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-10-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler knife motion controls
US10779903B2 (en) 2017-10-31 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Positive shaft rotation lock activated by jaw closure
US11478244B2 (en) 2017-10-31 2022-10-25 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge body design with force reduction based on firing completion
US10842490B2 (en) 2017-10-31 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Cartridge body design with force reduction based on firing completion
US10779825B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Adapters with end effector position sensing and control arrangements for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments
US11006955B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-05-18 Ethicon Llc End effectors with positive jaw opening features for use with adapters for electromechanical surgical instruments
US10828033B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-11-10 Ethicon Llc Handheld electromechanical surgical instruments with improved motor control arrangements for positioning components of an adapter coupled thereto
US11896222B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Methods of operating surgical end effectors
US10779826B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Methods of operating surgical end effectors
US10687813B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-06-23 Ethicon Llc Adapters with firing stroke sensing arrangements for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments
US10743874B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Sealed adapters for use with electromechanical surgical instruments
US11071543B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical end effectors with clamping assemblies configured to increase jaw aperture ranges
US10966718B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-04-06 Ethicon Llc Dynamic clamping assemblies with improved wear characteristics for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments
US10743875B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical end effectors with jaw stiffener arrangements configured to permit monitoring of firing member
US10869666B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2020-12-22 Ethicon Llc Adapters with control systems for controlling multiple motors of an electromechanical surgical instrument
US11033267B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-06-15 Ethicon Llc Systems and methods of controlling a clamping member firing rate of a surgical instrument
US11197670B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2021-12-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical end effectors with pivotal jaws configured to touch at their respective distal ends when fully closed
WO2019123170A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-27 Ethicon Llc Surgical tools configured for interchangeable use with different controller interfaces
USD910847S1 (en) 2017-12-19 2021-02-16 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument assembly
US11045270B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Robotic attachment comprising exterior drive actuator
US10835330B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2020-11-17 Ethicon Llc Method for determining the position of a rotatable jaw of a surgical instrument attachment assembly
US11020112B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2021-06-01 Ethicon Llc Surgical tools configured for interchangeable use with different controller interfaces
US11284953B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-03-29 Cilag Gmbh International Method for determining the position of a rotatable jaw of a surgical instrument attachment assembly
US10716565B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2020-07-21 Ethicon Llc Surgical instruments with dual articulation drivers
US10729509B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2020-08-04 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising closure and firing locking mechanism
EP3501404A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-26 Ethicon LLC Surgical tools configured for interchangeable use with different controller interfaces
US11337691B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2022-05-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument configured to determine firing path
US11179152B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a tissue grasping system
US11751867B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2023-09-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising sequenced systems
US11849939B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Continuous use self-propelled stapling instrument
US11576668B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2023-02-14 Cilag Gmbh International Staple instrument comprising a firing path display
US11369368B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2022-06-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising synchronized drive systems
US11076853B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Systems and methods of displaying a knife position during transection for a surgical instrument
US10682134B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-06-16 Ethicon Llc Continuous use self-propelled stapling instrument
US11311290B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an end effector dampener
US11364027B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2022-06-21 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising speed control
US10743868B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-08-18 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument comprising a pivotable distal head
US11883019B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a staple feeding system
US11179151B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a display
US11583274B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2023-02-21 Cilag Gmbh International Self-guiding stapling instrument
US11129680B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a projector
US11045192B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Fabricating techniques for surgical stapler anvils
US10856870B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-12-08 Ethicon Llc Switching arrangements for motor powered articulatable surgical instruments
US10912559B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-02-09 Ethicon Llc Reinforced deformable anvil tip for surgical stapler anvil
US11324501B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with improved closure members
US11039834B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-06-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapler anvils with staple directing protrusions and tissue stability features
US11291440B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a powered articulatable surgical instrument
US11083458B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-08-10 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with clutching arrangements to convert linear drive motions to rotary drive motions
US11207065B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Method for fabricating surgical stapler anvils
USD914878S1 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument anvil
US10842492B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-11-24 Ethicon Llc Powered articulatable surgical instruments with clutching and locking arrangements for linking an articulation drive system to a firing drive system
US10779821B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-09-22 Ethicon Llc Surgical stapler anvils with tissue stop features configured to avoid tissue pinch
US11957339B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2024-04-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method for fabricating surgical stapler anvils
US11253256B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Articulatable motor powered surgical instruments with dedicated articulation motor arrangements
EP3616643B1 (en) * 2018-08-28 2024-03-27 Medicaroid Corporation Driver interface and method of detecting attachment of surgical instrument to driver interface
US11147553B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11147551B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11696761B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11172929B2 (en) 2019-03-25 2021-11-16 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation drive arrangements for surgical systems
US11452528B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-09-27 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation actuators for a surgical instrument
US11648009B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Rotatable jaw tip for a surgical instrument
US11471157B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation control mapping for a surgical instrument
US11432816B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-09-06 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation pin for a surgical instrument
US11903581B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for stapling tissue using a surgical instrument
US11426251B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-08-30 Cilag Gmbh International Articulation directional lights on a surgical instrument
US11253254B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Shaft rotation actuator on a surgical instrument
US11298132B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-04-12 Cilag GmbH Inlernational Staple cartridge including a honeycomb extension
US11478241B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-10-25 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge including projections
US11627959B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-04-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments including manual and powered system lockouts
US11638587B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-05-02 Cilag Gmbh International RFID identification systems for surgical instruments
US11051807B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Packaging assembly including a particulate trap
US11219455B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-01-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including a lockout key
US11224497B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-01-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems with multiple RFID tags
US11771419B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Packaging for a replaceable component of a surgical stapling system
US11229437B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-01-25 Cilag Gmbh International Method for authenticating the compatibility of a staple cartridge with a surgical instrument
US11241235B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-02-08 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using multiple RFID chips with a surgical assembly
US11246678B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-02-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system having a frangible RFID tag
US11259803B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling system having an information encryption protocol
US11553971B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical RFID assemblies for display and communication
US11291451B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with battery compatibility verification functionality
US11298127B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-04-12 Cilag GmbH Interational Surgical stapling system having a lockout mechanism for an incompatible cartridge
US11660163B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-05-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system with RFID tags for updating motor assembly parameters
US11350938B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-06-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an aligned rfid sensor
US11744593B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Method for authenticating the compatibility of a staple cartridge with a surgical instrument
US11376098B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-07-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument system comprising an RFID system
US11553919B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Method for authenticating the compatibility of a staple cartridge with a surgical instrument
US11684434B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-06-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical RFID assemblies for instrument operational setting control
US11399837B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for motor control adjustments of a motorized surgical instrument
US11426167B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-08-30 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for proper anvil attachment surgical stapling head assembly
US11684369B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-06-27 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using multiple RFID chips with a surgical assembly
US11523822B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-12-13 Cilag Gmbh International Battery pack including a circuit interrupter
US11497492B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-11-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument including an articulation lock
US11464601B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an RFID system for tracking a movable component
US11446029B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising projections extending from a curved deck surface
US11576672B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-02-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a closure system including a closure member and an opening member driven by a drive screw
US11559304B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a rapid closure mechanism
US11607219B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-03-21 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a detachable tissue cutting knife
US11844520B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising driver retention members
US11504122B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a nested firing member
US11931033B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a latch lockout
US11529139B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Motor driven surgical instrument
US11529137B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising driver retention members
US11291447B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising independent jaw closing and staple firing systems
US11701111B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a surgical stapling instrument
US11304696B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a powered articulation system
US11911032B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2024-02-27 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a seating cam
US11464512B2 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a curved deck surface
US11963678B2 (en) 2020-04-03 2024-04-23 Cilag Gmbh International Fastener cartridges including extensions having different configurations
USD975851S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD975850S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD974560S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-03 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD966512S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD975278S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-10 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD976401S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
USD967421S1 (en) 2020-06-02 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge
US11963679B2 (en) 2020-07-20 2024-04-23 Cilag Gmbh International Articulating surgical stapling instrument incorporating a two-piece E-beam firing mechanism
US11826013B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with firing member closure features
US11857182B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2024-01-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with combination function articulation joint arrangements
US11864756B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2024-01-09 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with flexible ball chain drive arrangements
US11883024B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Method of operating a surgical instrument
US11638582B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2023-05-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with torsion spine drive arrangements
US11660090B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2023-05-30 Cllag GmbH International Surgical instruments with segmented flexible drive arrangements
US11871925B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2024-01-16 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with dual spherical articulation joint arrangements
US11737748B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with double spherical articulation joints with pivotable links
USD980425S1 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-03-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly
US11931025B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a releasable closure drive lock
US11779330B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-10-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a jaw alignment system
US11617577B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-04-04 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a sensor configured to sense whether an articulation drive of the surgical instrument is actuatable
US11717289B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an indicator which indicates that an articulation drive is actuatable
US11896217B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation lock
US11534259B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2022-12-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an articulation indicator
US11452526B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2022-09-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a staged voltage regulation start-up system
USD1013170S1 (en) 2020-10-29 2024-01-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument assembly
US11517390B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a limited travel switch
US11844518B2 (en) 2020-10-29 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating a surgical instrument
US11944296B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with external connectors
US11653915B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with sled location detection and adjustment features
US11678882B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with interactive features to remedy incidental sled movements
US11737751B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Devices and methods of managing energy dissipated within sterile barriers of surgical instrument housings
US11653920B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with communication interfaces through sterile barrier
US11890010B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2024-02-06 Cllag GmbH International Dual-sided reinforced reload for surgical instruments
US11627960B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-04-18 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with smart reload with separately attachable exteriorly mounted wiring connections
US11849943B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with cartridge release mechanisms
US11744581B2 (en) 2020-12-02 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical instruments with multi-phase tissue treatment
US11749877B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a signal antenna
US11751869B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-09-12 Cilag Gmbh International Monitoring of multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue
US11793514B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising sensor array which may be embedded in cartridge body
US11812964B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a power management circuit
US11950779B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-04-09 Cilag Gmbh International Method of powering and communicating with a staple cartridge
US11723657B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-08-15 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustable communication based on available bandwidth and power capacity
US11925349B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment to transfer parameters to improve available power
US11950777B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-04-09 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising an information access control system
US11744583B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Distal communication array to tune frequency of RF systems
US11696757B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Monitoring of internal systems to detect and track cartridge motion status
US11730473B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-08-22 Cilag Gmbh International Monitoring of manufacturing life-cycle
US11701113B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a separate power antenna and a data transfer antenna
US11826012B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a pulsed motor-driven firing rack
US11759202B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-09-19 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising an implantable layer
US11737749B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling instrument comprising a retraction system
US11717291B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-08-08 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising staples configured to apply different tissue compression
US11723658B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-08-15 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a firing lockout
US11826042B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a firing drive including a selectable leverage mechanism
US11806011B2 (en) 2021-03-22 2023-11-07 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising tissue compression systems
US11849945B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Rotary-driven surgical stapling assembly comprising eccentrically driven firing member
US11786239B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument articulation joint arrangements comprising multiple moving linkage features
US11944336B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-04-02 Cilag Gmbh International Joint arrangements for multi-planar alignment and support of operational drive shafts in articulatable surgical instruments
US11786243B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Firing members having flexible portions for adapting to a load during a surgical firing stroke
US11903582B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Leveraging surfaces for cartridge installation
US11896219B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Mating features between drivers and underside of a cartridge deck
US11896218B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using a powered stapling device
US11744603B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Multi-axis pivot joints for surgical instruments and methods for manufacturing same
US11793516B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge comprising longitudinal support beam
US11832816B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-12-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising nonplanar staples and planar staples
US11849944B2 (en) 2021-03-24 2023-12-26 Cilag Gmbh International Drivers for fastener cartridge assemblies having rotary drive screws
US11918217B2 (en) 2021-05-28 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge insertion stop
US11826047B2 (en) 2021-05-28 2023-11-28 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising jaw mounts
US11723662B2 (en) 2021-05-28 2023-08-15 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising an articulation control display
US11957337B2 (en) 2021-10-18 2024-04-16 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly with offset ramped drive surfaces
US11877745B2 (en) 2021-10-18 2024-01-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly having longitudinally-repeating staple leg clusters
US11937816B2 (en) 2021-10-28 2024-03-26 Cilag Gmbh International Electrical lead arrangements for surgical instruments
CN114043524B (en) * 2021-12-10 2023-12-26 上海锐数微医疗科技发展有限公司 Foldable mechanical arm capable of being locked
CN114043524A (en) * 2021-12-10 2022-02-15 上海锐数微医疗科技发展有限公司 Collapsible and arm that can lock
WO2023145376A1 (en) * 2022-01-28 2023-08-03 キヤノン株式会社 Continuous-body robot and information processing device
US11963680B2 (en) 2022-10-19 2024-04-23 Cilag Gmbh International Cartridge body design with force reduction based on firing completion

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5886043B2 (en) 2016-03-16
JPWO2010126129A1 (en) 2012-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5886043B2 (en) Medical manipulator
JP5624536B2 (en) Medical manipulator
JP5881384B2 (en) Medical manipulator system
JP5431749B2 (en) Medical manipulator
US20210330408A1 (en) Translational instrument interface for surgical robot and surgical robot systems comprising the same
US8409174B2 (en) Medical manipulator system
JP5875973B2 (en) Medical manipulator
US8154239B2 (en) Medical manipulator
JP5623391B2 (en) Medical manipulator
JP5323578B2 (en) Medical robot system
CN116981420A (en) Robotic surgical tool with dual articulation drive
US11813746B2 (en) Dual driving pinion crosscheck
CN116685287A (en) Torque-based transition between operating gears
JP2010075242A (en) Medical manipulator
CN116744874A (en) Surgical tool with tool-based translation and locking thereof
JP2008104856A (en) Manipulator for medical use
US20110218677A1 (en) Medical manipulator system
JP5636234B2 (en) Medical manipulator
WO2021166184A1 (en) Surgical instrument holding device and surgery assisting device
JP5669410B2 (en) Medical manipulator
WO2021166182A1 (en) Surgical instrument holding device and surgery assisting device
JP2010253205A (en) Manipulator
WO2021166183A1 (en) Surgical instrument holding device and surgery assisting device
JP2011206191A (en) Medical manipulator
JP2010035875A (en) Medical manipulator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10769827

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011511468

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10769827

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1